OSN 8800 6800 3800 V100R006C03 Installing, Operating and Maintaining Your Network (For Field Engineer) 01

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
V100R006C03
Installing, Operating and Maintaining
Your Network(For Field Engineer)
Issue 01
Date 2012-09-30
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2012. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 01 (2012-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
i
About This Document
Related Versions
Product Name Version
OptiX OSN 8800 V100R006C03
iManager U2000 V100R006C00
iManager U2000 Web LCT V100R006C00

Intended Audience
This document provides guides to get the information about how to installing, perform initial
commissioning the products. This document also provides guides for routine operation on site.
This document is intended for:
l Field Engineer
Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Symbol Description
DANGER
Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not
avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which
if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Installing, Operating and Maintaining Your Network(For
Field Engineer) About This Document
ii
Symbol Description
CAUTION
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not
avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss,
performance degradation, or unexpected results.
TIP
Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save
time.
NOTE
Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement
important points of the main text.

GUI Conventions
The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Convention Description
Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles
are in boldface. For example, click OK.
> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"
signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

Change History
Updates between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains
all updates made in previous issues.
Updates in Issue 01 (2012-09-30) Based on Product Version
V100R006C03
This issue is the first official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R006C03.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Field Engineer) About This Document
iii
Contents
About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii
1 Obtaining Latest Technical Documentation............................................................................1
2 Safety Operation Guide...............................................................................................................2
2.1 Alarm and Safety Symbols.................................................................................................................................3
2.2 Safe Usage of Fibers...........................................................................................................................................3
2.3 Operations on the Equipment with Power on.....................................................................................................6
2.4 ESD.....................................................................................................................................................................6
3 Quick View of Product.................................................................................................................8
3.1 Product Appearance and Highlights.................................................................................................................10
3.2 OptiX OSN 8800 Subrack and Power Requirement........................................................................................13
3.2.1 OptiX OSN 8800 T64 Subrack................................................................................................................13
3.2.1.1 Structure..........................................................................................................................................13
3.2.1.2 Slot Description..............................................................................................................................15
3.2.1.3 Management Interfaces...................................................................................................................16
3.2.1.4 Cross-Connect Capacities...............................................................................................................17
3.2.1.5 Fan..................................................................................................................................................18
3.2.1.6 Power Consumption.......................................................................................................................23
3.2.1.7 Power Requirement........................................................................................................................24
3.2.2.1 Structure..........................................................................................................................................28
3.2.2.3 Management Interfaces of OptiX OSN 8800 T32..........................................................................31
3.2.2.5 Fan..................................................................................................................................................32
3.2.3.1 Structure..........................................................................................................................................43
3.2.3.3 Management Interfaces of OptiX OSN 8800 T16..........................................................................45
3.2.3.5 Fan..................................................................................................................................................46
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Field Engineer) Contents
iv
3.3 OptiX OSN 6800 Subrack and Power Requirement........................................................................................55
3.3.1 Structure...................................................................................................................................................55
3.3.2 Slot Description.......................................................................................................................................56
3.3.3 Cross-Connect Capacities........................................................................................................................57
3.3.4 Fan...........................................................................................................................................................59
3.3.5 Power Consumption................................................................................................................................64
3.3.6 Power Requirement.................................................................................................................................65
3.4 OptiX OSN 3800 Chassis and Power Requirement.........................................................................................67
3.4.1 Chassis Structure.....................................................................................................................................67
3.4.2 Slot Description.......................................................................................................................................68
3.4.3 Fan...........................................................................................................................................................69
3.4.4 AC Power Consumption..........................................................................................................................73
3.4.5 AC Power Requirement...........................................................................................................................73
3.4.6 DC Power Consumption..........................................................................................................................75
3.4.7 DC Power Requirement...........................................................................................................................76
3.5 DC PDU............................................................................................................................................................78
3.5.1 TN16PDU/TN51PDU.............................................................................................................................78
3.5.2 TN11PDU................................................................................................................................................80
3.6 Frame................................................................................................................................................................82
3.6.1 DCM Frame and DCM Module...............................................................................................................82
3.6.2 CRPC Frame............................................................................................................................................86
3.6.3 Fiber Spooling Frame..............................................................................................................................87
3.7 Overview of Boards..........................................................................................................................................88
3.7.1 Board Appearance and Dimensions........................................................................................................89
3.7.1.1 Appearance and Dimensions..........................................................................................................89
3.7.1.2 Symbols on Boards.........................................................................................................................91
3.7.2 OptiX OSN 8800 Board Category...........................................................................................................93
3.7.3 OptiX OSN 6800 Board Category.........................................................................................................100
3.7.4 OptiX OSN 3800 Board Category.........................................................................................................106
3.7.5 Optical Attenuator.................................................................................................................................110
3.7.5.1 Fixed Optical Attenuator .............................................................................................................110
3.7.5.2 Mechanical Variable Optical Attenuator......................................................................................111
3.8 Quick Reference Table of the Units...............................................................................................................111
3.8.1 Specification of OTUs, Tributary Boards, Line Boards .......................................................................111
3.8.1.1 OTUs and Tributary Boards Specification on the Client Side.....................................................111
3.8.1.2 OTUs and Line Boards Specification on the WDM Side.............................................................148
3.8.2 Specification of Optical Amplifying Unit.............................................................................................165
3.8.3 Insertion Loss Specifications of Boards................................................................................................167
3.8.4 MON Interface Optical Split Ratio........................................................................................................170
3.8.5 Basic Functions of OTUs, Tributary Boards, and Line Boards.............................................................171
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
v
3.8.6 Loopback Function of OTUs, Tributary Boards, and Line Boards.......................................................177
3.8.7 Protection mode of OTUs, Tributary Boards and Line Boards ............................................................181
3.8.8 Electrical cross-connection of OTUs, Tributary Boards and Line Boards............................................183
3.9 Power Consumption, Weight, and Valid Slots of Boards..............................................................................187
3.9.1 Power Consumption, Weight and Slots of Boards in the OptiX OSN 8800.........................................187
3.10 Housekeeping Alarms...................................................................................................................................288
3.10.1 OptiX OSN 8800 Housekeeping Alarm Interfaces.............................................................................288
3.11 Network Management..................................................................................................................................297
3.11.1 Introduction to Network Cables..........................................................................................................298
3.11.2 Management Connections and Interfaces of OptiX OSN 8800 T32/T64............................................299
3.11.2.1 Interfaces....................................................................................................................................299
3.11.2.2 Connections................................................................................................................................307
3.11.3 Management Connections and Interfaces of OptiX OSN 8800 T16...................................................308
3.11.3.1 Interfaces....................................................................................................................................309
3.11.3.2 Connections................................................................................................................................316
3.11.4 Management Connections and Interfaces of OptiX OSN 6800...........................................................317
3.11.4.1 Interfaces....................................................................................................................................318
3.11.4.2 Connections................................................................................................................................332
3.11.5 Management Connections and Interfaces of OptiX OSN 3800...........................................................333
3.11.5.1 Interfaces....................................................................................................................................333
3.11.5.2 Connections................................................................................................................................340
3.11.6 Management Connections among OptiX OSN 8800&6800&3800....................................................342
4 Node Configurations................................................................................................................345
4.1 OTN Typical Configuration...........................................................................................................................346
4.1.1 OTM/Back to Back OTM......................................................................................................................346
4.1.1.1 Signal Flow...................................................................................................................................346
4.1.1.2 Subrack Layout.............................................................................................................................347
4.1.1.3 Subrack Connections....................................................................................................................348
4.1.2 1 Degree ROADM.................................................................................................................................349
4.1.2.1 Signal Flow...................................................................................................................................350
4.1.2.2 Subrack Layout.............................................................................................................................351
4.1.3 2 Degree ROADM.................................................................................................................................353
4.1.3.1 Signal Flow...................................................................................................................................353
4.1.3.2 Subrack Layout.............................................................................................................................355
4.1.4 3 Degree ROADM.................................................................................................................................357
4.1.4.1 Signal Flow...................................................................................................................................357
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
vi
4.1.4.2 Subrack Layout.............................................................................................................................360
4.1.5 4 Degree ROADM.................................................................................................................................362
4.1.5.1 Signal Flow...................................................................................................................................362
4.1.5.2 Subrack Layout.............................................................................................................................365
4.1.6 OLA.......................................................................................................................................................367
4.1.6.1 Signal Flow...................................................................................................................................367
4.1.6.2 Subrack Layout.............................................................................................................................368
4.1.7 Regenerator............................................................................................................................................370
4.1.7.1 Signal Flow...................................................................................................................................370
4.1.7.2 Subrack Layout.............................................................................................................................371
4.1.8 FOADM.................................................................................................................................................373
4.1.8.1 Signal Flow...................................................................................................................................374
4.1.8.2 Subrack Layout.............................................................................................................................374
4.1.9 CWDM..................................................................................................................................................376
4.1.9.1 Signal Flow...................................................................................................................................376
4.1.9.2 Subrack Layout.............................................................................................................................377
4.2 OCS Typical Configuration............................................................................................................................379
5 Quick Installation Guide.........................................................................................................381
6 Performing Initial Web LCT Commissioning.....................................................................382
6.1 Initial Commissioning Flow...........................................................................................................................384
6.2 Connecting NEs to the Web LCT...................................................................................................................385
6.2.1 Installing the Web LCT.........................................................................................................................385
6.2.2 Connecting to NEs.................................................................................................................................387
6.2.3 Logging In to the Web LCT..................................................................................................................387
6.3 Configuring NE Attributes.............................................................................................................................388
6.3.1 Searching and Adding NEs....................................................................................................................388
6.3.2 Logging In to an NE..............................................................................................................................390
6.3.3 Setting NE ID........................................................................................................................................390
6.3.4 Setting NE IP Addresses........................................................................................................................390
6.3.5 Configuring Master-Slave Subracks......................................................................................................391
6.4 Checking Board Slots.....................................................................................................................................392
6.5 Configuring the TN11TOM Board On-site....................................................................................................393
6.5.1 Working Mode and Signal Flow...........................................................................................................393
6.5.2 Scenario 1: ODU1 tributary mode (cascading).....................................................................................394
6.5.3 Scenario 2: ODU1 tributary-line mode (cascading)..............................................................................397
6.5.4 Scenario 3: ODU1 tributary mode (non-cascading)..............................................................................402
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
vii
6.5.5 Scenario 4: ODU1 tributary-line mode (non-cascading).......................................................................405
6.5.6 Scenario 5: ODU1 tributary-line mode (electrical regeneration board)................................................407
6.6 Configuring the TN52TOM Board On-site....................................................................................................412
6.6.1 Working Mode and Signal Flow...........................................................................................................412
6.6.4 Scenario 6: ODU0 tributary-line mode (non-cascading).......................................................................420
6.6.5 Scenario 7: ODU1 mode (non-cascading).............................................................................................424
6.6.6 Scenario 8: ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation mode (non-cascading).............................427
6.6.7 Scenario 9: ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation tributary-line mode (non-cascading).......430
6.6.8 Scenario 10: ODU1 tributary-line mode (non-cascading).....................................................................435
6.6.9 Scenario 11: ODU1_ODU0 mode (non-cascading)..............................................................................441
6.6.10 Scenario 12: ODU1_ANY_ODU0 re-encapsulation mode (non-cascading)......................................444
6.7 Configuring the OA Boards............................................................................................................................447
6.8 Checking NE Communication Status.............................................................................................................448
6.9 Backing Up the NE Database to the SCC Board............................................................................................449
6.10 Exiting the Web LCT...................................................................................................................................450
7 Routine Operation On-site......................................................................................................451
7.1 Getting to Know Indicators............................................................................................................................452
7.1.1 Cabinet Indicators..................................................................................................................................452
7.1.2 Subrack Indicator...................................................................................................................................452
7.1.3 Chassis Indicators..................................................................................................................................453
7.1.4 Board Indicators....................................................................................................................................453
7.1.5 Fan Indicator..........................................................................................................................................457
7.1.6 PIU Indicator.........................................................................................................................................458
7.2 Testing Optical Power by Using an Optical Power Meter.............................................................................458
7.3 Checking Fiber Jumpers by Using an Optical Power Meter..........................................................................459
7.4 Inserting and Removing Fiber Jumpers..........................................................................................................461
7.4.1 Inserting the LC/PC Fiber Connector....................................................................................................462
7.4.2 Removing the LC/PC Fiber Connector.................................................................................................463
7.4.3 Inserting the LSH/APC Fiber Connector...............................................................................................465
7.4.4 Removing the LSH/APC Fiber Connector............................................................................................466
7.4.5 Inserting the FC/PC Fiber Connector....................................................................................................468
7.4.6 Removing the FC/PC Fiber Connector..................................................................................................469
7.4.7 Inserting the SC/PC Fiber Connector....................................................................................................470
7.4.8 Removing the SC/PC Fiber Connector..................................................................................................471
7.5 Inspecting and Cleaning the Optical Fiber Connectors..................................................................................472
7.5.1 Overview...............................................................................................................................................473
7.5.2 Protection of Optical Connectors..........................................................................................................474
7.5.3 Tools, Equipment, and Materials...........................................................................................................475
7.5.4 Inspecting Optical Connectors...............................................................................................................477
7.5.5 Cleaning Optical Fiber Connectors Using Cartridge Cleaners..............................................................480
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
viii
7.5.6 Cleaning Optical Fiber Connectors Using Lens Tissue.........................................................................483
7.5.7 Cleaning Optical Adapters Using Optical Cleaning Sticks...................................................................485
7.6 Performing Hardware Loopback....................................................................................................................487
7.7 Reset a Board..................................................................................................................................................489
7.7.1 Performing a Warm Reset on the Board................................................................................................489
7.7.2 Performing a Cold Reset on the Board..................................................................................................490
8 Parts Replacement.....................................................................................................................492
8.1 General Guide for Replacing a Board............................................................................................................494
8.1.1 Prerequisite............................................................................................................................................495
8.1.2 Impact on the System............................................................................................................................495
8.1.3 Tools, Equipment, and Materials...........................................................................................................497
8.1.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................497
8.1.5 Procedure for Replacing a Board...........................................................................................................500
8.1.6 Substitution Relationships.....................................................................................................................506
8.1.6.1 Optical Transponder Boards.........................................................................................................506
8.1.6.2 Tributary and Line Boards............................................................................................................509
8.1.6.3 Optical Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Boards...........................................................................512
8.1.6.4 Optical Add and Drop Multiplexing Boards................................................................................514
8.1.6.5 Reconfigurable Optical Add and Drop Multiplexing Boards.......................................................514
8.1.6.6 Optical Amplifier Boards.............................................................................................................514
8.1.6.7 Optical Supervisory Channel Boards...........................................................................................515
8.1.6.8 Optical Protection Boards.............................................................................................................515
8.1.6.9 Spectrum Analyzer Boards...........................................................................................................515
8.1.6.10 Variable Optical Attenuator Boards...........................................................................................515
8.1.6.11 Optical Power and Dispersion Equalizing Boards.....................................................................515
8.1.6.12 Clock Board................................................................................................................................515
8.2 Replacing an SCC Board with One of the Same TNxx Version....................................................................516
8.2.1 Setting the Jumper on the SCC..............................................................................................................517
8.2.2 Replacing the Protected SCC in a Master Subrack...............................................................................524
8.2.3 Replacing the Unprotected SCC in a Master Subrack...........................................................................527
8.2.3.1 Replacing the SCC by Backing Up Database Data from the NMS (NE Is Unreachable)............528
8.2.3.2 Replacing the SCC by Backing Up Database Data from a CF Card (NE Is Unreachable)..........534
8.2.3.3 Replacing the SCC After Configuring SCC 1+1 Protection........................................................540
8.2.3.4 Replacing the SCC by Backing Up Database Data to the NMS (NE Is Reachable)....................543
8.2.3.5 Replacing the SCC by Backing Up Database Data to a CF Card (NE Is Reachable)..................550
8.2.4 Replacing the SCC Board in a Slave Subrack.......................................................................................557
8.3 Replacing the SCC Board with One of a Different TNxx Version................................................................559
8.3.2 Replacing the Protected SCC Board in a Master Subrack.....................................................................560
8.3.3 Replacing the Unprotected SCC Board in a Master Subrack................................................................564
8.3.3.1 Replacing the SCC with the Database Backed Up to the NMS...................................................564
8.3.3.2 Replacing the SCC with the Database Backed Up to a CF Card.................................................572
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ix
8.3.3.3 Replacing the Board After Configuring SCC 1+1 Protection......................................................579
8.3.4 Replacing the SCC in a Slave Subrack..................................................................................................582
8.4 Replacing the TN16XCH Board.....................................................................................................................585
8.4.1 Setting the Battery Jumper on the TN16XCH Board............................................................................585
8.4.2 Replacing the TN16XCH Board in a Master Subrack..........................................................................587
8.4.3 Replacing the TN16XCH Board in a Slave Subrack.............................................................................590
8.5 Replacing the Cross-Connect Board...............................................................................................................592
8.5.2 Under Board 1+1 Protection..................................................................................................................593
8.5.3 Under No Protection..............................................................................................................................595
8.6 Replacing the Raman Amplifier Board..........................................................................................................596
8.7 Replacing the PID Board................................................................................................................................598
8.7.1 Replacing the ENQ2/NPO2/NPO2E Board..........................................................................................598
8.7.1.1 Under ODUk SNCP Protection....................................................................................................598
8.7.1.2 Under No Protection.....................................................................................................................602
8.7.2 Replacing the PQ2 Sub-board...............................................................................................................605
8.7.2.1 Under ODUk SNCP Protection....................................................................................................605
8.7.2.2 Under No Protection.....................................................................................................................607
8.8 Replacing the AUX Board..............................................................................................................................609
8.9 Replacing the DCM........................................................................................................................................614
8.10 Replacing the Pluggable Optical Module.....................................................................................................615
8.11 Replacing the EFI Frame..............................................................................................................................617
8.12 Replacing the EFI Board..............................................................................................................................619
8.13 Replacing the PIU Board..............................................................................................................................622
8.14 Replacing the Power Switch on the DC Power Distribution Box................................................................624
8.15 Replacing the Fan Tray Assembly................................................................................................................627
8.16 Replacing the Air Filter................................................................................................................................627
8.17 Replacing SDI Components.........................................................................................................................630
8.18 Replacing the Subrack..................................................................................................................................631
9 Nominal Central Wavelength and Frequency of the DWDM System ...........................639
10 Nominal Central Wavelengths of the CWDM System ...................................................641
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
x
1 Obtaining Latest Technical Documentation
This section explains how to obtain the latest technical documentations.
You can directly obtain the latest technical documentation from Huawei's technical support
website to help analyze and locate faults.
Website: http://support.huawei.com
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Field Engineer) 1 Obtaining Latest Technical Documentation
1
2 Safety Operation Guide
About This Chapter
This section describes the safety operation guidelines. It contains the personal safety regulations
and equipment operating regulations. These regulations must be followed to prevent personal
injuries or damages to the equipment during operations.
2.1 Alarm and Safety Symbols
During equipment installation and maintenance, observe the precautions indicated by the alarm
and safety symbols to help prevent personal injury or equipment damage.
2.2 Safe Usage of Fibers
This section describes how to safely use fibers.
2.3 Operations on the Equipment with Power on
This section describes the requirements for performing operations on the equipment when the
power is on.
2.4 ESD
During installation and maintenance, follow antistatic procedures to prevent equipment damage:
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Field Engineer) 2 Safety Operation Guide
2
2.1 Alarm and Safety Symbols
During equipment installation and maintenance, observe the precautions indicated by the alarm
and safety symbols to help prevent personal injury or equipment damage.
Table 2-1 describes the alarm and safety symbols on the WDM equipment.
Table 2-1 Symbols on the WDM equipment
Symbol Describes
ESD protection symbol.
You must wear an ESD wrist strap or glove to avoid
damage caused by electrostatic discharge to boards.
HAZARDLEVEL 1MINVISIBLE
LASERRADIATION
DONOT VIEWDIRECTLYWITH
NON-ATTENUATINGOPTICAL
INSTRUMENTS
CAUTION
Laser level symbol.
Indicates the laser level and warns that laser beams
can cause injuries to eyes.
Grounding symbol.
Indicates the position of the grounding point.
Regular cleaning symbol.
Warns you to regularly clean the air filter.
Fan warning symbol.
Warns you not to touch the fan blade until the fan
stops moving.

2.2 Safe Usage of Fibers
This section describes how to safely use fibers.
DANGER
Laser beams on the optical interface board or inside the optical fiber can cause damage to your
eyes. When installing and maintaining optical interface boards and optical fibers, avoid directly
exposing your eyes to the laser beams originating from the optical interfaces or fiber connectors.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
3
Protection of Optical Connectors
All idle optical connectors for fiber jumpers and optical ports on the optical interface boards
must be covered with protective caps. The optical ports on the replaced boards must be promptly
covered with protective caps. In addition, properly store these boards in their packages to keep
the optical ports clean.
Recommended protective caps are shown in Figure 2-1.
Figure 2-1 Recommended protective caps

Protective caps that are not recommended are shown in Figure 2-2.
Figure 2-2 Protective caps that are not recommended

NOTE
Do not use protective caps that are made of soft rubber. These caps tend to collect dust and other material.
These caps are hard to clean and do not resist the build-up of dust.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
4
Connecting Fibers
CAUTION
When applying a physical fiber loopback between two optical ports, increase the attenuation to
avoid equipment damage in case the laser optical power is excessively high. For boards that
have the capability of having optical attenuators added, add an optical attenuator at the Rx optical
port rather than at the Tx optical port.
Insert fibers into optical connectors carefully when connecting fibers. If the optical power is
excessively high, add a fixed optical attenuator before the optical port to avoid damages to the
device caused by a high input of optical power.
DANGER
Before removing or inserting fibers from/into the CRPC board, shut down the pump laser to
avoid injuries due to the high optical power from the laser.
The CRPC board has specific requirements on fiber loss of the line nearby. For details, see Table
2-2.
Table 2-2 Fiber connection requirements of the CRPC
Distance Loss (dB) Connector (piece)
010 (km) 0.1 0
1020 (km) 0.2 0

NOTE
The ODF has only one connector for connecting to the CRPC board. All the other fiber connection points must
be spliced.
Cleaning Fibers
CAUTION
If fiber connectors or flanges are contaminated, optical power commissioning is seriously
affected. Therefore, the two endfaces and flanges for each external fiber must be cleaned before
the fibers from the ODF are inserted into the optical ports on the boards in the equipment.
The fiber connectors and optical ports for the lasers must be cleaned by using special cleaning
tools and materials. Some common cleaning tools are:
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
5
l Cleaning solvent. Isoamylol is preferred, propyl can be used (alcohol or formalin is never
used)
l Non-woven lens tissue
l Special compressed gas
l Dust-free cotton stick
l Special cleaning roll used along with cleaning solvent, either isoamylol or propyl
l Fiberscope
For details on how to clean fibers, see the Supporting Tasks.
2.3 Operations on the Equipment with Power on
This section describes the requirements for performing operations on the equipment when the
power is on.
Follow these requirements when performing operations on the equipment when the power is on:
l Do not install or disassemble equipment when the power is on.
l Do not install or remove power cables when the power is on.
l Before connecting a cable, ensure that the cable and cable label comply with installation
requirements.
2.4 ESD
During installation and maintenance, follow antistatic procedures to prevent equipment damage:
l Always wear an ESD wrist strap during the operation.
l Check that the equipment is securely grounded.
CAUTION
Wear a well-grounded ESD wrist strap whenever you touch equipment or boards. Make sure
that the wrist strap touches your skin. Insert the ESD strap connector into the ESD socket of the
equipment.
For information about how to wear an ESD wrist strap, see Figure 2-3.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
6
Figure 2-3 Wearing an ESD wrist strap

NOTE
Insert the connector of the ESD strap into the equipment port. For details, see the Quick Installation Guide.
When you are following antistatic procedures, take the following precautions:
l Check the validity and functionality of the wrist strap. Its resistance value must be between
0.75 mega ohm to 10 mega ohm. If the wrist strap validity period (usually two years) has
expired, or if the resistance value fails to meet requirements, replace it with a wrist strap
that provides the required resistance value.
l Do not touch a board with your clothing. Clothing generates static electricity that is not
protected by the wrist strap.
l Wear an ESD wrist strap and place the board on an ESD pad when you replace boards or
chips. Use ESD tweezers or extraction tools to replace chips. Do not touch chips, circuits,
or pins with your bare hands.
l Keep the boards and other ESD-sensitive parts you are installing in ESD bags. Place the
removed boards and components on an ESD pad or ESD material. Do not use non-antistatic
materials such as white foams, common plastic bags, or paper bags to pack boards, and do
not let these materials touch the boards.
l Wear an ESD wrist strap when operating the ports of boards because they are also ESD-
sensitive. Discharge the static electricity of cables and protective sleeves before you connect
them to the ports.
l Keep packing materials (such as, ESD boxes and bags) available in the equipment room
for packing boards in the future.
ESD complies with IEC Publication 1000, EN 55022, EN 55024, IEC 61000 and GR-1089-
CORE.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
7
3 Quick View of Product
About This Chapter
3.1 Product Appearance and Highlights
There are three types of the OptiX OSN 8800. The three types use the same software and
hardware platforms and therefore they share most of the boards. However, each of them has its
own highlights that address diverse network requirements.OptiX OSN 6800 applies to the
convergence layer and the backbone layer with small or medium capacity.OptiX OSN 3800
applies to the access layer.
3.2 OptiX OSN 8800 Subrack and Power Requirement
3.4 OptiX OSN 3800 Chassis and Power Requirement
3.5 DC PDU
There are four types of power distribution units (PDUs): TN16, TN51, TN11 and PDU
(DPD63-8-8). The availability of the boards is subject to the PCNs. For the availability of the
boards, contact the product manager of your Huawei local office.
3.6 Frame
3.7 Overview of Boards
3.8 Quick Reference Table of the Units
Quick reference tables include those for specifications of optical transponder units, optical
amplifier units and other boards, and also the functions of OTUs, tributary boards and line boards.
3.9 Power Consumption, Weight, and Valid Slots of Boards
This chapter describes the power consumption, weight, and valid slots of the boards.
3.10 Housekeeping Alarms
Users can configure the severities for the eight alarm inputs to remotely monitor the alarms of
an external system. The alarms can be sent to a centralized alarm management system for
management. In addition, two housekeeping control interfaces are available for remotely
controlling external equipment such as air conditioners, fans, and electric generators.
3.11 Network Management
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Field Engineer) 3 Quick View of Product
8
This chapter describes the network management system, as well as inter-NE and intra-NE
communication management.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
9
3.1 Product Appearance and Highlights
There are three types of the OptiX OSN 8800. The three types use the same software and
hardware platforms and therefore they share most of the boards. However, each of them has its
own highlights that address diverse network requirements.OptiX OSN 6800 applies to the
convergence layer and the backbone layer with small or medium capacity.OptiX OSN 3800
applies to the access layer.
Table 3-1 describes the product appearance and highlights for OptiX OSN 8800.
Table 3-1 Product appearance and highlights for OptiX OSN 8800
Specifications OptiX OSN 8800
T16
OptiX OSN 8800
T32
OptiX OSN 8800
T64
Product appearance
Dimensions (mm) 498 (W) x 295 (D) x
450 (H)
498 (W) x 295 (D) x
900 (H)
498 (W) x 580 (D) x
900 (H)
Number of slots for
service boards
16 32 64
Swit
ch
Optical 1 to 9-degree ROADM
Electrical
640G ODUk(k=0, 1,
2, 2e, 3, flex)
1.28T ODUk(k=0, 1,
2, 2e, 3, flex)
2.56T ODUk(k=0, 1,
2, 2e, 3, flex)
Wavelength (max) DWDM: 80-ch, CWDM: 8-ch
Wavelength range DWDM: 1529.16 nm to 1560.61 nm (Band-C, ITU-T G.694.1)
CWDM: 1471 nm to 1611 nm (Band S+C+L, ITU-T G.694.2)
Max. rate per
channel
100Gbit/s (OTU4)
Service types
supported
SDH, SONET, Ethernet, SAN, OTN, Video
Line rate 2.5 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s, 40 Gbit/s, 100 Gbit/s
Max. capacity per
PID group
200 Gbit/s
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
10
T16
OptiX OSN 8800
T32
OptiX OSN 8800
T64
Topology Point-to-point, chain, star, ring, ring-with-chain, tangent ring,
intersecting ring and mesh
Red
unda
ncy
and
Prot
ectio
n
Network
level
protection
(OTN)
Optical line protection, intra-board 1+1 protection, client 1+1
protection, ODUk SNCP, tributary SNCP, SW SNCP, ODUk SPRing
protection, OWSP
Network
level
protection
(OCS)
- Linear MSP, MSP ring, transoceanic MSP
ring, SNCP, SNCTP
Network
level
protection
(Ethernet)
DBPS, DLAG,
ERPS, LAG, LPT,
MC-LAG, MSTP,
STP and RSTP,
VLAN SNCP
DBPS, DLAG,
ERPS, LAG, LPT,
MC-LAG, MSTP,
STP and RSTP,
VLAN SNCP
DBPS, DLAG,
ERPS, LAG, LPT,
MC-LAG, MSTP,
STP and RSTP,
VLAN SNCP
Equipment
level
protection
Power redundancy, fan redundancy, cross-connect board redundancy,
system control and communication board redundancy, centralized
clock board redundancy
Optical power
management
ALS, AGC, ALC, APE, IPA, OPA
Synchronization l Synchronous Ethernet clock
l IEEE 1588v2
l 2 Mbit/s or 2 MHz (with the SSM function), ITU-T G.703-
compliant external clock source
l External time source (1PPS+TOD)
ASON Optical-Layer ASON and electrical-Layer ASON

Product appearance
Dimensions (mm) 497 (W) x 295 (D) x 400 (H)
Number of slots for service boards 17
Switch Optical 1 to 9-degree ROADM
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
11
Electrical
l 180G GE
l 360G 10GE/ODUk(k=1, 2, 2e)
Wavelength range DWDM: 1529.16 nm to 1560.61 nm (Band-C, ITU-T G.
694.1)
CWDM: 1471 nm to 1611 nm (Band S+C+L, ITU-T G.
694.2)
Max. rate per channel 100 Gbit/s (OTU4)
Max. distance Multi-span transmission: 32 span x 22 dB/span (10G),
25 span x 22 dB/span (40G), 14 span x 22 dB/span
(100G) without electrical regeneration
Ultra-long single-span transmission: 1 span x 81 dB/span
(10G), 1 span x 71 dB/span (40G)
Service types supported SDH, SONET, Ethernet, SAN, OTN, Video
Line rate 2.5 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s, 40 Gbit/s, 100 Gbit/s
Max. capacity per PID group 120 Gbit/s
Topology Point-to-point, chain, star, ring, ring-with-chain, tangent
ring, intersecting ring and mesh
Redundancy
and
Protection
Network level
protection (OTN)
Optical line protection, intra-board 1+1 protection, client
1+1 protection, ODUk SNCP, tributary SNCP, SW
SNCP, MS SNCP, ODUk SPRing protection, OWSP,
board-Level protection
Network level
protection
(Ethernet)
DBPS, DLAG, ERPS, LAG, LPT, MSTP, STP and
RSTP, VLAN SNCP
Equipment level
protection
Power redundancy, fan redundancy, cross-connect board
redundancy, system control and communication board
redundancy
Optical power management ALS, AGC, ALC, APE, IPA, OPA
Synchronization l Synchronous Ethernet clock
l IEEE 1588v2
l 2 Mbit/s or 2 MHz (with the SSM function), ITU-T
G.703-compliant external clock source
l External time source (1PPS+TOD)
ASON Optical-Layer ASON

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
12
Product appearance
Dimensions (mm) 436 (W) x 295 (D) x 134 (H)
Number of slots for service boards 4
Wavelength range DWDM: 1529.16 nm to 1560.61 nm (Band-C, ITU-T G.
694.1)
CWDM: 1471 nm to 1611 nm (Band S+C+L, ITU-T G.
694.2)
Max. rate per channel 10 Gbit/s (OTU2)
Max. distance Multi-span transmission: 32 span x 22 dB/span (10G),
without electrical regeneration
Ultra-long single-span transmission: 1 span x 81 dB/span
(10G)
Service types supported SDH, SONET, Ethernet, SAN, OTN, Video
Line rate 2.5 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s
Topology Point-to-point, chain, star, ring, ring-with-chain, tangent
ring, intersecting ring and mesh
Redundancy
and
Protection
Network level
protection
Optical line protection, intra-board 1+1 protection, client
1+1 protection, ODUk SNCP, tributary SNCP, SW
SNCP, MS SNCP, OWSP, board-Level protection
DBPS, DLAG, ERPS, LAG, LPT, STP and RSTP,
VLAN SNCP
Equipment level
protection
Power redundancy, fan redundancy, system control and
communication board redundancy
Optical power management ALS, AGC, ALC, IPA

3.2.1 OptiX OSN 8800 T64 Subrack
3.2.1.1 Structure
Subracks are the basic working units of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64. Each subrack has independent
power supply.
Figure 3-1 shows the structure of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13
Figure 3-1 OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack structure
1
2
3
4
5
6
3
1. Board area 2. Fiber cabling area 3. Fan tray assembly
4. Air filter 5. Fiber spool 6. Mounting ear

l Board area: All the boards are installed in this area. 93 slots are available.
l Fiber cabling area: Fiber jumpers from the ports on the front panel of each board are routed
to the fiber cabling area before being routed on a side of the open rack.
l Fan tray assembly: Four fan tray assemblies are available for this subrack. Each fan tray
assembly contains three fans that provide ventilation and heat dissipation for the subrack.
The front panel of the fan tray assembly has four indicators that indicate fan status and
related information.
NOTE
For detailed descriptions of the fan tray assembly, see 3.2.1.5 Fan.
l Air filter: It protects the subrack from dust in the air and requires periodic cleaning.
l Fiber spool: Fixed fiber spools are on two sides of the subrack. Extra fibers are coiled in
the fiber spool on the open rack side before being routed to another subrack.
l Mounting ears: The mounting ears attach the subrack in the cabinet.
Table 3-4 Mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64
Item Specification
Dimensions 498 mm (W) 580 mm (D) 900 mm (H)
(19.6 in. (W) 22.8 in. (D) 35.4 in. (H))
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14
Item Specification
Weight (empty subrack
a
)
65 kg (143 lb.)
a: An empty subrack means no boards are installed in the board area, and no fan tray assembly
or air filter is installed.

3.2.1.2 Slot Description
The OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack provide 93 slots.
Slots of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack are shown in Figure 3-2.
Figure 3-2 Slots of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack
IU
1
IU
2
IU
3
IU
4
IU
5
IU
6
IU
7
IU
8
IU
9
C
r
o
s
s
-
c
o
n
n
e
c
t

b
o
a
r
d
IU
10
IU
11
IU
12
IU
13
IU
14
IU
15
IU
16
IU
17
IU
18
IU
19
IU
20
IU
21
IU
22
IU
23
IU
24
IU
25
IU
26
IU
27
IU
28
IU
29
IU
30
IU
31
IU
32
IU
33
IU
34
PIU
IU70
PIU
IU69 IU71
EFI2
STG
IU75 IU79
PIU
IU78 IU74
IU91
IU90
SCC
PIU
A
U
X
IU
72
IU
73
IU
76
IU
77
EF
I1
IU
35
IU
36
IU
37
IU
38
IU
39
IU
40
IU
41
IU
42
IU
43
IU
44
IU
45
IU
46
IU
47
IU
48
IU
49
IU
50
IU
51
IU
52
IU
53
IU
54
IU
55
IU
56
IU
57
IU
58
IU
59
IU
60
IU
61
IU
62
IU
63
IU
64
IU
65
IU
66
IU
67
IU
68
PIU
IU81
PIU
IU80 IU82
STI
STG
IU86 IU89
PIU
IU88 IU85
IU93
IU92
SCC
PIU
A
U
X
IU
83
IU
84
IU87
ATE
Front Back
C
r
o
s
s
-
c
o
n
n
e
c
t

b
o
a
r
d
C
r
o
s
s
-
c
o
n
n
e
c
t

b
o
a
r
d
C
r
o
s
s
-
c
o
n
n
e
c
t

b
o
a
r
d

l : houses service boards and supports service cross-connections.
l IU9 and IU43 are reserved for the cross-connect board (XCT).
l IU10 and IU44 are reserved for the cross-connect board (SXM/SXH).
l IU73, IU77 and IU84 are reserved for future use.
l The following table provides the slots for housing active and standby boards of the subrack.
Board Slots for Active and Standby Boards
PIU IU69 & IU78, IU70 & IU79, IU80 & IU88, and IU81 &IU89
SCC IU74 & IU85
STG IU75 & IU86
SXM/SXH IU10 & IU44
XCT IU9 & IU43
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
15

3.2.1.3 Management Interfaces
The subrack provides various communication and maintenance interfaces for the management
and maintenance purposes, as shown in Table 3-5.
Table 3-5 Description of interfaces in the interface area
Boar
d
Front Panel Power
Consumption
Interfaces Note
TN51
ATE
ATE
A
L
M
I1
A
L
M
O
1
A
L
M
O
2
A
L
M
I2
A
L
M
O
3
A
L
M
O
4
Typical Power
Consumption at
25C (77F): 0.3
W
Maximum Power
Consumption at
55C (131F):
0.3 W
Housekeeping
alarm input
interface: ALMI1
ALMI2
Housekeeping
alarm output
interface: ALMO1
ALMO4
For detailed information, refer
to 3.10.1 OptiX OSN 8800
Housekeeping Alarm
Interfaces.
TN51
EFI1
S
E
R
I
A
L
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
EFI1
Typical Power
Consumption at
25C (77F): 5 W
Maximum Power
Consumption at
55C (131F): 7
W
Network
management
interface:
NM_ETH2
Management serial
interface: SERIAL
to Management Connections
and Interfaces of OptiX OSN
8800 T32/T64.
TN51
EFI2
EFI2
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
Typical Power
Consumption at
25C (77F): 13
W
Maximum Power
Consumption at
55C (131F): 15
W
Subrack alarm
cascading
interfaces: LAMP1,
LAMP2
Network
management
interface:
NM_ETH1/ETH1/
ETH2/ETH3
8800 T32/T64.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
16
Boar
d
Front Panel Power
Consumption
Interfaces Note
TN52
STI
STI
C
L
K
2
T
O
D
2
C
L
K
1
T
O
D
1
Typical Power
Consumption at
25C (77F): 1.5
W
Maximum Power
Consumption at
55C (131F):
1.5 W
Clock signal
interface: CLK1,
CLK2
Time signal
interface: TOD01,
TOD02
Provides clock and time
inputs and outputs. The
interfaces connect the board to
the STG board through the
backplane to achieve NE-
level clock and time
synchronization.
TNL
1STI
STI
C
L
K
2
T
O
D
2
C
L
K
1
T
O
D
1
P
H
O
N
E
F
1
Typical Power
Consumption at
25C (77F): 3 W
Maximum Power
Consumption at
55C (131F): 3
W
Clock signal
interface: CLK1,
CLK2
Time signal
interface: TOD1,
TOD2
Orderwire phone
interface: PHONE
F1 interface: F1
synchronization.

3.2.1.4 Cross-Connect Capacities
The cross-connect capacity of a slot in an OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack vary according to the
type of cross-connect board installed in the slot.
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks can cross-connect ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e, ODU3,
ODUflex, VC-4, VC-3, and VC-12 granularities at the same time. Slots IU1-IU8, IU11-IU42,
and IU45-IU68 provide the same cross-connect capacity. As shown in Table 3-6.
Table 3-6 Cross-connect capacity of OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack
Cross-
Connect
Board
Maximum Cross-Connect
Capacity of Each Slot
Maximum Cross-Connect Capacity
of Subrack
ODUk
a
VC-4 VC-3/
VC-12
c
ODUk
a
VC-4 VC-3/
VC-12
SXH N/A 20 Gbit/s N/A N/A 1.28 Tbit/s N/A
SXM N/A 20 Gbit/s 20 Gbit/s N/A 1.28 Tbit/s 80 Gbit/s
SXH
+XCT
b
40 Gbit/s 20 Gbit/s N/A 2.56 Tbit/s 1.28 Tbit/s N/A
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
17
Cross-
Connect
Board
of Subrack
ODUk
a
VC-4 VC-3/
VC-12
c
ODUk
a
VC-4 VC-3/
VC-12
SXM
+XCT
b
40 Gbit/s 20 Gbit/s 20 Gbit/s 2.56 Tbit/s 1.28 Tbit/s 80 Gbit/s
a: k=0, 1, 2, 2e, 3 or flex.
b: OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks must be configured with both the SXH and XCT boards
or the SXM and XCT boards to cross-connect ODUk granularities.
c: All service slots share a bandwidth of 20 Gbit/s.

3.2.1.5 Fan
Each OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack has four fan tray assemblies, each of which includes three
independent fans. In each subrack, the lower fan tray assembly has an air filter, but the upper
fan tray assembly does not. The user can withdraw, clean, and replace each air filter.
Version Description
Only one functional version of the fan tray assembly is available, that is, TN51.
Functions and Features
Table 3-7 describes the functions of a fan tray assembly.
Table 3-7 Functions
Function Description
Basic function Dissipates the heat generated by a network element (NE), so that
the NE can operate normally within the designated temperature
range.
Commissioning control l Auto Speed Mode: Implements automatic fan speed
regulation, depending on the subrack temperature.
l Adjustable Speed Mode: You can manually adjust the fan
speed.
Section-dependent heat
dissipation
Each subrack is divided into six sections to provide efficient heat
dissipation. The fan speed in each section is independently
regulated.
Hot swapping Provides the hot swapping function for the fan tray assembly.
Alarming Reports alarms of the fans, and reports the in-service information.
Status checking Checks and reports on the fan status.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
18
Working Principle
A fan tray assembly inside a subrack ventilates the subrack to ensure that the subrack works
effectively at an appropriate temperature. The fan tray assembly is located in the lower portion
of a subrack. It draws in air into the subrack, forming an air duct from bottom to top. Other
boards in the subrack are installed vertically. In other words, the boards are parallel to the air
duct. This design ensures reliable heat dissipation. Figure 3-3 shows how ventilation is
performed in the OptiX OSN 8800 T64.
Figure 3-3 shows how ventilation is performed in the OptiX OSN 8800 T64.
Figure 3-3 Subrack heat dissipation and ventilation system
Air outlet
Fan tray assembly
Fan tray assembly
Optical fiber
laying area
Air inlet
Board
Area

The OptiX OSN 8800 supports two fan speed modes, as described in Table 3-8. The section-
dependent speed regulating function is available in Auto Speed Mode. The Auto Speed Mode
is recommended.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
19
Table 3-8 FAN speed mode
FAN Speed
Mode
Description
Auto Speed Mode Fan speed in each section is regulated automatically according to the
temperature of the boards in the section that the fans are targeted for.
l Lower than 25C (77F): the fans run at low speed.
l Higher than 45C (113F): the fans run at high speed.
l 25C to 45C (77F to 113 F): The fans automatically adjust their
rotation speeds. This mode can reduce noise and is power-saving.
Fan speed in each section is independently regulated.
The fans run at full speed if the speed regulating signal is abnormal.
If one of the fans in one section fails, the other fans in this section run at
full speed.
When the user queries the fan speed using the NMS, the highest fan speed
among all sections is displayed. In other words, if the fans in one section
rotate at high speed, the NMS displays the fan speed as high speed in the
query result.
Adjustable Speed
Mode
Six fan speeds are supported: Stop, Low Speed, Medium-Low Speed,
Medium Speed, Medium-High Speed, and High Speed. In this mode,
the user manually sets the fan speed and fans in all sections run at the
same speed. The user cannot independently set the fan speed for a
specific section.

Each OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack has two sides. Each side has six sections. See Figure 3-4.
Figure 3-4 Section-dependent heat dissipation of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack
IU1 IU2 IU3 IU4 IU5 IU6 IU7 IU8
IU9 IU10
IU11
IU19 IU20 IU21 IU22 IU23 IU24 IU25 IU26 IU27
IU71 IU70 IU69 IU72 IU73
IU74
IU50
IU75
FAN1 FAN2
FAN4 FAN5
IU90
IU91
IU12 IU13 IU14 IU15 IU16 IU17
IU28 IU29 IU30 IU31 IU32 IU33 IU34
IU18
IU79
FAN3
FAN6
IU43 IU44
IU45
IU53 IU54 IU55 IU56 IU57 IU58 IU59 IU60 IU61
IU82 IU81 IU80
IU83 IU86 IU84 IU85
IU50
FAN7 FAN8
FAN10 FAN11
IU92
IU93
IU52
IU87 IU89 IU88
FAN9
FAN12
IU76 IU77 IU78
Front Back
Partition 1 Partition 2 Partition 3 Partition 4 Partition 5 Partition 6

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
20
NOTE
If any one of the six fans in the two fan tray assemblies fails, the system can keep on operating for 96
consecutive hours in an environment with temperatures between 0C to 45C (32F to 113F).
Replace the fan tray assembly in either of the following two situations:
l Two or more fans fail in one of the two fan tray assemblies.
l One or more fans fail in each of the two fan tray assemblies.
In a system that is operating normally, the two fans in the same section (such as FAN1 and FAN4) run at
the same speed.
The fan tray assembly consists of fans and fan control unit. Figure 3-5 shows the functional
blocks of the fan tray assembly.
Figure 3-5 Functional block diagram of the fan tray assembly
Fan control unit
FAN
External power
supply 1
SCC
Status signal
Speed adjusting
signal
External power
supply 2
Status signal
Speed adjusting
signal

l FAN: dissipates heat generated by normal operation of the subrack. FAN is the core of the
fan tray assembly.
l Fan control board:
Controls the fan speed according to the fan speed regulating signals.
Detects faults. After a fault is detected, the fan control unit reports an alarm. In this case,
the SCC board issues commands to instruct the other fans to run at the full speed.
Monitors speed regulating signals, the fan status, and the online/offline state of the fan
tray assembly.
Receives and carries out commands from the SCC board to shut down the fans on the
fan tray assembly if necessary.
Appearance
Figure 3-6 shows a fan tray assembly.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
21
Figure 3-6 Fan tray assembly
1
2
3
SYSTEM
1. Air filter 2. Operating status indicators 3. Fans (three in total)
NOTE
An air filter is installed on the lower fan tray assembly to prevent dust from entering the subrack.

Valid Slots
The fan tray assembly occupies one slot. The valid slots for the fan tray assembly are IU90 IU91,
IU92 and IU93 in the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack.
Specifications of the Fan Tray Assembly
Table 3-9 lists the technical specifications of the fan tray assembly.
NOTE
For the transport equipment, heat consumption and power consumption are similar and can be taken as the
same. Heat consumption (BTU/h) = Power consumption (W) x Time (h)/0.2931(Wh).
Table 3-9 Technical specifications of the fan tray assembly
Item Specification
Dimensions (H x W x D) 64.0 mm (2.5 in.) x 493.7 mm (19.4 in.) x 280.5 mm (11.0 in.)
Weight 3.6 kg (7.9 lb.)
Power Consumption
a
l Low Speed: 70 W
l Medium-Low Speed: 95 W
l Medium Speed: 150 W
l Medium-High Speed: 225W
l High Speed: 270W
a: Rotating speed of fans is controlled intelligently. When the system is typically configured,
rotating speed of fans is automatically adjusted to a low level. When the system is fully
configured with boards of high power consumption, and the system is running in a high
ambient temperature, rotating speed of fans may be adjusted to a high level. When rotating
at the maximum speed, power consumption of fan tray assembly may reach 270 W.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
22
3.2.1.6 Power Consumption
This section describes the maximum and typical subrack power consumption specifications.
Table 3-10 describes the power consumption of an OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack.
NOTE
same. Heat rate (BTU/h) = Power consumption (W) x Time (h)/0.2931(Wh).
Typical configuration power consumption indicates the average power consumption of the equipment with
the typical configuration and the equipment runs at the room temperature. Maximum power consumption
indicates the possible maximum power consumption when the equipment runs in an environment with
extreme conditions.
Table 3-10 Power consumption of an OptiX OSN 8800 T64
Item Value
Maximum subrack power consumption
a
6500 W
Typical configuration power consumption
(OTN)
3700 W
Typical configuration power consumption
(OCS)
2700 W
a: The maximum subrack power consumption refers to the theoretical power consumption
obtained when boards with the highest power consumption are installed in every slot on the
subrack.

Table 3-11 describes the power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an OptiX
OSN 8800 T64.
Table 3-11 Power consumption of the common units in an OptiX OSN 8800 T64
Unit Name Typical
Power
Consumptio
n at 25C (77
F) (W)
a
Maximum
Power
Consumptio
n at 55C
(131F) (W)
a
Remarks
Subrack OTU
subrack 1
1804.6 2827.9 32 x LDX, 1 x SCC, 8 x PIU, 2
x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x
ATE, and 4 x fan tray assembly
OTU
subrack 2
1686.7 2278.9 4 x LSC, 2 x SCC, 8 x PIUs, 2 x
AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
23
Unit Name Typical
Power
Consumptio
n at 25C (77
F) (W)
a
Maximum
Power
Consumptio
n at 55C
(131F) (W)
a
Remarks
OTU
electrical
cross-
connect
subrack 1
2172.7 2822.9 2 x XCT, 2 x SXH, 8 x NS3, 2
x SCC, 2 x STG, 8 x PIU, 5 x
TQX, 5 x TOA, 2 x AUX, 1 x
EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 4
x fan tray assembly
OTU
electrical
cross-
connect
subrack 2
1839.1 2776.7 2 x XCT, 2 x SXM, 20 x NQ2,
1 x SCC, 8 x PIU, 5 x TOA, 5 x
TQX, 2 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x
EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 4 x fan tray
assembly
OTM
subrack 1
963.78 1860.3 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1,
1 x OBU1, 12 x LDX, 1 x SCC,
1 x SC2, 8 x PIU, 2 x AUX, 1 x
x fan tray assembly
OTM
subrack 2
1734.7 2343.9 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1,
1 x OBU1, 4 x LSC, 2 x SCC, 8
x PIU, 2 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x
assembly
OCS System 1920 2830 2 x SXM, 20 x SLD64, 8 x
SLO16, 4 x SLQ16, 4 x SLH41,
4 x EGSH, 2 x STG, 1 x STI, 2
x SCC, 8 x PIU, 2 x AUX, 1 x
x fan tray assembly
a: Indicates that the power consumption of the subrack and cabinet is the value in a certain
configuration. The value is for reference only. The actual power consumed by the chassis and
cabinet is a calculation based on the power consumption of each module.

3.2.1.7 Power Requirement
This section describes the requirements on power supply.
Requirements on Voltage and Current
Table 3-12 provides the requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 8800 T64
subrack.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
24
Table 3-12 Requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 8800 T64
Item Requirement
Rated working current 200 A (Independent power supplies to four
sections of each subrack, with 50A for each
section)
Nominal working voltage -48V DC/-60V DC
Working voltage range -48V DC: -40V to -57.6V
-60V DC: -48V to -72V

PIU
The PIU board receives and provides DC power for equipment. For OptiX OSN 8800 T64/8800
T32, the PIU board can be TN16PIU or TN51PIU. For OptiX OSN 8800 T16, the PIU board
must be TN16PIU.
l Function
Accesses DC power in a range from -40 V to -72 V. Provides lightning protection and
power filtering functions. The TN16PIU supports intelligent ammeter function, which
enables the TN16PIU to detect the power consumption of the entire subrack and report the
power consumption to the system control unit.
NOTE
The overcurrent protection function for the access power supplies of each subrack is realized by the
magnetic circuit breaker of the PDU.
l Front Panel
As shown in the following figures, two types of front panel are available for The TN51PIU
board. The difference between the two types of front panel lies in the silkscreen.
Figure 3-7 Front panel of the TN51PIU board
PWR
RTN(+)
PIU
REG(-)
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
25
PWR
RTN
PIU
-48V

PWR
NEG(-) RTN(+)
PIU

l There is only the power indicator (PWR), which is green.
l Valid Slots
Table 3-13 Valid slots for the TN51PIU board
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 IU69, IU70, IU78, IU79, IU80, IU81,IU88 and IU89
OptiX OSN 8800 T32 IU39, IU40, IU45, and IU46

Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 IU20 and IU23

l Specifications
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
26
Performance Specifications
Table 3-15 Performance specifications of the PIU board
Item Unit Value
Number of DC input power supplies - 1
Input DC power voltage range V DC -48V DC: -40V to -57.6V
-60V DC: -48V to -72V
Input DC power current A 60

Mechanical Specifications
Dimensions of front panel: 50.8 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 80 mm (H) (2.0 in. (W) x 8.7
in. (D) x 3.1 in. (H))
Weight:
TN51PIU: 0.5 kg (1.10 lb.)
TN16PIU: 0.65 kg (1.43 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board Typical Power
Consumption at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum Power
Consumption at 55C
(131F) (W)
TN51PIU 5 5
TN16PIU 3 3.6

In this document, "OptiX OSN 8800 T32" refers to both enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 and
general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks unless otherwise specified. Table 3-16 shows you how
to distinguish between the "Enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32" and "General OptiX OSN 8800
T32" subracks.
Table 3-16 Classification of OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks
Subrack Type Subrack Label Display on the NMS
Enhanced OptiX OSN 8800
T32
OSN 8800 T32
"OSN8800 T32 Enhanced"
General OptiX OSN 8800
T32
OSN 8800 T32
"OSN8800 T32 Standard"

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
27
3.2.2.1 Structure
power supply.
Figure 3-9 shows the structure of the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack.
Figure 3-9 OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack structure diagram
6
5
1
2
3
4
3
NOTE
A subrack identified by "Enhanced" is an enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack. If the subrack is not identified
by "Enhanced", it is a general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack.

l Fan tray assembly: Fan tray assembly contains three fans that provide ventilation and heat
dissipation for the subrack. The front panel of the fan tray assembly has four indicators that
indicate subrack status.
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
28
Item Specification
(19.6 in. (W) 11.6 in. (D) 35.4 in. (H))
a
)
35 kg (77.1 lb.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
29
IU9 IU10
IU11
IU28
SCC
IU19
IU43
PIU
IU39
EFI1
IU38
EFI2
IU37 IU40
PIU PIU
IU45 IU46
PIU
IU48 IU47
IU44 IU41 IU42
AUX STG STG
IU50
IU51
STI ATE
S
C
C

o
r

s
e
r
v
i
c
e

b
o
a
r
d
C
r
o
s
s
-
c
o
n
n
e
c
t

b
o
a
r
d
C
r
o
s
s
-
c
o
n
n
e
c
t

b
o
a
r
d

l IU9 and IU10 are reserved for the cross-connect board (XCH/XCM).
l IU43 is reserved for future use.
PIU IU39 & IU45 and IU40 & IU46
SCC IU28 & IU11
STG IU42 & IU44
XCH/XCM IU9 & IU10

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
30
3.2.2.3 Management Interfaces of OptiX OSN 8800 T32
Boar
d
Front Panel Power
Consumption
Interfaces Note
TN51
EFI1
S
E
R
I
A
L
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
EFI1
Typical Power
Consumption at
25C (77F): 5 W
Maximum Power
Consumption at
55C (131F): 7
W
Network
management
interface:
NM_ETH2
Management serial
interface: SERIAL
8800 T32/T64.
TN51
EFI2
EFI2
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
Typical Power
Consumption at
25C (77F): 13
W
Maximum Power
Consumption at
55C (131F): 15
W
Subrack alarm
cascading
interfaces: LAMP1,
LAMP2
Network
management
interface:
NM_ETH1/ETH1/
ETH2/ETH3
8800 T32/T64.
TN52
STI
STI
C
L
K
2
T
O
D
2
C
L
K
1
T
O
D
1
Typical Power
Consumption at
25C (77F): 1.5
W
Maximum Power
Consumption at
55C (131F):
1.5 W
Clock signal
interface: CLK1,
CLK2
Time signal
interface: TOD1,
TOD2
synchronization.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
31
Boar
d
Front Panel Power
Consumption
Interfaces Note
TNL
1STI
STI
C
L
K
2
T
O
D
2
C
L
K
1
T
O
D
1
P
H
O
N
E
F
1
Typical Power
Consumption at
25C (77F): 3 W
Maximum Power
Consumption at
55C (131F): 3
W
Clock signal
interface: CLK1,
CLK2
Time signal
interface: TOD1,
TOD2
Orderwire phone
interface: PHONE
F1 interface: F1
synchronization.

The cross-connect capacity of a slot in an OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack vary the type of cross-
connect board installed in the slot.
OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks can cross-connect ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e, ODU3,
ODUflex, VC-4, VC-3, and VC-12 granularities at the same time. Slots IU1-IU8, IU12-IU27,
and IU29-IU36 provide the same cross-connect capacity. As shown in Table 3-19.
Table 3-19 Cross-connect capacity of OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack
Cross-
Connec
t Board
of Subrack
ODUk
a
VC-4 VC-3/
VC-12
b
ODUk
a
VC-4 VC-3/
VC-12
XCH 40 Gbit/s 40 Gbit/s N/A 1.28 Tbit/s 1.28 Tbit/s N/A
XCM 40 Gbit/s 40 Gbit/s 40 Gbit/s 1.28 Tbit/s 1.28 Tbit/s 80 Gbit/s
a: k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3 or flex
b: All service slots share a bandwidth of 40 Gbit/s.

In later versions, a single slot will support a maximum of 100 Gbit/s cross-connect capacities
and a single subrack will be able to provide a maximum of 3.2 Tbit/s cross-connect capacities.
3.2.2.5 Fan
Each OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack has two fan tray assemblies, each of which includes three
independent fans. In each subrack, the lower fan tray assembly has an air filter, but the upper
fan tray assembly does not have an air filter. The air filter can be drawn out, cleaned and replaced.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
32
Version Description
Table 3-20 Functions
range.
speed.
Partitioned heat
dissipation
Each subrack is divided into three partitions to help provide
efficient heat dissipation. The fan speed in each partition is
independently regulated.

Working Principle
A fan tray assembly inside a subrack dissipates heat for the subrack to ensure that the subrack
works effectively at a specified temperature. The fan tray assembly is located on the lower part
of a subrack. It blows air into the subrack, forming an air duct from bottom to top. Other boards
in the subrack are installed vertically. In other words, the boards are parallel to the air duct. This
design ensures reliable heat dissipation. Figure 3-11 shows the heat dissipation and ventilation
system in the OptiX OSN 8800 T32.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
33
Air outlet
Fan tray assembly
Fan tray assembly
Optical fiber
laying area
Air inlet
Board
Area

The OptiX OSN 8800 supports two fan speed modes, as described in Table 3-21. The section-
dependent speed regulating function is available in Auto Speed Mode. The Auto Speed Mode
is recommended.
FAN Speed
Mode
Description
Auto Speed Mode Fan speed in each section is regulated automatically according to the
temperature of the boards in the section that the fans are targeted for.
Fan speed in each section is independently regulated.
The fans run at full speed if the speed regulating signal is abnormal.
If one of the fans in one section fails, the other fans in this section run at
full speed.
When the user queries the fan speed using the NMS, the highest fan speed
among all sections is displayed. In other words, if the fans in one section
rotate at high speed, the NMS displays the fan speed as high speed in the
query result.
Adjustable Speed
Mode
Six fan speeds are supported: Stop, Low Speed, Medium-Low Speed,
Medium Speed, Medium-High Speed, and High Speed. In this mode,
the user manually sets the fan speed and fans in all sections run at the
same speed. The user cannot independently set the fan speed for a
specific section.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
34

Each OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack is divided into three partitions in terms of heat dissipation.
The subrack adopts two fan tray assemblies to implement partitioned heat dissipation. See
Figure 3-12.
Figure 3-12 Partitioned heat dissipation of the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack
IU9 IU10
IU20 IU21 IU22 IU23 IU24 IU25 IU26 IU27 IU28 IU29 IU30 IU31 IU32 IU33 IU34 IU35 IU36
IU19
IU39 IU38 IU37 IU40 IU45 IU46 IU48 IU47 IU44 IU41 IU42
IU50
IU43
FAN1 FAN2 FAN3
FAN4 FAN5 FAN6
IU50
IU51
Partition 1 Partition 2 Partition 3

NOTE
If any one of the six fans in the two fan tray assemblies fails, the system can keep on operating for 96
Replace the fan tray assembly in either of the following two situations:
l Two or more fans fail in one of the two fan tray assemblies.
l One or more fans fail in each of the two fan tray assemblies.
In a system that is operating normally, the two fans in the same partition (such as FAN1 and FAN4) run
at the same speed.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
35
Fan control unit
FAN
External power
supply 1
SCC
Status signal
Speed adjusting
signal
External power
supply 2
Status signal
Speed adjusting
signal

fan tray assembly.
tray assembly.
Appearance
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
36
1
2
3
SYSTEM
1. Air filter 2. Operating status indicators 3. Fans (three in total)
NOTE
An air filter is installed on the lower fan tray assembly to prevent dust from entering the subrack.

Valid Slots
The fan tray assembly occupies one slot. The valid slots for the fan tray assembly are IU50 and
IU51 in the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack.
NOTE
Item Specification
Dimensions (H x W x D) 64.0 mm (2.5 in.) x 493.7 mm (19.4 in.) x 280.5 mm (11.0 in.)
Power Consumption
a
l Low Speed: 70 W
l Medium-Low Speed: 95 W
l Medium-High Speed: 225W
l High Speed: 270W

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
37
Table 3-23 describes the power consumption of an OptiX OSN8800 T32 subrack.
NOTE
extreme conditions.
Item Value
a
3500 W
Recommended typical configuration power
consumption (OTN)
2000 W
Recommended typical configuration power
consumption (OCS)
2250 W
subrack.

Table 3-24 describes the power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an OptiX
OSN 8800 T32.
Table 3-24 Power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an OptiX OSN 8800
T32
Unit Name Typical
Power
Consumptio
n at 25C (77
F) (W)
a
Maximum
Power
Consumptio
n at 55C
(131F) (W)
a
Remarks
Subrack OTU
subrack 1
1633.4 2254.6 32 x LDX, 1 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1
OTU
subrack 2
1351.8 1701.3 4 x LSC, 2 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x
AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
38
Unit Name Typical
Power
Consumptio
n at 25C (77
F) (W)
a
Maximum
Power
Consumptio
n at 55C
(131F) (W)
a
Remarks
OTU
electrical
cross-
connect
subrack 1
1641.6 2166.5 2 x XCH, 20 x NQ2, 1 x SCC,
4 x PIU, 5 x TQX, 5 x TOA, 1
OTU
electrical
cross-
connect
subrack 2
2039.8 2466.5 2 x XCH, 8 x NS3, 2 x SCC, 4
x PIU, 5 x TQX, 5 x TOA, 2 x
STG, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x
assembly
OTM
subrack 1
792.5 1287.1 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1,
1 x OBU1, 12 x LDX, 1 x SCC,
4 x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1
x EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 2 x fan
tray assembly
OTM
subrack 2
1399.8 1766.3 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1,
1 x OBU1, 4 x LSC, 2 x SCC, 4
x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x
assembly
OLA
subrack
290.3 706 4 x OBU1, 4 x VA1, 1 x SC2, 1
x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x
x fan tray assembly
OADM
subrack
974 1497.2 2 x OAU1, 2 x MR8V, 16 x
LDX, 1 x SC2, 1 x SCC, 4 x
PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x
assembly
378.2 811 2 x M40V, 2 x D40, 2 x FIU, 1
x SC2, 2 x RMU9, 2 x WSM9,
2 x OAU1, 2 x OBU1, 1 x SCC,
4 x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1
x EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 2 x fan
tray assembly
373.1 306.6 2 x M40, 2 x D40, 2 x WSMD9,
2 x DAS1, 1 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
39
Unit Name Typical
Power
Consumptio
n at 25C (77
F) (W)
a
Maximum
Power
Consumptio
n at 55C
(131F) (W)
a
Remarks
OCS System 1281 1757 2 x XCM, 10 x SLQ64, 8 x
SLO16, 2 x SLH41, 2 x EGSH,
2 x STG, 1 x STI, 2 x SCC, 4 x
PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x
assembly

Table 3-25 provides the requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 8800 T32.
Item Requirement
Rated working current 100 A (Independent power supplies to two
sections of each subrack, with 50A for each
section)
-60V DC: -48V to -72V

PIU
must be TN16PIU.
l Function
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
40
NOTE
l Front Panel
PWR
RTN(+)
PIU
REG(-)
PWR
RTN
PIU
-48V

PWR
NEG(-) RTN(+)
PIU

l Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
41
Product Valid Slots

Product Valid Slots

l Specifications
Item Unit Value
-60V DC: -48V to -72V

in. (D) x 3.1 in. (H))
Weight:
TN51PIU: 0.5 kg (1.10 lb.)
TN16PIU: 0.65 kg (1.43 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board Typical Power
Consumption at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum Power
Consumption at 55C
(131F) (W)
TN51PIU 5 5
TN16PIU 3 3.6

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
42
3.2.3.1 Structure
power supply.
Figure 3-17 OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack structure (subrack door excluded)
1
2
3
4
6
5

l Fan tray assembly: Fan tray assembly contains ten fans that provide ventilation and heat
dissipation for the subrack. The front panel of the fan tray assembly has four indicators that
indicate fan status and related information.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
43
NOTE
Item Specification
(19.6 in. (W) 11.6 in. (D) 17.7 in. (H))
a
)
18 kg (39.6 lb.)

IU25 FAN
IU19
EFI
IU20
PIU
IU21
AUX
IU22
IU24
ATE
IU23
PIU
IU10 IU9
IU
1
IU
2
IU
3
IU
4
IU
5
IU
6
IU
7
IU
8
IU
11
IU
12
IU
13
IU
14
IU
15
IU
16
IU
17
IU
18

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
44
l IU9 and IU10 are reserved for the TN16XCH/TN16SCC or for the other service boards.
NOTE
Slots IU9 and IU10 can be used to house service boards only when the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 functions
as a slave subrack.
If slots IU9 and IU10 are used to house service boards or SCC boards, install a special filler panel in each
slot first
l IU22 is reserved for future use.
PIU IU20 & IU23
TN16XCH/
TN16SCC
IU9 & IU10

3.2.3.3 Management Interfaces of OptiX OSN 8800 T16
Boa
rd
Front Panel Power
Consumption
Interfaces Note
TN1
6EFI
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
S
E
R
I
A
L
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
EFI
Typical Power
Consumption at
25C (77F): 2 W
Maximum Power
Consumption at
55C (131F): 2.5
W
Network
management
interface:
NM_ETH1/
NM_ETH2/
ETH1/ETH2/
ETH3
Management
serial interface:
SERIAL
Subrack alarm
cascading
interfaces:
LAMP1,
LAMP2
For detailed
information,
refer to
Management
Connections
and Interfaces
of OptiX OSN
8800 T16.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
45
Boa
rd
Front Panel Power
Consumption
Interfaces Note
TN1
6AT
E
A
L
M
I
1
A
L
M
O
1
A
L
M
O
2
A
L
M
I
2
A
L
M
O
3
A
L
M
O
4
C
L
K
2
T
O
D
2
C
L
K
1
T
O
D
1
ATE
Typical Power
Consumption at
25C (77F): 0.2
W
Maximum Power
Consumption at
55C (131F): 0.3
W
Housekeeping
alarm input
interface:
ALMI1ALMI2
Housekeeping
alarm output
interface:
ALMO1
ALMO4
Clock signal
interface: CLK1,
CLK2
Time signal
interface: TOD1,
TOD2
For detailed
information
on
housekeeping
alarm inputs
and outputs,
refer to 3.10.1
OptiX OSN
8800
Housekeepin
g Alarm
Interfaces.
The clock/
time input and
output
interfaces
connect the
board to the
STG board
through the
backplane to
achieve NE-
level clock
and time
synchronizati
on.

Slots in an OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack provide the same cross-connect capacity.
An OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack can cross-connect ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e, ODU3,
and ODUflex granularities at the same time with a maximum cross-connect capacity of 640 Gbit/
s. Slots IU1-IU8 and IU11-IU18 provide the same cross-connect capacity and each of the slots
supports a maximum of 40 Gbit/s cross-connect capacity.
3.2.3.5 Fan
Each OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack has one fan tray assembly, which includes ten independent
fans and an air filter. The air filter can be drawn out, cleaned and replaced.
Version Description
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
46
Table 3-31 Functions
range.
speed.
Partitioned heat
dissipation
Each subrack is divided into five partitions to help provide

Working Principle
A fan tray assembly inside a subrack dissipates heat for the subrack to ensure that the subrack
works effectively at a specified temperature. The fan tray assembly is located on the lower part
of a subrack. It blows air into the subrack, forming an air duct from bottom to top. Other boards
in the subrack are installed vertically. In other words, the boards are parallel to the air duct. This
design ensures reliable heat dissipation. Figure 3-19 shows the heat dissipation and ventilation
system in the OptiX OSN 8800 T16.
Air outlet
Board area
Optical fiber
laying area
Fan tray assembly
Air inlet

The OptiX OSN 8800 T16 supports two fan speed modes, as described in Table 3-32. The
partitioned speed regulating function is available in Auto Speed Mode. It is recommended that
you operate fans in Auto Speed Mode by default.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
47
FAN Speed
Mode
Description
Auto Speed Mode Fan speed in each partition is regulated automatically according to the
temperature of the boards in the partition where the fans are installed.
Fan speed in each partition is independently regulated.
The fans run at full speed if the speed regulating signals are abnormal.
If one of the fans fails, the other fans run at full speed.
Adjustable Speed
Mode
Five fan speed modes are available: Low Speed, Medium-Low
Speed, Medium Speed, Medium-High Speed, and High Speed. You
can set the fan speed manually. In Adjustable Speed Mode, the fans in
all partitions run at the same speed and do not support the partitioned
manual fan speed adjustment.

Each OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack is divided into five partitions in terms of heat dissipation.
The subrack adopts one fan tray assembly to implement partitioned heat dissipation. See Figure
3-20.
Figure 3-20 Partitioned heat dissipation of the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack
IU19
EFI
IU20
PIU
IU21
AUX
IU22
IU24
ATE
IU23
PIU
IU10 IU9
IU
1
IU
2
IU
3
IU
4
IU
5
IU
6
IU
7
IU
8
IU
11
IU
12
IU
13
IU
14
IU
15
IU
16
IU
17
IU
18
A
Fan tray
assembly
B C D E

In the OptiX OSN 8800 T16, there are five partitions (A, B, C, D, and E) in each subrack. Two
fans in each partition dissipate heat generated by the boards in the partition where the fans reside.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
48
NOTE
If any one of the ten fans in the fan tray assembly fails, the system can keep on operating for 96 consecutive
hours in an environment with temperatures between 0C to 45C (32F to 113F).
Replace the fan tray assembly immediately if two or more fans fail in the fan tray assemblies.
Fan control unit
FAN
External power
supply 1
SCC
Status signal
Speed adjusting
signal
External power
supply 2
Status signal
Speed adjusting
signal

fan tray assembly.
tray assembly.
Appearance
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
49
SYSTEM
1
2
3
1. Air filter 2. Operating status indicators 3. Fans (ten in total)
NOTE
An air filter is installed on the fan tray assembly to prevent dust from entering the subrack.

Valid Slots
The fan tray assembly occupies one slot. The valid slot for the fan tray assembly is IU25 in the
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack.
NOTE
Item Specification
Dimensions 493.7 mm (W) x 266.6 mm (D) x 56.1 mm (H) (19.44 in. (W)
x 10.5 in. (D) x 2.21 in. (H))
Power Consumption
a
l Low Speed: 42.7 W
l Medium-Low Speed: 74.8 W
l Medium Speed: 106.8 W
l Medium-High Speed: 165.5 W
l High Speed: 215 W

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
50
Table 3-34 describes the power consumption of an OptiX OSN8800 T16 subrack.
NOTE
extreme conditions.
Item Specification
a
1800 W
Typical configuration power consumption 700 W
subrack.

Table 3-35 describes the power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an 8800
T16.
Table 3-35 Power consumption of the common units in an OptiX OSN 8800 T16
Unit Name Typical
Power
Consumpt
ion at 25C
(77F) (W)
a
Maximum
Power
Consumpt
ion at 55C
(131F) (W)
a
Remarks
Subrack OTU subrack
1
509.2 615.6 8 x 10G OTU (LDX), 1 x XCH, 2
x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE,
and 1 x fan tray assembly
OTU subrack
2
1107.8 1432.7 4 x LSC, 2 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 2 x
AUX, 1EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x
fan tray assembly
OTN
electrical
cross-connect
subrack 1
501 808 5 x NQ2, 2 x XCH, 2 x PIU, 1 x
TQX, 2 x TOA, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI,
1 x ATE, and 1 x fan tray
assembly
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
51
Unit Name Typical
Power
Consumpt
ion at 25C
(77F) (W)
a
Maximum
Power
Consumpt
ion at 55C
(131F) (W)
a
Remarks
OTN
electrical
cross-connect
subrack 2
862.8 1180.7 2 x XCH, 4 x 55NS3, 2 x PIU, 1
x TQX, 2 x TOA, 2 x AUX, 1 x
EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x fan tray
assembly
OTM subrack
1
468.7 569.7 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1, 1
x OBU1, 6 x LDX, 1 x XCH, 2 x
PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE,
OTM subrack
2
675.8 967.7 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1, 1
x OBU1, 2 x LSC, 2 x SCC, 2 x
OLA subrack 228.1 294.3 4 x OBU1, 4 x VA1, 1 x SC2, 2 x
FIU, 1 x XCH, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX,
1 x EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x fan tray
assembly
OADM
subrack
449.5 561.5 2 x OAU1, 2 x MR8V, 2 x FIU, 8
x LSX, 1 x SC2, 1 x XCH, 2 x
221 269.2 1 x M40, 1 x D40, 1 x WSMD9,
1 x DAS1, 1 x XCH, 2 x PIU, 1 x
AUX, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x
fan tray assembly

Table 3-36 provides the requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 8800 T16
subrack.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
52
Item Requirement
Rated working current 37.5 A
-60V DC: -48V to -72V

PIU
must be TN16PIU.
l Function
NOTE
l Front Panel
PWR
RTN(+)
PIU
REG(-)
PWR
RTN
PIU
-48V
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
53

PWR
NEG(-) RTN(+)
PIU

l Valid Slots
Product Valid Slots

Product Valid Slots

l Specifications
Item Unit Value
-60V DC: -48V to -72V
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
54

in. (D) x 3.1 in. (H))
Weight:
TN51PIU: 0.5 kg (1.10 lb.)
TN16PIU: 0.65 kg (1.43 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board Typical Power
Consumption at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum Power
Consumption at 55C
(131F) (W)
TN51PIU 5 5
TN16PIU 3 3.6

3.3.1 Structure
Subracks are the basic working units of the OptiX OSN 6800. The subrack of the OptiX OSN
6800 has an independent power supply.
Figure 3-25 shows the structure of the subrack.
Figure 3-25 OptiX OSN 6800 subrack structure diagram
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
1. Indicator 2. Board area 3. Fiber cabling area
4. Fan tray assembly 5. Air filter 6. Fiber spool
7. Mounting ear

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
55
NOTE
The interface area is behind the indicator panel in the upper part of the subrack. Remove the indicator panel
before you connect cables.
l Indicators: indicate the running status and alarm status of the subrack.
l Board area: All service boards are installed in this area. 21 slots are available.
to the fiber cabling area before being routed on a side of the open rack. The mechanical
VOA is also installed in this area.
NOTE
For detailed descriptions of the fan tray assembly, see 3.3.4 Fan.
l Fan tray assembly: Fan tray assembly contains ten fans that provide ventilation and heat
dissipation for the subrack.
l Air filter: The air filter protects the subrack from dust in the air and requires periodic
cleaning.
l Interface area: The interface area provides functional interfaces, such as management
interface, inter-subrack communication interface, alarm output and cascading interface,
alarm input and output interface. It is behind the subrack indicator panel.
Table 3-40 Mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 6800
Item Specification
Dimensions 497 mm (W) x 295 mm (D) x 400 mm (H)
(19.6 in. (W) 11.6 in. (D) 15.7 in. (H))
a
)
13 kg (28.6 lb.)

3.3.2 Slot Description
The board area of the subrack has 21 slots, labeled IU1 to IU21 from left to right.
Slots of the subrack are shown in Figure 3-26.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
56
Figure 3-26 Slots of the subrack
IU9
XCS XCS
IU17 IU18
SCC
S
C
C

o
r

s
e
r
v
i
c
e

b
o
a
r
d
IU10
IU20
PIU
IU19
PIU
Fan
Paired slots Mutual backup
VOA area
IU21
AUX

l IU15 and IU16 are also available for the STG.
l Pair slots refer to a pair of slots whose resident boards' overhead can be processed by the
buses on the backplanes. OptiX OSN 6800 supports seven pair slots. The pair slots support
distributed grooming.
3.3.3 Cross-Connect Capacities
The slots in an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack vary in cross-connect capacities.
Integrated Grooming
When using the XCS board, an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack can cross-connect ODU1,
ODU2,ODU2e, 10GE, and GE services between any two slots among slots IU1-IU8 and slots
IU11-IU16. Figure 3-27 provides the cross-connect capacity for each slot.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
57
Figure 3-27 Cross-connect capacities of slots
IU9
XCS XCS
IU17 IU18
SCC
S
C
C

o
r

s
e
r
v
i
c
e

b
o
a
r
d
IU10
IU20
PIU
IU19
PIU
Fan
VOA area
IU21
AUX

l When TN12XCS boards are configured in an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack, the cross-connect
capacities of the subrack are as follows:
Table 3-41 Cross-connect capacity of OptiX OSN 6800 subrack
Cro
ss-
Con
nect
Boa
rd
Slot Maximum Cross-Connect
Capacity of Subrack
ODU1/ODU2/
ODU2e/10GE
GE
TN1
2XC
S
40Gbit/s 20Gbit/s 180 Gbit/s GE
360 Gbit/s ODU1/ODU2/
ODU2e/10GE
Supports hybrid transmission of
the above-mentioned services
with the maximum cross-
connect capacity of 360 Gbit/s.
20Gbit/s 10Gbit/s
0Gbit/s 0Gbit/s
TN1
1XC
S
20Gbit/s 10Gbit/s 140 Gbit/s GE
280 Gbit/s ODU1/ODU2/
ODU2e/10GE
Supports hybrid transmission of
the above-mentioned services
with the maximum cross-
connect capacity of 280 Gbit/s.
0Gbit/s 0Gbit/s

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
58
Distributed Grooming
An OptiX OSN 6800 subrack provides seven pairs of slots: IU1 and IU2, IU3 and IU4, IU5 and
IU6, IU7 and IU8, IU11 and IU12, IU13 and IU14, IU15 and IU16. GE/Any/ODU1/OTU1
services can be cross-connected between paired slots. No XCS board is required when paired
slots are used to cross-connect electrical services.
3.3.4 Fan
Each OptiX OSN 6800 subrack has one fan tray assembly, which includes ten independent fans
and an air filter. The air filter can be drawn out, cleaned and replaced.
Version Description
Table 3-42 Functions of a fan tray assembly
Basic function Dissipates the heat generated by an NE so that the NE can operate
normally within the designated temperature range.
speed.
Partitioned heat
dissipation
Each subrack is divided into five partitions to help provide
Hot swapping Provides the hot swapping feature for the fan tray assembly.

Working Principle
Air flow from the subrack is bottom intake top exhaust. Figure 3-28 and Figure 3-29 show the
heat dissipation and ventilation system in the OptiX OSN 6800.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
59
Figure 3-28 Single-subrack heat dissipation and ventilation system
Air outlet
Board area
Optical fiber
laying area
Fan tray assembly
Air inlet

Figure 3-29 Multi-subrack heat dissipation and ventilation system
Air outlet
Board area
Optical fiber
laying area
Fan tray assembly
Air i nlet
Air deflector

NOTE
If multiple subracks are used, an air duct deflector is required to help in heat dissipation.
The OptiX OSN 6800 supports two fan speed modes, as shown in Table 3-43. The partitioned
speed regulating function is available in Auto Speed Mode. It is recommended that you set the
speed mode to Auto Speed Mode.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
60
FAN Speed
Mode
Description
Auto Speed Mode Fan speed in each partition is regulated automatically according to the
temperature of the boards in the partition where the fans are installed.
Fan speed in each partition is independently regulated.
If one of the fans fails, the other fans run at full speed.
Adjustable Speed
Mode
Four fan speed modes are available: Stop, Low Speed, Medium
Speed, and High Speed. You can set the fan speed manually. In
Adjustable Speed Mode, the fans in all partitions run at the same speed
and do not support the partitioned manual fan speed adjustment.

Each OptiX OSN 6800 subrack is divided into five partitions in terms of heat dissipation. The
subrack adopts one fan tray assembly to implement partitioned heat dissipation. See Figure
3-30.
Figure 3-30 Partitioned heat dissipation of the OptiX OSN 6800 subrack
I
U
5
I
U
4
I
U
6
I
U
7
I
U
8
I
U
1
2
I
U
1
3
I
U
1
4
I
U
1
5
I
U
1
6
I
U
3
I
U
2
I
U
1
I
U
1
1
I
U
I
U
9
1
0
1
7
1
8
I
U
I
U
VOA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E
Fan Tray
Assembly
1
9
I
U
2
0
I
U
2
1
I
U

There are five partitions (A, B, C, D, and E) in each subrack. Two fans in each partition dissipate
heat generated by the boards in the partition where the fans reside.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
61
NOTE
l If any one of the ten fans in the fan tray assembly fails, the system can keep on operating for 96
l Replace the fan tray assembly immediately if:
Two or more fans fail in the fan tray assemblies.
The fan tray assembly consists of ten fans and one fan control unit. Figure 3-31 shows the
functional blocks of the fan tray assembly.
Fan control unit
FAN
External power
supply 1
SCC
Status signal
Speed adjusting
signal
External power
supply 2
Status signal
Speed adjusting
signal

fan tray assembly.
Controls the fan speed according to regulating signals.
the SCC board issues commands to instruct the other fan in the same partition to run at
full speed.
Monitors the fan speed regulating signals, the fan status, and the online/offline state of
the fan tray assembly.
Appearance
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
62
1
2
3
1. Air filter 2. Operating status indicators 3. Fans (ten in total)
NOTE
An air filter is installed on the fan tray assembly to prevent dust from entering the subrack.

Valid Slots
One slot houses one fan tray assembly. The valid slot for the fan tray assembly is IU22.
Table 3-44 lists the technical specifications of the OptiX OSN 6800 fan tray assembly.
NOTE
Item Specification
Dimensions 493.7 mm (W) x 266.6 mm (D) x 56.1 mm
(H) (19.44 in. (W) x 10.5 in. (D) x 2.21 in.
(H))
Power Consumption
a
l Low Speed: 40 W
l High Speed: 120 W

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
63
3.3.5 Power Consumption
Table 3-45 describes the power consumption of an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack.
NOTE
extreme conditions.
Table 3-45 Power consumption of an OptiX OSN 6800
Item Value
Maximum subrack power consumption 1350 W

Table 3-46 lists the power consumption of the common units in an OptiX OSN 6800.
Table 3-46 Power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an OptiX OSN 6800
Unit Name Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F)
a
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)
a
Remarks
Su
bra
ck
OT
M
subr
ack
Subrack
1
566 722.2 17 x 10G OTU (LSX), 1 x SCC, 2
x PIU, 1 x AUX, and 1 x fan tray
assembly
Subrack
2
168.7 281.6 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU101,
1 x OBU103, 1 x FIU, 1 x SC1, 1
x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX, and 1 x
fan tray assembly
Subrack
3
557 723.8 10 x ND2, 2 x TQX, 2 x TOA, 2 x
XCS, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX,
OLA subrack 144.9 253.9 2 x OAU101s, 2 x FIU, 1 x SC2, 1
x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX, and 1 x
fan tray assembly
FOADM
subrack
292.3 418.3 2 x OAU101, 2 x VA4, 2 x
OBU103, 2 x MR4, 4 x 10G OTU
(LSX), 2 x FIU, 1 x SC2, 1 x SCC,
2 x PIU, 1 x AUX, and 1 x fan tray
assembly
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
64
Unit Name Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F)
a
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)
a
Remarks
RO
AD
M
subr
ack
(2 x
dime
nsio
ns)
Subrack
1
87.4 96.4 1 x M40, 1 x D40, 2 x WSMD2, 2
x DAS1, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x
AUX, and 1 x fan tray assembly
Subrack
2
566 722.2 17 x 10G OTU (LSX), 1 x SCC, 2
x PIU, 1 x AUX, and 1 x fan tray
assembly
RO
AD
M
subr
ack
(4 x
dime
nsio
ns)
b
Subrack
1
160 268.8 1 x WSMD4, 1 x DAS1, 1 x M40,
1 x D40, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x
Subrack
2
160 268.8 1 x WSMD4, 1 x DAS1, 1 x M40,
1 x D40, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x
Subrack
3
160 268.8 1 x WSMD4, 1 x DAS1, 1 x M40,
1 x D40, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x
Subrack
4
160 268.8 1 x WSMD4, 1 x DAS1, 1 x M40,
1 x D40, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x
Ca
bin
et
OTM cabinet
(40x10 Gbit/s)
1422.2 1951.1 2 x OTU subrack and 1 x OTM
subrack 2
configuration. The value is for reference only. The actual power consumption of the chassis
and cabinet is calculation based on the power consumption of each module.
b: Subrack 1 and subrack 2 are used as subracks in the line dimensions at a four-dimension
ROADM station; subrack 3 and subrack 4 are used as subracks for adding/dropping local
services. Service boards can be configured in another subrack.

3.3.6 Power Requirement
Table 3-47 provides the requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
65
Table 3-47 Requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 6800
Item Requirement
Rated working current 25 A (-48 V)
Nominal working voltage -48 V DC/-60 V DC
-60V DC: -48V to -72V

PIU
The PIU board receives and provides DC power for equipment. For OptiX OSN 6800, the PIU
board must be TN11PIU.
l Function
power filtering functions.
NOTE
l Front Panel
Appearance of the Front Panel
RUN
N
E
G
(
-
)
R
T
N
(
+
)
PIU

Indicators: Running status indicator (RUN) - green
l Valid Slots
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 6800 IU19 and IU20
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
66

l Specifications
Item Unit Value
-60V DC: -48V to -72V

Dimensions of front panel: 28 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 65 mm (H) (1.1 in. (W) x 8.7
in. (D) x 2.6 in. (H))
Weight: 0.5 kg (1.1 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board Typical Power
Consumption at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum Power
Consumption at 55C
(131F) (W)
TN11PIU 24 38

3.4 OptiX OSN 3800 Chassis and Power Requirement
3.4.1 Chassis Structure
The 3U-high, case-shaped chassis is the basic working unit of the OptiX OSN 3800 compact
intelligent optical transport platform (OptiX OSN 3800 for short).
The chassis of the OptiX OSN 3800 can operate with an independent DC or AC power supply
and can be installed in an ETSI 300 mm rear-column cabinet, a standard ETSI 300 mm cabinet,
or a 19 and 23-inch open rack.
Figure 3-34 shows appearance of the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
Table 3-50 describes the mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
67
Figure 3-34 OptiX OSN 3800 chassis
5
4
2
1
3
1. Grounding connector 2. Fiber frame 3. Board area 4. Antistatic jack 5. Fan indicator
l Ground connector: Access the ground cables.
l Fiber frame: Fiber jumpers in the service board area are routed through the fiber frame.
l Board area: All service boards are installed in this area. In total, 11 slots are available.
l Antistatic jack: The ESD strap is in this area.
l Fan indicator: The fan indicator indicates the status of the fans.
Table 3-50 Mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 3800
Item Specification
Dimensions 436 mm (W) x 295 mm (D) x 134
mm (H) or 17.17 in. (W) x 11.61 in.
(D) x 5.28 in. (H)
Weight of an empty chassis (with backplane) 6 kg (13.23 lb.)

3.4.2 Slot Description
The board area of the chassis has 11 slots, labeled IU1 to IU11 from left to right.
Slots of the chassis are shown in Figure 3-35 and Figure 3-36.
Figure 3-35 Slots of the chassis (DC power)
FAN
IU2
IU3
IU4
IU5
IU9/SCC
IU10/AUX
IU1 IU11
IU7/PIU
IU8/SCC
IU6/PIU
Mutual backup Mesh group Paired slots
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
68

Figure 3-36 Slots of the chassis (AC power)
FAN
IU2
IU3
IU4
IU5
IU7/APIU
IU9/SCC
IU10/AUX
IU6/APIU
IU1 IU11
Mutual backup Mesh group Paired slots

NOTE
l : service boards.
l Slots IU1 and IU11 can be used as two independent slots, each for housing an FOADM board with a height
of 118.9 mm (4.7 in.). They can be also used as one slot for housing a service board with a height of 264.6
mm (10.4 in.). When the two slots are used as one slot, the slot ID is represented as IU11.
l Pair slots refer to a pair of slots whose resident boards' overhead can be processed by the buses on the
backplanes.
l A mesh group refers to a group of slots housing the boards whose overhead can be processed by the buses
on the backplane.
3.4.3 Fan
Each OptiX OSN 3800 chassis has one fan tray assembly, which includes six independent fans
and an air filter. The air filter can be drawn out, cleaned and replaced.
Version Description
Table 3-51 shows the functions of a fan tray assembly.
Table 3-51 Functions of a fan tray assembly
Basic function Dissipates heat generated by the equipment
so that the equipment can operate normally
within the designated temperature range.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
69
Commissioning control l Auto Speed Mode: Implements automatic
fan speed regulation, depending on the
subrack temperature.
l Adjustable Speed Mode: You can
manually adjust the fan speed.
NOTE
Only when the chassis accesses DC power, Fan
speed control is available..
Hot swapping Provides the hot swapping function for the
fan tray assembly.
Alarming Reports alarms of the fans and reports the in-
service information.
Status checking Checks the fan status.

Working Principle
Air flow from the subrack is left intake right exhaust.. Figure 3-37 shows the heat dissipation
and ventilation system in the OptiX OSN 3800.
Figure 3-37 Front view of the heat dissipation and ventilation system
FAN
Board Area
Air inlet
Air outlet

The OptiX OSN 3800 supports two fan speed modes, as shown in Table 3-52. It is recommended
that you set the speed mode to Auto Speed Mode.
FAN Speed
Mode
Description
Auto Speed Mode The fan speed depends on the temperature.
l 45C (113F) to 65C (149F): the fans run at medium speed.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
70
FAN Speed
Mode
Description
Adjustable Speed
Mode
Four fan speed modes are available: Stop, Low Speed, Medium
Speed, and High Speed. You can set the fan speed manually. In
Adjustable Speed Mode, the fans in all partitions run at the same speed
and do not support the partitioned manual fan speed adjustment.

NOTE
l If any one of the six fans in the fan tray assembly fails, the system can keep on operating for 96
l Replace the fan tray assembly immediately if:
Two or more fans fail in the fan tray assembly.
The fan tray assembly consists of six fans and one fan control unit. Figure 3-38 shows the
functional block of the fan tray assembly.
Fan control unit
Status signal
Speed adjusting signal
FAN
External power
supply 2
External power
supply 1
Status signal
Speed adjusting signal

l FAN: dissipates heat generated by normal operation of the chassis. FAN is the core of the
fan tray assembly.
Controls the fan speed according to regulating signals.
Detects faults. After a fault is detected, the fan control unit reports an alarm.
Monitors the fan speed regulating signals, the fan status, and the online/offline state of
Appearance
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
71
1
2
1. Fans (6 in total) 2. Operating status indicator

Valid Slots
One slot houses one fan tray assembly. The valid slot for the fan tray assembly is IU12.
Table 3-53 list the technical specifications of the fan tray assembly for the OptiX OSN 3800
system.
NOTE
Item Specification
Dimensions 41.0 mm (W) x 262.6 mm (D) x 126.5 mm (H) (1.61 in. (W) x
10.34 in. (D) x 4.98 in. (H))
Weight 0.81 kg (1.79 lb)
Power Consumption
a
l Low Speed: 9 W
l High Speed: 32.7 W
at the maximum speed, power consumption of fan tray assembly may reach 32.7 W.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
72
3.4.4 AC Power Consumption
This section provides the maximum and typical power consumption specifications of OptiX
OSN 3800 when the equipment runs on AC power.
Table 3-54 describes the AC power consumption of an OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
NOTE
extreme conditions.
Table 3-54 AC Power consumption of an OptiX OSN 3800
Item Value
Maximum power consumption 350 W

Table 3-55 AC Power consumption of the chassis in typical configuration in an OptiX OSN
3800
Unit Name Typical
Power
Consump
tion at 25
C (77F)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)
Remarks
OADM
chassis
(Using the
APIU)
Chassis 1 162.2 207.5 2 x TN21MR2, 4 x 2.5 Gbit/s
OTU, 1 x SCC, 2 x APIU, 1 x
AUX, and 1 x fan tray assembly.
Chassis 2 117.7 154.5 1 x DFIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x OAU101,
1 x SCC, 2 x APIU, 1 x AUX, and
1 x fan tray assembly.
OLA chassis (Using the
APIU)
119.7 156.7 1 x DFIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x OBU103,
1 x SCC, 2 x APIU, 1 x AUX, and
a: Indicates that the power consumption of the chassis is the value in a certain configuration.
The value is for reference only. The actual power consumption of the chassis is calculated
based on the power consumption of each module.

3.4.5 AC Power Requirement
This section describes the requirements on power supplywhen the equipment runs on AC power.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
73
Requirements on AC Voltage and Current
Table 3-56 provides the requirements on AC voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
Table 3-56 Requirements on AC voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 3800
Item Requirement
Rated working current 1.7 A
Nominal working voltage 220 V AC
Working voltage range 90 V AC to 285 V AC

APIU
The APIU board receives and provides AC power for equipment. For OptiX OSN 3800, the
APIU board must be TN21APIU.
l Function:
Accesses AC power in a range from 90 V to 285 V. Provides lightning protection and power
filtering functions.
l Front Panel:
Figure 3-40 Front panel of the APIU board
S
1
S
1
1
S
2
S
3
S
4
S
5
A
U
X
S
C
C
A
P
I
U
A
P
I
U
~
1
0
0
-
2
4
0
V
O
N
O
F
F
R
U
N
APIU
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
74

Indicator: Running status indicator (RUN) - green
l Valid Slots:
IU6, IU7 and IU8 together house two APIU boards. That is, each APIU requires 1.5 slots.
l Specifications:
Table 3-57 Performance specifications of the APIU
Item Unit Value
Input power voltage range V
(AC)
90 to 285
Input frequency Hz 50
Input power current A
(AC)
4
Output rated voltage V
(DC)
-48
Output rated current A
(DC)
6.3
Output power W 300

Dimensions of front panel: 37.5 mm (H) x 100 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) or 1.5 in. (H) x
3.9 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D)
Weight: 0.8 kg (1.8lb.)
Power Consumption
Board Typical Power
Consumption at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum Power
Consumption at 55C
(131F) (W)
TN21APIU 50 55

3.4.6 DC Power Consumption
This section provides the maximum and typical power consumption specifications of OptiX
OSN 3800 when the equipment runs on DC power.
Table 3-58 describes the DC power consumption of an OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
75
NOTE
extreme conditions.
Table 3-58 DC Power consumption of an OptiX OSN 3800
Item Value
Maximum power consumption 350 W

Table 3-59 DC Power consumption of the chassis in typical configuration in an OptiX OSN
3800
Unit Name Typical
Power
Consump
tion at 25
C (77F)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)
Remarks
OADM
chassis
(Using the
PIU)
Chassis 1 99.4 135.3 2 x TN21MR2, 4 x 2.5 Gbit/s
OTU, 1 x SCC, 2 x DPIU, 1 x
AUX, and 1 x fan tray assembly.
Chassis 2 77.7 111.5 1 x DFIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x OAU101,
1 x SCC, 2 x DPIU, 1 x AUX, and
OLA chassis (Using the
PIU)
79.7 113.7 1 x DFIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x OBU103,
1 x SCC, 2 x DPIU, 1 x AUX, and
a: Indicates that the power consumption of the chassis is the value in a certain configuration.
The value is for reference only. The actual power consumption of the chassis is calculated
based on the power consumption of each module.

3.4.7 DC Power Requirement
This section describes the requirements on power supply when the equipment runs on DC power.
Requirements on DC Voltage and Current
Table 3-60 provides the requirements on DC voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
76
Table 3-60 Requirements on DC voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 3800
Item Requirement
Rated working current 8 A
Nominal working voltage -48 V DC/-60 V DC
Working voltage range -40 V DC to -72 V DC

PIU
The PIU board receives and provides DC power for equipment. For OptiX OSN 3800, the PIU
board must be TN21PIU.
l Function:
power filtering functions.
l Front Panel:
Figure 3-41 Front panel of the PIU board
PIU
RUN
S
2
S
1
S
1
1
P
I
U
P
I
U
S
C
C
S
C
C
A
U
X
S
6
S
5
S
4
DO not hot
plug this unit
N
E
G
(
-
)
R
T
N
(
+
)

Indicator: Running status indicator (RUN) - green
l Valid Slots:
IU6 and IU7
l Specifications:
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
77
Table 3-61 Performance specifications of the PIU
Item Unit Value
Input DC power voltage range V -40 to -72

Dimensions of front panel: 218.50 mm (H) x 107.76 in. (W) or 8.6 in. (H) x 4.2 in. (W)
Weight: 0.5 kg (1.0 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board Typical Power
Consumption at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum Power
Consumption at 55C
(131F) (W)
TN21PIU 10 12

3.5 DC PDU
There are four types of power distribution units (PDUs): TN16, TN51, TN11 and PDU
(DPD63-8-8). The availability of the boards is subject to the PCNs. For the availability of the
boards, contact the product manager of your Huawei local office.
l The TN51PDU and TN16PDU use the same front panel and provide the same functions,
but they are different in height. The two boards apply to the same scenarios. This manual
uses the TN16PDU board as an example for illustration.
l The TN16PDU is used for a cabinet housing only OptiX OSN 8800 subracks or a cabinet
housing OptiX OSN 8800 and OptiX OSN 6800 subracks.
l The TN11PDU is used only for a cabinet housing OptiX OSN 6800 subracks.
l The PDU (DPD63-8-8) is used for a cabinet housing only OptiX OSN 8800 subracks , a
cabinet housing only OptiX OSN 6800 subracks, or a cabinet housing OptiX OSN 8800
and OptiX OSN 6800 subracks.
3.5.1 TN16PDU/TN51PDU
The TN16PDU/TN51PDU is installed in the upper part of a cabinet to supply power to subracks
inside the cabinet.
NOTE
The TN51PDU and TN16PDU have the same functions but differ in height. The TN51PDU is 133.4 mm
high. When two OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks are installed on a cabinet, one more DCM frame can be
configured if the TN16PDU is used, compared with the TN51PDU.
TN51PDU can be substituted by the TN16PDU.This topic describes the TN16PDU.
The TN16PDU consists of two parts: A and B, which backs up each other. Both A and B receive
four -48V/-60V power supplies and output four power supplies for subracks in the cabinet.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
78
Whether short-circuiting copper bars are required is determined by the current of power supplied
by the power supply equipment in the telecommunications room:
l When eight 63 A power supplies are provided, no short-circuiting copper bar is required.
l When four 125 A power supplies are provided, short-circuiting copper bars are required
for dividing one 125 A power supply into two 63 A power supplies.
For more information about short-circuiting copper bars, see Short-Circuiting Copper
Bar.
Figure 3-42 shows the front panel of the TN16PDU.
Figure 3-42 Front panel of the TN16PDU
1
+
-
2
+
-
3
+
-
4
+
-
1
+
-
2
+
-
3
+
-
4
+
-
Power supply
output area
B A
Power supply
switch area
Power supply
input area
Power supply
switch area
Power supply
output area
1 2 3
1. Output cable terminal block 2. Input cable terminal block 3. Power switch

l Panel dimensions: 535 mm (W) x 100 mm (H)
l Output cable terminal block: Both A and B of the DC PDU have four output cable terminal
blocks for connecting power cables of subracks to supply power for subracks.
l Input cable terminal block: Both A and B of the DC PDU have four input cable terminal
blocks and receive four -48V/-60V DC power supplies, eight -48V/-60V DC power supplies
in total.
l Power switch: Both A and B of the DC PDU have four output power switches to control
power supplies for subracks inside the cabinet and provide overcurrent protection for each
other.
Figure 3-43 shows the internal pin assignments of the TN16PDU.
Figure 3-43 TN16PDU internal pin assignments
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
-
+
- - -
2 1 3 4 2 1 3 4
INPUT A
+
INPUT B
+ + + + + + +
2 1 3 4 2 1 3 4
INPUT A
-
INPUT B
- - - - - - -
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
+
2 1 3 4
2 1 3 4
+ +
OUTPUT B
OUTPUT B
-
+
- - -
+
2 1 3 4
2 1 3 4
+ +
OUTPUT A
OUTPUT A
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
79

Short-Circuit Copper Bar
If a power supply is 125 A, both A and B need to receive two power supplies, four power supplies
in total. In this case, short-circuit copper bars are required for both A and B. Figure 3-44 shows
the appearance of the short-circuiting copper bar.
Figure 3-44 Appearance
Copper Plate

3.5.2 TN11PDU
The TN11PDU is installed in the upper part of a cabinet to supply power to subracks inside the
cabinet.
DC PDU
The TN11PDU consists of two parts: A and B, which backs up each other. Both A and B receive
two -48V/-60V power supplies and output six power supplies for subracks in the cabinet.
Whether junction boxes are required is determined by the current of power supplied by the power
supply equipment in the telecommunications room:
l If a power supply is 63 A, both A and B need to receive two power supplies, four power
supplies in total. In this case, no junction box is required.
l If a power supply is 125 A, both A and B need to receive one power supply, two power
supplies in total. In this case, junction boxes are required for dividing one 125 A current
into four 32 A currents.
For more information about junction boxes, see Junction Box.
Figure 3-45 shows the front panel of the TN11PDU.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
80
Figure 3-45 Front panel of the TN11PDU
1 2 3 3 2 1
4 4
1. Output cable terminal block 2. Ground screw 3. Input cable terminal block 4. Power switch

l Panel dimensions: 535 mm (W) x 131 mm (H)
l Output cable terminal block: Both A and B of the DC PDU have six output cable terminal
blocks for connecting power cables of subracks to supply power for subracks.
l Ground screw: used to connect (protection ground) PGND cables.
l Input cable terminal block: Both A and B of the DC PDU have two input cable terminal
blocks and receive two -48V/-60V DC power supplies, four -48V/-60V DC power supplies
in total.
l Power switch: Both A and B of the DC PDU have six power output switches (corresponding
to the six output cable terminal blocks) to control power supplies for subracks in the cabinet.
NOTE
For the OptiX OSN 6800, both A and B only use power switches SW2, SW3, SW4, and SW5 to
control power supplies for four subracks from bottom to top.
Figure 3-46 shows the internal pin assignments of the TN11PDU.
Figure 3-46 TN11PDU internal pin assignments
INPUT
+ +
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OUTPUT
- -
INPUT
+ + - -
OUTPUT
- - - - - -
- - - - - - + + + + + + - - - - - - + + + + + +

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
81
Junction Box
If a power supply is 125 A, both A and B need to receive one power supply, two power supplies
in total. In this case, junction boxes are required for both A and B. Figure 3-47 shows the junction
box structure and Figure 3-48 shows the installation position of the junction box.
Figure 3-47 Structure

Figure 3-48 Installation position

3.6 Frame
3.6.1 DCM Frame and DCM Module
The DCM frame is used to hold DCM modules. DCM modules compensate for the positive
dispersion of transmitting fiber, to help maintain the original shape of the signal pulse.
After an optical signal is transmitted over a certain distance, the optical signal pulse is expanded
because of the accumulation of the positive dispersion. An expanded pulse has a negative impact
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
82
on system transmission performance. A dispersion compensation module (DCM) is a passive
device that compensates for dispersion. DCMs use the inherent negative dispersion of a
dispersion compensation fiber to offset the positive dispersion of a transmission fiber to prevent
pulse expansion.
The system provides two types of DCMs: those using dispersion compensation fibers (DCFs)
and those that use fiber Bragg grating (FBG) technology.
The DCMs are available in different compensation distance specifications: 5 km (3.1 mi.), 10
km (6.2 mi.), 20 km (12.4 mi.), 40 km (24.8 mi.), 60 km (37.3 mi.), 80 km (49.7 mi.), 100 km
(62.1 mi.), 120 km (74.6 mi.), 160 km (99.4 mi.), 200 km (124.2 mi.), and 240 km (149.1 mi.).
Each DCM frame holds two DCM modules. The DCM frame is installed on the columns of a
cabinet with mounting airs and screws, as shown in Figure 3-49.
Figure 3-49 DCM frame
2 1
1. DCM frame 2. DCMs

Table 3-62 Performance requirements for C-band dispersion compensation optical fibers (G.
652 fibers)
DCM
Module
Distance
(mi./km)
Max.
Inserti
on Loss
(dB)
DSC
R
PMD
(ps)
PD
L
(dB
)
Max.
Allowed
Power
a
(dBm)
Operatin
g
Wavelen
gth (nm)
DCM(S) 3.1/5 2.3 90%
to
110%
0.3 0.1 20 1528 to
1568
DCM(T) 6.2/10 2.8 0.3 0.1 20
DCM(A) 12.4/20 3.3 0.4 0.1 20
DCM(B) 24.8/40 4.7 0.5 0.1 20
DCM(C) 37.3/60 6.4 0.6 0.1 20
DCM(D) 49.7/80 8 0.7 0.1 20
DCM(E) 62.1/100 9 0.8 0.1 20
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
83
DCM
Module
Distance
(mi./km)
Max.
Inserti
on Loss
(dB)
DSC
R
PMD
(ps)
PD
L
(dB
)
Max.
Allowed
Power
a
(dBm)
Operatin
g
Wavelen
gth (nm)
DCM(F) 74.5/120 9.8 0.8 0.1 20
FBG-DCM
(80)
49.7/80 4 1.0 0.2 23
FBG-DCM
(100)
62.1/100 4 1.0 0.2 23
FBG-DCM
(120)
74.5/120 4 1.0 0.2 23
FBG-DCM
(160)
99.4/160 8 1.6 0.4 23
FBG-DCM
(200)
124.2/200 8 1.6 0.4 23
FBG-DCM
(240)
149.1/240 8 1.6 0.4 23
a: The Max. Allowed Power refers to the maximum input optical power that the optical module
can receive without being damaged.

655 LEAF fibers)
DCM
Module
Distance
(mi./km)
Max.
Inserti
on Loss
(dB)
DSC
R
PMD
(ps)
PD
L
(dB
)
Max.
Allowed
Power
a
(dBm)
Operatin
g
Wavelen
gth (nm)
DCM(A) 12.4/20 4 90%
to
110%
0.4 0.3 20 1528 to
1568
DCM(B) 24.8/40 5 0.5 0.3 20
DCM(C) 37.3/60 5.9 0.7 0.3 20
DCM(D) 49.7/80 6.9 0.8 0.3 20
DCM(E) 62.1/100 7.8 0.9 0.3 20
DCM(F) 74.5/120 8.8 1.0 0.3 20
FBG-DCM
(120)
74.5/120 3.7 1.0 0.2 23
FBG-DCM
(160)
99.4/160 3.7 1.0 0.2 23
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
84
DCM
Module
Distance
(mi./km)
Max.
Inserti
on Loss
(dB)
DSC
R
PMD
(ps)
PD
L
(dB
)
Max.
Allowed
Power
a
(dBm)
Operatin
g
Wavelen
gth (nm)
FBG-DCM
(200)
124.2/200 3.7 1.0 0.2 23
FBG-DCM
(240)
149.1/240 3.7 1.0 0.2 23

653 fibers)
DCM
Module
Distance
(mi./km)
Max.
Insert
ion
Loss
(dB)
DSC
R
PMD
(ps)
PDL
(dB)
Max.
Allowe
d
Power
a
(dBm)
Opera
ting
Wavel
ength
(nm)
DCM(S) 3.1/5 2 90%
to
110%
0.2 0.1 20 1528 to
1568
DCM(T) 6.2/10 3 0.3 0.1 20
DCM(A) 12.4/20 5 0.5 0.1 20

Table 3-65 Performance requirements for C-band dispersion compensation optical fibers (TW-
RS fibers)
DCM Module Distance
(mi./km)
Max.
Insert
ion
Loss
(dB)
DSC
R
PMD
(ps)
PDL
(dB)
Max.
Allowe
d
Power
a
(dBm)
Opera
ting
Wavel
ength
(nm)
DCM(A) 12.4/20 2.3 90%
to
110%
0.3 0.1 20 1528 to
1568
DCM(B) 24.8/40 2.8 0.3 0.1 20
DCM(C) 37.3/60 3.3 0.4 0.1 20
DCM(D) 49.7/80 3.8 0.4 0.1 20
DCM(E) 62.1/100 4.2 0.5 0.1 20
DCM(F) 74.5/120 4.7 0.5 0.1 20
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
85
DCM Module Distance
(mi./km)
Max.
Insert
ion
Loss
(dB)
DSC
R
PMD
(ps)
PDL
(dB)
Max.
Allowe
d
Power
a
(dBm)
Opera
ting
Wavel
ength
(nm)

Table 3-66 Mechanical specifications of the DCM frame
Item Specification
Dimensions 48 mm (H) x 484 mm (W) x 270.5 mm (D) (1.9 in. (H) x 19.1 in. (W)
x 10.6 in. (D) )
H = Height, W = Width, D = Depth

3.6.2 CRPC Frame
The CRPC frame is used to hold the CRPC board, fan tray assembly, and power distribution
box. The frame is installed into the open rack.
Figure 3-50 shows the appearance of a CRPC frame. In the middle of the frame, the one with
the front panel is the CRPC board. The fan tray assembly is at the left of the board. At the right
are two power supplies as mutual backup.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
86
Figure 3-50 CRPC frame
1
2
3
1: Fan tray assembly 2: CRPC board 3: Power distribution box

Table 3-67 Mechanical specifications of the CRPC frame
Item Value
Mechanical specifications 535 mm (W) x 257 mm (D) x 86 mm (H) or 21.1 in.
(W) x 10.1 in. (D) x 3.4 in. (H)
Weight 3 kg (6.6 lb)

3.6.3 Fiber Spooling Frame
The fiber spooling frame is used to store fiber jumpers in a coil.
Appearance
The fiber spool box is installed at the bottom of the cabinet, more than 50 mm away from the
chassis. Figure 3-51 shows a fiber spooling frame.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
87
Figure 3-51 Fiber spooling frame
1
2
6
5
4
3

1: Attenuator holder 2: Mechanical VOA pen 3: Captive screw 4: Fiber holder
5: Mounting ear 6: Fiber spool
Specifications of the Fiber Spooling Frame
l Dimensions: 101.6 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 264.6 mm (H) (4.0 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D) x 10.4
in. (H))
l Maximum Capacity: A maximum of 40 fibers can be threaded into an fiber spooling frame
from each side, and the maximum total fiber length is 50 m.
l Weight: 4.1 kg (0.22 lb.)
3.7 Overview of Boards
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
88
3.7.1 Board Appearance and Dimensions
The board appearance and dimensions include the board appearance, dimensions, and the laser
hazard level label.
3.7.1.1 Appearance and Dimensions
This section describes the appearance and dimensions of the board.
CAUTION
Always wear a properly grounded ESD wrist strap when holding a board to prevent static from
damaging the board.
Table 3-68 shows the appearance and dimensions of the different board types.
Table 3-68 Board appearance and dimensions
Board Appearance Board Name Numbe
r of
Slots
Per
Board
Heig
ht
(mm
/in.)
Wi
dt
h
(m
m/
in.
)
Dep
th
(m
m/
in.)
Depth
Height
Width TN11L4G 1 264.6
/10.4
25.
4/1
.0
220.
0/8.
7
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
89
r of
Slots
Per
Board
Heig
ht
(mm
/in.)
Wi
dt
h
(m
m/
in.
)
Dep
th
(m
m/
in.)
Depth
Height
Width
TN11OAU1 2 264.6
/10.4
50.
8
220.
0/8.
7
Depth
Height
Width
TN11M40 3 264.6
/10.4
76.
2
220.
0/8.
7
Depth
Height
Width TN11AUX 1 107.6
/4.2
25.
4/1
.0
220.
0/8.
7
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
90
r of
Slots
Per
Board
Heig
ht
(mm
/in.)
Wi
dt
h
(m
m/
in.
)
Dep
th
(m
m/
in.)
Depth
Height
Width TN11LSXL 4 264.6
/10.4
10
1.6
/
4.0
220.
0/8.
7
Depth
Height
Width TN21MR4 1 118.9
/4.7
25.
4/1
.0
220.
0/8.
7

3.7.1.2 Symbols on Boards
This section describes the symbols on boards.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
91
Table 3-69 Symbols on Boards
Label Type Description
HAZARD LEVEL 1MINVISIBLE
LASER RADIATION
DO NOT VIEWDIRECTLY WITH
NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL
INSTRUMENTS
CAUTION
Laser safety class label Indicates that the laser
safety class of boards is
HAZARD LEVEL 1M
and there may be laser
radiation. It warns
users not to directly
look into fiber
connectors without
taking any protection
measures; instead an
optical instrument that
can attenuate optical
power must be used.
G.657A2 FIBERONLY
G.657A2
Fiber type label Applies to TN11LTX,
TN12LSC, and
TN55NS3 boards. It
specifies the fiber type
for the boards.
NOTE
To prevent the cabinet
door from squeezing
fibers, the board can
only use G.657A2
fibers.
SM SFP WORK WITH
G.657A2 FIBER ONLY
G.657A2
Fiber type label Applies to TN54THA
boards. It specifies the
fiber type for the
boards.
NOTE
To prevent the cabinet
door from squeezing
fibers, the board can
only use G.657A2
fibers.
:
WARNING : FIBERS MUST
BE CONNECTED SEFORE
POWER UP
!
Warning label Applies to CRPC
boards. It provides
precautions for the
boards.
Heat hazard label Indicates that the board
surface temperature is
high and it may cause
body injury.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
92
3.7.2 OptiX OSN 8800 Board Category
The following types of boards are available for the system.
Table 3-70 lists the boards for the OptiX OSN 8800.
Table 3-70 Boards for the OptiX OSN 8800
Board
Category
Board
Name
Board Description OptiX
OSN
8800
T64
OptiX
OSN
8800 T32
OptiX
OSN
8800 T16
Optical
transponder
unit
TN12LD
M
2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s)
wavelength conversion board
Y Y N
TN11LD
MD
wavelength conversion board, dual fed and
selective receiving
Y Y N
TN11LD
MS
wavelength conversion board, single fed and
single receiving
Y Y N
TN12LDX 2 x 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit Y Y Y
TN11LEM
24
22 x GE + 2 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Ethernet
switch board
Y Y Y
TN11LEX
4
4 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Ethernet switch board Y Y Y
TN11LOA 8 x Any-rate MUX OTU2 Wavelength
Conversion Board
Y Y Y
TN11LOG 8 x Gigabit Ethernet unit Y Y N
TN12LOG Y Y Y
TN11LO
M
8-port multi-service multiplexing & optical
Y Y N
TN12LO
M
Y Y Y
TN13LQ
M
wavelength conversion unit
Y Y N
TN12LQ
MD
wavelength conversion unit, dual fed and
selective receiving
Y Y N
TN12LQ
MS
wavelength conversion unit, single fed and
single receiving
Y Y N
TN12LSC 100Gbit/s wavelength conversion board Y Y Y
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
93
Board
Category
Board
Name
OSN
8800
T64
OptiX
OSN
8800 T32
OptiX
OSN
8800 T16
TN11LSQ 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board Y Y Y
TN12LSX 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit Y Y N
TN13LSX Y Y Y
TN12LSX
L
40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board Y Y N
TN15LSX
L
Y Y N
TN12LSX
LR
40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay unit Y Y N
TN11LSX
R
10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay unit Y Y N
TN11LTX 10-Port 10Gbit/s Service Multiplexing &
Optical Wavelength Conversion Board
Y Y Y
TN12LW
XS
arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength
conversion board (single transmit)
Y Y Y
TN11TM
X
4 channels STM-16/OC-48/OTU1
asynchronism mux OTU-2 wavelength
conversion board
Y Y N
TN12TM
X
Y Y Y
Tributary
unit
TN52TDX 2 x 10G tributary service processing board Y Y Y
TN53TDX Y Y Y
TN54TEM
28
24xGE+4x10GE Ethernet tributary unit Y Y Y
TN54THA 16 Any-rate Ports Service Processing Board Y Y Y
TN54TOA 8 Any-rate Ports Service Processing Board Y Y Y
TN52TOG 8 x GE tributary service processing board Y Y Y
TN52TO
M
8 x multi-rate ports service processing board Y Y Y
TN52TQX 4 x 10 Gbit/s tributary service processing board Y Y Y
TN53TQX Y Y Y
TN55TQX Y Y Y
TN53TSX
L
40 Gbit/s tributary service processing board Y Y Y
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
94
Board
Category
Board
Name
OSN
8800
T64
OptiX
OSN
8800 T32
OptiX
OSN
8800 T16
TN54TSX
L
Y Y Y
Line unit TN52ND2 2 x 10G line service processing board Y Y Y
TN53ND2 Y Y Y
TN52NQ2 4 x 10G Line Service Processing Board Y Y N
TN53NQ2 Y Y Y
TN54NQ2 Y Y Y
TN52NS2 10G Line Service Processing Board Y Y N
TN53NS2 Y Y Y
TN52NS3 40G line service processing board Y Y N
TN54NS3 Y Y Y
TN55NS3 Y Y Y
PID unit TN54ENQ
2
4 x 10G Line Service Processing Board Y Y Y
TN54NPO
2
12 x OTU2 PID Board Y Y Y
TN55NPO
2
Y Y Y
TN55NPO
2E
10G PID line service processing board, 20
channel extended
Y Y Y
Cross-
connect
unit and
system and
communica
tion unit
TN16XCH High Cross-connection, System Control and
Clock Processing Board
N N Y
TNK2SX
M
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 centralized cross
connect board
Y N N
TNK4SX
M
Y N N
TN52XCH OptiX OSN 8800 T32 centralized cross
connect board
N Y N
TN52XC
M
Cross & connect process board (Support high-
cross and low-cross)
N Y N
TNK2XC
T
connect board
Y N N
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
95
Board
Category
Board
Name
OSN
8800
T64
OptiX
OSN
8800 T32
OptiX
OSN
8800 T16
TNK4XC
T
Y N N
TN16SCC system control and communication unit N N Y
TN51SCC
d
N Y N
TN52SCC N Y N
TNK2SCC Y N N
TN16AUX system auxiliary interface unit N N Y
TN51AUX Y Y N
TNK2SX
H
connect board
Y N N
TNK4SX
H
Y N N
Optical
multiplexer
and
demultiple
xer unit
TN11M40 40-channel multiplexing unit Y Y Y
TN12M40 Y Y Y
TN11D40 40-channel demultiplexing unit Y Y Y
TN12D40 Y Y Y
TN11M40
V
40-channel multiplexing unit with VOA Y Y Y
TN12M40
V
Y Y Y
TN11D40
V
40-channel demultiplexing unit with VOA Y Y N
TN12FIU fiber interface unit Y Y Y
TN13FIU Y Y Y
TN14FIU Y Y Y
TN11ITL interleaver board Y Y Y
TN12ITL Y Y Y
TN11SFIU fiber interface unit for sync timing Y Y Y
Fixed
optical add
and drop
TN11CM
R2
CWDM 2-channel optical add/drop
multiplexing unit
Y Y Y
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
96
Board
Category
Board
Name
OSN
8800
T64
OptiX
OSN
8800 T32
OptiX
OSN
8800 T16
multiplexin
g unit
TN11CM
R4
CWDM 4-channel optical add/drop
multiplexing unit
Y Y Y
TN11DM
R1
CWDM 1-channel bidirectional optical add/
drop multiplexing board
Y Y N
TN11MR2 2-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit Y Y Y
TN11MR4 4-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit Y Y Y
TN11MR8 8-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit Y Y N
TN11MR8
V
8-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit
with VOA
Y Y Y
TN11SBM
2
2-channel CWDM single-fiber bidirectional
add/drop board
Y Y N
Reconfigur
able optical
add and
drop
multiplexin
g unit
TN11RDU
9
9-port ROADM demultiplexing board Y Y Y
TN11RM
U9
a
9-port ROADM multiplexing board Y Y Y
TN11ROA
M
reconfigurable optical adding board Y Y N
TN12WS
D9
9-port wavelength selective switching
demultiplexing board
Y Y Y
TN13WS
D9
Y Y Y
TN12WS
M9
multiplexing board
Y Y Y
TN13WS
M9
Y Y Y
TN11WS
MD2
multiplexer and demultiplexer board
Y Y N
TN11WS
MD4
multiplexer and demultiplexer board
Y Y N
TN12WS
MD4
Y Y Y
TN11WS
MD9
9-port wavelength selective multiplexing and
Y Y Y
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
97
Board
Category
Board
Name
OSN
8800
T64
OptiX
OSN
8800 T32
OptiX
OSN
8800 T16
Optical
amplifier
unit
TN11CRP
C
case-shape Raman pump amplifier unit for C-
band
Y Y Y
TN11DAS
1
optical amplifier unit Y Y Y
TN11HBA high-power booster amplifier board Y Y Y
TN11OAU
1
optical amplifier unit Y Y N
TN12OAU
1
Y Y Y
TN13OAU
1
Y Y Y
TN11OBU
1
optical booster unit Y Y N
TN12OBU
1
Y Y Y
TN11OBU
2
Y Y N
TN12OBU
2
Y Y Y
TN11RAU
1
backward raman and erbium doped fiber hybrid
optical amplifier unit
Y Y Y
Optical
supervisory
channel
unit
TN11HSC
1
high power unidirectional optical supervisory
channel board
Y Y Y
TN12SC1 unidirectional optical supervisory channel unit Y Y Y
TN12SC2 bidirectional optical supervisory channel unit Y Y Y
TN11ST2 bidirectional optical supervisory channel and
timing transmission unit
Y Y Y
Optical
protection
unit
TN11DCP 2-channel optical path protection unit Y Y N
TN12DCP Y Y Y
TN11OLP optical line protection unit Y Y N
TN12OLP Y Y Y
TN11SCS sync optical channel separator unit Y Y Y
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
98
Board
Category
Board
Name
OSN
8800
T64
OptiX
OSN
8800 T32
OptiX
OSN
8800 T16
Spectrum
analyzer
unit
TN11MC
A4
4-channel spectrum analyzer unit Y Y Y
TN11MC
A8
8-channel spectrum analyzer unit Y Y Y
TN11OPM
8
8-channel optical power monitoring board Y Y Y
TN11WM
U
wavelength monitoring unit Y Y Y
Variable
optical
attenuator
unit
TN12VA1 1-channel variable optical attenuator unit Y Y Y
TN12VA4 4-channel variable optical attenuator unit Y Y Y
Optical
power and
dispersion
equalizing
unit
TN11DCU dispersion compensation board Y Y Y
TN11TDC single-wavelength tunable-dispersion
compensation board
Y Y Y
Clock unit TN52STG centralized clock board N Y N
TNK2STG Y N N
OCS
system unit
SSN4BPA optical booster and pre-amplifier board Y Y N
SSN3EAS
2
2-port 10xGE switching and processing board Y Y N
SSN1EGS
H
16 x GE Ethernet switching and processing
board
Y Y N
SSN4SF64 1 x STM-64 optical interface board with the
FEC function
Y Y N
SSN1SF64
A
1 x STM-64 optical interface board with the
FEC function
Y Y N
SSN4SFD
64
1 x STM-64 optical interface board with the
FEC function
Y Y N
SSN4SL64 1 x STM-64 optical interface board Y Y N
SSN4SLD
64
2 x STM-64 optical interface board Y Y N
SSN3SLH
41
16 x STM-4/STM-1 optical interface board Y Y N
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
99
Board
Category
Board
Name
OSN
8800
T64
OptiX
OSN
8800 T32
OptiX
OSN
8800 T16
SSN4SLO
16
8 x STM-16 optical interface board Y Y N
SSN4SLQ
16
4xSTM-16 optical interface board Y Y N
SSN4SLQ
64
4 x STM-64 line interface board N Y N
ROPA
subsystem
unit
b
TN11GFU gain flatness unit Y Y Y
TN11RGU ROPA gain unit Y Y Y
TN11ROP ROPA pumping unit Y Y Y
Interface
area unit
c
TN16ATE interface board of alarm & timing & expanding N N Y
TN51ATE Y Y N
TN16EFI EMI filter interface board N N Y
TN51EFI1 Y Y N
TN51EFI2 Y Y N
TNL1STI synchronous timing interface board Y Y N
TN52STI Y Y N
TN51PIU power interface unit Y Y N
TN16PIU Y Y Y
a: For TN11RMU9: OptiX OSN 8800 T16 only supports the TN11RMU902.
b: For details of the ROPA subsystem unit refer to ROPA Subsystem User Guide.
c: For details of the interface area unit refer to 3.2 OptiX OSN 8800 Subrack and Power Requirement.
d:TN51SCC only supports General OptiX OSN 8800 T32.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
100
Board
Category
Board Name Board Description
Optical
transponder
unit
TN11ECOM Enhanced communication interface unit
TN11L4G Line wavelength conversion unit with 4 x Gigabit
Ethernet line capacity
TN11LDGS 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, single fed and single receiving
TN11LDGD 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, dual fed and selective receiving
TN12LDM 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength
conversion board
TN11LDMD 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength
conversion board, dual fed and selective receiving
TN11LDMS 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength
conversion board, single fed and single receiving
TN12LDX 2 x 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
TN11LEM24 22GE + 210GE and 2OTU2 ethernet switch board
TN11LEX4 410GE and 2OTU2 ethernet switch board
TN11LOA 8 x Any-rate MUX OTU2 Wavelength Conversion Board
TN11LOG 8 x Gigabit Ethernet unit
TN12LOG
TN11LOM 8-port multi-service multiplexing & optical wavelength
conversion board
TN12LOM
TN11LQG 4 x GE-multiplex-optical wavelength conversion board
TN13LQM 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength
conversion unit
TN11LQMD 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength
conversion unit, dual fed and selective receiving
TN12LQMD
TN11LQMS 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength
conversion unit, single fed and single receiving
TN12LQMS
TN12LSC 100Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
TN11LSQ 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
TN11LSX 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
TN12LSX
TN13LSX
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
101
Board
Category
TN11LSXL 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
TN12LSXL
TN15LSXL
TN11LSXLR 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay unit
TN12LSXLR
TN11LSXR 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay unit
TN11LTX 10-Port 10Gbit/s Service multiplexing & optical
TN11LWX2 arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) dual-wavelength
conversion board
TN11LWXD arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength
conversion board (double transmit)
TN11LWXS arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength
TN12LWXS
TN11TMX 4 channels STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 asynchronism mux
OTU-2 wavelength conversion board
TN12TMX
Tributary unit TN11TBE 10 Gigabit ethernet tributary board
TN11TDG 2 x GE tributary service processing board
TN11TDX 2 x 10G tributary service processing board
TN12TDX
TN52TDX
TN53TDX
TN52TOG 8 x GE tributary service processing board
TN11TOM 8 x multi-rate ports service processing board
TN52TOM
TN11TQM 4 x multi-rate tributary service processing board
TN12TQM
TN11TQS 4 x STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 tributary service processing
board
TN11TQX 4 x 10 Gbit/s tributary service processing board
TN52TQX
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
102
Board
Category
TN55TQX
TN11TSXL 40 Gbit/s tributary service processing board
Line unit TN11ND2 2 x 10G line service processing board
TN12ND2
TN52ND2
TN53ND2
TN51NQ2 4 x 10G Line Service Processing Board
TN52NQ2
TN53NQ2
TN11NS2 10G Line Service Processing Board
TN12NS2
TN52NS2
TN53NS2
TN11NS3 40G line service processing board
NOTE
The TN54NS3/55NS3 board for the OptiX OSN 6800 only
supports relay mode.
TN52NS3
TN54NS3
TN55NS3
PID unit TN11BMD4 PID Interleaver Board (C-band), 200/100 GHz
TN11BMD8 PID Interleaver Board (C_Band), 200/50 GHz
TN12ELQX 4Electrical OTU2 with 410G Tributary Board
TN12PTQX 12 OTU2 PID board with 410G Tributary
Cross-connect
unit and
system and
communicatio
n unit
TN11XCS centralized cross connect board
TN12XCS
TN11SCC system control and communication unit
TN51SCC
TN52SCC
TN11AUX system auxiliary interface unit
Optical
multiplexer
and
TN11M40 40-channel multiplexing unit
TN12M40
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
103
Board
Category
demultiplexer
unit
TN11D40 40-channel demultiplexing unit
TN12D40
TN11M40V 40-channel multiplexing unit with VOA
TN12M40V
TN11D40V 40-channel demultiplexing unit with VOA
TN11FIU fiber interface unit
TN12FIU
TN13FIU
TN14FIU
TN11ITL interleaver board
TN12ITL
TN11SFIU fiber interface unit for sync timing
Optical add
and drop
multiplexing
unit
TN11CMR2 CWDM 2-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit
TN11DMR1 CWDM 1-channel bidirectional optical add/drop
multiplexing board
TN11MR2 2-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit
TN11MR8V 8-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit with VOA
TN11SBM2 2-channel CWDM single-fiber bidirectional add/drop
board
Reconfigurabl
e optical add
and drop
multiplexing
unit
TN11RDU9 9-port ROADM demultiplexing board
TN11RMU9 9-port ROADM multiplexing board
TN11ROAM reconfigurable optical adding board
TN11WSD9 9-port wavelength selective switching demultiplexing
board
TN12WSD9
TN13WSD9
TN11WSM9 9-port wavelength selective switching multiplexing board
TN12WSM9
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
104
Board
Category
TN13WSM9
TN11WSMD2 2-port wavelength selective switching multiplexer and
demultiplexer board
TN11WSMD4 4-port wavelength selective switching multiplexer and
demultiplexer board
TN12WSMD4
TN11WSMD9 9-port wavelength selective multiplexing and
Optical
amplifier unit
TN11CRPC case-shape Raman pump amplifier unit for C-band
TN11DAS1 optical amplifier unit
TN11HBA high-power booster amplifier board
TN11OAU1 optical amplifier unit
TN12OAU1
TN13OAU1
TN11OBU1 optical booster unit
TN12OBU1
TN12OBU2
TN11RAU1 backward raman and erbium doped fiber hybrid optical
amplifier unit
Optical
supervisory
channel unit
TN11HSC1 high power unidirectional optical supervisory channel
board
TN11SC1 unidirectional optical supervisory channel unit
TN12SC1
TN11SC2 bidirectional optical supervisory channel unit
TN12SC2
TN11ST2 bidirectional optical supervisory channel and timing
transmission unit
Optical
protection unit
TN11DCP 2-channel optical path protection unit
TN12DCP
TN11OLP optical line protection unit
TN12OLP
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
105
Board
Category
TN11SCS sync optical channel separator unit
Spectrum
analyzer unit
TN11MCA4 4-channel spectrum analyzer unit
TN11OPM8 8-channel optical power monitoring board
TN11WMU wavelength monitoring unit
Variable
optical
attenuator unit
TN11VA1 1-channel variable optical attenuator unit
TN12VA1
TN12VA4
Optical power
and dispersion
equalizing unit
TN11DCU dispersion compensation board
TN11TDC single-wavelength tunable-dispersion compensation
board
Clock unit TN11STG centralized clock board
ROPA
subsystem
unit
a
TN11GFU gain flatness unit
TN11RGU ROPA gain unit
TN11ROP ROPA pumping unit
Interface area
unit
b
TN11EFI EMI filter interface board
TN11PIU power interface unit
a: For the details of the ROPA subsystem unit, refer to ROPA Subsystem User Guide.
b: For the details of the interface area unit, refer to Data Communication and Equipment
Maintenance Interfaces.

Board
Category
Optical
transponder
unit
TN11ECOM Enhanced communication interface unit
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
106
Board
Category
TN11L4G Line wavelength conversion unit with 4 x Gigabit Ethernet
line capacity
TN11LDGS 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, single fed and single receiving
TN11LDGD 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, dual fed and selective receiving
TN12LDM 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength
conversion board
TN11LDMD 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength
conversion board, dual fed and selective receiving
TN11LDMS 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength
conversion board, single fed and single receiving
TN12LDX 2 x 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
TN11LOA 8 x Any-rate MUX OTU2 Wavelength Conversion Board
TN11LOG 8 x Gigabit Ethernet unit
TN12LOG
TN11LOM 8-port multi-service multiplexing & optical wavelength
conversion board
TN12LOM
TN11LQG 4 x GE-multiplex-optical wavelength conversion board
TN13LQM 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength
conversion unit
TN11LQMD 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength
conversion unit, dual fed and selective receiving
TN12LQMD
TN11LQMS 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength
conversion unit, single fed and single receiving
TN12LQMS
TN11LSX 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
TN12LSX
TN13LSX
TN11LSXR 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay unit
TN11LWX2 arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) dual-wavelength
conversion board
TN11LWXD arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength
conversion board (double transmit)
TN11LWXS arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
107
Board
Category
TN12LWXS
TN11TMX 4 channels STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 asynchronism mux
OTU-2 wavelength conversion board
TN12TMX
Tributary unit TN11TBE 10 Gigabit ethernet tributary board
TN11TDG 2 x GE tributary service processing board
TN11TDX 2 x 10G tributary service processing board
TN52TOG 8 x GE tributary service processing board
TN11TOM 8 x multi-rate ports service processing board
TN52TOM
TN11TQM 4 x multi-rate tributary service processing board
TN12TQM
TN11TQS 4 x STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 tributary service processing
board
Line unit TN11NS2 10G Line Service Processing Board
TN12NS2
TN52NS2
TN53NS2
Optical
multiplexer
and
demultiplexer
unit
TN21DFIU bidirectional fiber interface board
TN13FIU
a
fiber interface unit
TN14FIU
TN21FIU
TN11SFIU fiber interface unit for sync timing
Optical add
and drop
multiplexing
unit
TN21CMR2
TN21CMR4
TN11DMR1 CWDM 1-channel bidirectional optical add/drop
multiplexing board
TN21DMR1
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
108
Board
Category
TN21MR2
TN21MR4
TN11SBM2 2-channel CWDM single-fiber bidirectional add/drop
board
Optical
amplifier unit
TN11DAS1 optical amplifier unit
TN11OAU1 optical amplifier unit
TN12OAU1
TN13OAU1
TN12OBU1
TN12OBU2
TN11RAU1 backward raman and erbium doped fiber hybrid optical
amplifier unit
Cross-connect
unit and
system and
communicatio
n unit
TN21SCC system control and communication unit
TN22SCC
TN21AUX system auxiliary interface unit
TN22AUX
Optical
supervisory
channel unit
TN11HSC1 high power unidirectional optical supervisory channel
board
TN11SC1 unidirectional optical supervisory channel unit
TN12SC1
TN11SC2 bidirectional optical supervisory channel unit
TN12SC2
TN11ST2 bidirectional optical supervisory channel and timing
transmission unit
Optical
protection unit
TN11DCP 2-channel optical path protection unit
TN12DCP
TN11OLP optical line protection unit
TN12OLP
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
109
Board
Category
TN11SCS sync optical channel separator unit
Spectrum
analyzer unit
TN11OPM8 8-channel optical power monitoring board
Variable
optical
attenuator unit
TN12VA1
TN12VA4
Optical power
and dispersion
equalizing unit
TN11DCU dispersion compensation board
Interface area
unit
b
TN21PIU power interface unit
TN21APIU AC Power Interface Unit
a: For TN13FIU: OptiX OSN 3800 only supports the TN13FIU01.
b: For the details of the interface area unit, refer to Data Communication and Equipment
Maintenance Interfaces.

3.7.5 Optical Attenuator
Optical attenuators are classified into fixed optical attenuators and mechanical variable optical
attenuators (VOAs).
3.7.5.1 Fixed Optical Attenuator
A fixed optical attenuator can reduce the optical power on an optical path by a fixed value. The
common attenuation specifications of fixed optical attenuators are 2 dB, 5 dB, 7 dB, 10 dB, and
15 dB.
Figure 3-52 shows the appearance of a fixed optical attenuator.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
110
Figure 3-52 Fixed optical attenuator

3.7.5.2 Mechanical Variable Optical Attenuator
A mechanical variable optical attenuator (MVOA) can adjust the optical power on an optical
path within a permitted range. The attenuation adjustment range of an MVOA is 2 dB to 30 dB.
Figure 3-53 shows the appearance of a common MVOA.
Figure 3-53 Appearance of an MVOA

3.8 Quick Reference Table of the Units
Quick reference tables include those for specifications of optical transponder units, optical
amplifier units and other boards, and also the functions of OTUs, tributary boards and line boards.
3.8.1 Specification of OTUs, Tributary Boards, Line Boards
The main specifications of the optical transponder units (OTUs), tributary boards, and line boards
include the access service type, optical module specifications and optical module type.
3.8.1.1 OTUs and Tributary Boards Specification on the Client Side
The main client-side specifications of the optical transponder unit (OTU) and tributary boards
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
111
Table 3-73 Quick reference table for client-side specifications of OTUs and Tributary Boards
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

TN11ECOM FE 100 BASE-
FX-10 km
-3 -11.5 -19 -3 eSFP
100 BASE-
FX-40 km
0 -4.5 -20 -3
100 BASE-
FX-80 km
5 -2 -22 -3
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
TN11L4G GE 2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
TN11LDGD GE 2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
112
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
TN11LDGS GE 2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
TN12LDM FC200/GE/
FC100/ FE
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
113
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
L-16.1-40 km 3 -2 -27 -9
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
DWDM)-120
km
4 0 -28 -9 eSFP
DWDM
TN11LDMD FC200/GE/
FC100/ FE
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
114
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
L-16.1-40 km 3 -2 -27 -9
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
DWDM)-120
km
4 0 -28 -9 eSFP
DWDM
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
115
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

TN11LDMS FC200/GE/
FC100/ FE
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
L-16.1-40 km 3 -2 -27 -9
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
116
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
DWDM)-120
km
4 0 -28 -9 eSFP
DWDM
TN12LDX OC-192/
STM-64/
10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
OTU2/ OTU2e
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km
-1 -6 -11
(multirate
)/-12.6
(10GE
LAN)
-1
(STM64
)/0.5
(10GE
LAN)
XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km
2 -4.7 -14
(multirate
)/-15.8
(10GE
LAN)
-1
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km
4 0 -24.0 -7
800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths)-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
2 -3 16 0 XFP
DWDM
10GE LAN 10 Gbit/s Single
Rate -0.3 km
-1.3 -7.3 -7.5 -1 XFP
TN11LEM24 FE/GE 1000 BASE-
SX-0.5 km
(I-850-LC)
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
(I-1310-LC)
-3 -9.5 -20 -3
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
117
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

10GE WAN/
10GE LAN
10 Gbit/s
BASE-SR-0.3
km (SFP+)
-1 -7.3 -11.1 -1 SFP+
10 Gbit/s
BASE-LR-10
km (SFP+)
0.5 -8.2 -12.6 0.5
TN11LEX4 10GE WAN/
10GE LAN
10 Gbit/s
BASE-SR-0.3
km (SFP+)
-1 -7.3 -11.1 -1 SFP+
10 Gbit/s
BASE-LR-10
km (SFP+)
0.5 -8.2 -12.6 0.5
TN11LOA FC200/GE/
FC100/FDDI/
FICON/
FICON
Express/FE
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
FC400/
FICON4G
FC400/
FICON4G
Module-0.3 km
(Multi mode)
-1 -9 -14 0
FC400/
FICON4G
Module-10 km
(Single mode)
-2 -8 -18 0
GE/FC100/
STM-4/
OC-12/
ESCON/
STM-1/OC-3/
FDDI/FICON/
FE/DVB-ASI
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
OTU1/
STM-16/
OC-48/FC200/
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
118
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

FC100/FDDI/
FICON/
FICON
Express/GE/
STM-4/
OC-12/
ESCON/
STM-1/OC-3/
DVB-ASI/FE
L-16.1-40 km 3 -2 -27 -9
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
SDI/HD-SDI/
3G-SDI
270 Mbit/s to 3
Gbit/s multirate
(Video
eSFP)-10 km
0 -7 -16 0
GE/FC100/
STM-4/
OC-12/
ESCON/
STM-1/OC-3/
FDDI/FICON/
FE/DVB-ASI
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
OTU1/
STM-16/
OC-48/FC200/
FC100/FDDI/
FICON/
FICON
Express/GE/
STM-4/
OC-12/
ESCON/
STM-1/OC-3/
DVB-ASI/FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
119
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

OTU1/
STM-16/
OC-48/FC200/
FC100/FDDI/
FICON/
FICON
Express/GE/
STM-4/
OC-12/
ESCON/
STM-1/OC-3/
DVB-ASI/FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
DWDM)-120
km
4 0 -28 -9 eSFP
DWDM
FC800/
FICON8G
1600-M5E-SN-
I-0.3 km (SFP
+)
-1 -7.3 -11.1 -3 SFP+
1600-M5E-SN-
I-0.3 km (SFP
+)
-0.5 -8.2 -12.6 0.5
GE 1000 BASE-
BX10-U
-3 -9 -19.5 -3 eSFP
1000 BASE-
BX10-D
-3 -9 -19.5 -3
1000 BASE-
BX-U
3 -2 -23 -3
1000 BASE-
BX-D
3 -2 -23 -3
TN11LOG GE 2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
120
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
TN12LOG GE 2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
1000 BASE-
BX10-U
-3 -9 -19.5 -3 eSFP
1000 BASE-
BX10-D
-3 -9 -19.5 -3
1000 BASE-
BX-U
3 -2 -23 -3
1000 BASE-
BX-D
3 -2 -23 -3
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
121
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

TN11LOM GE 2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
FC 100/ FC
200/ FC 400/
FICON/
FICON
Express
FC400/
FICON4G
Module-0.3 km
(Multimode)
-1 -9 -14 0
FC400/
FICON4G
Module-10 km
(Single mode)
-2 -8 -18 0
FC100/FC200/
FICON/FICON
Express
Module-0.5 km
(Multimode)
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0
FC100/FC200/
FICON/FICON
Express
Module-2 km
(Single mode)
-3 -10 -18 0
GE/ FC 100/
FC 200
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
122
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

TN12LOM GE 2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
FC 100/ FC
200/ FC 400/
FICON/
FICON
Express
FC400/
FICON4G
Module-0.3 km
(Multimode)
-1 -9 -14 0
FC400/
FICON4G
Module-10 km
(Single mode)
-2 -8 -18 0
FC100/FC200/
FICON/FICON
Express
Module-0.5 km
(Multimode)
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0
FC100/FC200/
FICON/FICON
Express
Module-2 km
(Single mode)
-3 -10 -18 0
GE/ FC 100/
FC 200
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
123
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

GE 1000 BASE-
BX10-U
-3 -9 -19.5 -3 eSFP
1000 BASE-
BX10-D
-3 -9 -19.5 -3
1000 BASE-
BX-U
3 -2 -23 -3
1000 BASE-
BX-D
3 -2 -23 -3
TN11LQG GE 2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
TN13LQM FC200/GE/
FC100/ FE
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
124
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
L-16.1-40 km 3 -2 -27 -9
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
DWDM)-120
km
4 0 -28 -9 eSFP
DWDM
TN11LQMD FC200/GE/
FC100/ FE
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
125
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
OTU1
b
/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
L-16.1-40 km 3 -2 -27 -9
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
TN12LQMD FC200/GE/
FC100/ FE
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
OTU1
b
/
STM-16/
FC200/
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
126
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
L-16.1-40 km 3 -2 -27 -9
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
DWDM)-120
km
4 0 -28 -9 eSFP
DWDM
TN11LQMS FC200/GE/
FC100/ FE
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
127
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

OTU1
b
/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
L-16.1-40 km 3 -2 -27 -9
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
TN12LQMS FC200/GE/
FC100/ FE
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
OTU1
b
/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
L-16.1-40 km 3 -2 -27 -9
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
128
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
DWDM)-120
km
4 0 -28 -9 eSFP
DWDM
TN11LSQ STM-256/
OC-768/
OTU3
40G
Transponder
3 0 -6 3 -
TN11LSX
TN12LSX
OC-192/
STM-64/
10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
OTU2/
FC1200
a
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km
-1 -6 -11
(multirate
)/-12.6
(10GE
LAN)
-1
(STM64
)/0.5
(10GE
LAN)
XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km
2 -4.7 -14
(multirate
)/-15.8
(10GE
LAN)
-1
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
129
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km
4 0 -24.0 -7
10GE LAN/
FC1200
a
10 Gbit/s Single
Rate -0.3 km
-1.3 -7.3 -7.5 -1
TN13LSX OC-192/
STM-64/
10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
OTU2/
OTU2e/
FC1200
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km
-1 -6 -11
(multirate
)/-12.6
(10GE
LAN)
-1
(STM64
)/0.5
(10GE
LAN)
XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km
2 -4.7 -14
(multirate
)/-15.8
(10GE
LAN)
-1
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km
4 0 -24.0 -7
800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths)-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
2 -3 16 0 XFP
DWDM
10GE LAN/
FC1200
10 Gbit/s Single
Rate -0.3 km
-1.3 -7.3 -7.5 -1 XFP
TN11LSXL STM-256/
OC-768
40G
Transponder
3 0 -6 3 -
TN12LSXL/
TN15LSXL
STM-256/
OC-768/
OTU3
40G
Transponder
3 0 -6 3 -
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
130
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

TN11LTX 10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
STM-64/
OC-192
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km
-1 -6 -11
(multirate
)/-12.6
(10GE
LAN)
-1
(STM64
)/0.5
(10GE
LAN)
XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km
2 -4.7 -14
(multirate
)/-15.8
(10GE
LAN)
-1
10 Gbit/s Single
Rate -0.3 km
-1.3 -7.3 -7.5 -1
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km
4 0 -24.0 -7
TN11LWX2 FC200/GE/
FC100/ FE
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
131
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
DWDM)-120
km
4 0 -28 -9 eSFP
DWDM
TN11LWXD FC200/GE/
FC100/ FE
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
132
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
DWDM)-120
km
4 0 -28 -9 eSFP
DWDM
TN11LWXS
TN12LWXS
FC200/GE/
FC100/ FE
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
ETR/ CLO
c
/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
ETR/ CLO/
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
ETR/ CLO/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
133
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

ETR/ CLO/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
DWDM)-120
km
4 0 -28 -9 eSFP
DWDM
TN11TMX
TN12TMX
STM-16/
OC-48/ OTU1
(without FEC)
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3 eSFP
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
L-16.1-40 km 3 -2 -27 -9
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9 eSFP
CWDM
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
DWDM)-120
km
4 0 -28 -9 eSFP
DWDM
TN11TBE FE 100 BASE-
FX-10 km
-3 -11.5 -19 -3 eSFP
100 BASE-
FX-80 km
5 -2 -22 -3
GE/ 10GE
LAN/ 10GE
WAN
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
134
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km
-1 -6 -11
(multirate
)/-12.6
(10GE
LAN)
-1
(STM64
)/0.5
(10GE
LAN)
XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km
2 -4.7 -14
(multirate
)/-15.8
(10GE
LAN)
-1
10 Gbit/s Single
Rate -0.3 km
-1.3 -7.3 -7.5 -1
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km
4 0 -24 -7
FE/ GE/ 10GE
LAN/ 10GE
WAN
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
TN11TDG GE 2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
135
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
TN11TDX
TN12TDX
TN52TDX
10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
STM-64/
OC-192/
OTU2/
OTU2e
d
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km
-1 -6 -11
(multirate
)/-12.6
(10GE
LAN)
-1
(STM64
)/0.5
(10GE
LAN)
XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km
2 -4.7 -14
(multirate
)/-15.8
(10GE
LAN)
-1
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km
4 0 -24.0 -7
Rate -0.3 km
-1.3 -7.3 -7.5 -1
TN53TDX 10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
STM-64/
OC-192/
OTU2/
OTU2e/
FC800/
FC1200
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km
-1 -6 -11
(multirate
)/-12.6
(10GE
LAN)
-1
(Multirat
e)/0.5
(10GE
LAN)
XFP
10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
STM-64/
OC-192/
OTU2/
OTU2e/
FC1200
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km
2 -4.7 -14
(multirate
)/-15.8
(10GE
LAN)
-1
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km
4 0 -24 -7
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
136
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

10GE LAN/
FC1200
10 Gbit/s Single
Rate -0.3 km
-1.3 -7.3 -7.5 -1 XFP
TN54TEM28 10GE LAN 10 Gbit/s
BASE-SR-0.3
km (SFP+)
-1 -7.3 -11.1 -1 SFP+
10 Gbit/s
BASE-LR-10
km (SFP+)
0.5 -8.2 -12.6 0.5
GE/ FE/ 1000 BASE-
SX-0.5 km
(I-850-LC)
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 SFP+
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
(I-1310-LC)
-3 -9.5 -20 -3
TN54THA OTU1/
STM-16/
OC-48/FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
OC-12/
ESCON/
STM-1/OC-3/
DVB-ASI/FE
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0 eSFP
GE/FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/FE/
DVB-ASI
1000 BASE-
LX-10km
(I-1310-LC)
-3 -9.5 -20 -3
GE 1000 BASE-
BX10-U
-3 -9 -19.5 -3
1000 BASE-
BX10-D
-3 -9 -19.5 -3
1000 BASE-
BX-U
3 -2 -23 -3
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
137
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

1000 BASE-
BX-D
3 -2 -23 -3
TN54TOA FC400/
FICON4G
FC400/
FICON4G
Module
(Multimode)
-1 -9 -14 0 eSFP
FC400/
FICON4G
Module (Single
mode)
-2 -8 -18 0
OTU1/
STM-16/
OC-48/FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
OC-12/
ESCON/
STM-1/OC-3/
DVB-ASI/FE
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
L-16.1-40 km 3 -2 -27 -9
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
FC200/FC100/
FE/GE
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0
GE/FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/FE/
DVB-ASI
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
GE/FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/FE/
DVB-ASI
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
138
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/FC100/
GE/STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/DVB-
ASI/FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/FC100/
GE/STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/DVB-
ASI/FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
DWDM)-120
km
4 0 -28 -9 eSFP
DWDM
SDI/HD-SDI 270 Mbit/s to 3
Gbit/s multirate
(Video
eSFP)-10 km
0 -7 -16 0 Video
eSFP
GE 1000 BASE-
BX10-U
-3 -9 -19.5 -3 eSFP
1000 BASE-
BX10-D
-3 -9 -19.5 -3
1000 BASE-
BX-U
3 -2 -23 -3
1000 BASE-
BX-D
3 -2 -23 -3
TN52TOG GE 2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
139
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
TN11TOM FC200/GE/
FC100/ FE
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
L-16.1-40 km 3 -2 -27 -9
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
140
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
DWDM)-120
km
4 0 -28 -9 eSFP
DWDM
SDI 1.5 Gbit/s
Multirate
(Video
eSFP)-20 km
0 -7 -22 0 eSFP
TN52TOM FC200/GE/
FC100/ FE
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3 eSFP
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
L-16.1-40 km 3 -2 -27 -9
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
141
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
DWDM)-120
km
4 0 -28 -9 eSFP
DWDM
SDI 1.5 Gbit/s
Multirate
(Video
eSFP)-20 km
0 -7 -22 0 eSFP
GE 1000 BASE-
BX10-U
-3 -9 -19.5 -3 eSFP
1000 BASE-
BX10-D
-3 -9 -19.5 -3
1000 BASE-
BX-U
3 -2 -23 -3
1000 BASE-
BX-D
3 -2 -23 -3
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
142
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

TN11TQM FC200/GE/
FC100/ FE
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
OTU1
b
/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
L-16.1-40 km 3 -2 -27 -9
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
TN12TQM FC200/GE/
FC100/ FE
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5
km
-2.5 -9.5 -17 0 eSFP
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
1000 BASE-
LX-10 km
-3 -9 -19 -3
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
143
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1000 BASE-
LX-40 km
0 -5 -20 -3
1000 BASE-
ZX-80 km
5 -2 -23 -3
OTU1
b
/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
L-16.1-40 km 3 -2 -27 -9
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
GE/ FC100/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ FE/
DVB-ASI
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWDM
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9
OTU1/
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/ GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/ DVB-
ASI/ FE
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
DWDM)-120
km
4 0 -28 -9 eSFP
DWDM
TN11TQS STM-16/
OC-48/ OTU1
I-16-2 km -3 -10 -18 -3 eSFP
S-16.1-15 km 0 -5 -18 0
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
144
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

L-16.1-40 km 3 -2 -27 -9
L-16.2-80 km 3 -2 -28 -9
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9 eSFP
CWDM
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
DWDM)-120
km
4 0 -28 -9 eSFP
DWDM
TN11TQX
TN52TQX
10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
STM-64/
OC-192/
OTU2/
OTU2e
e
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km
-1 -6 -11
(multirate
)/-12.6
(10GE
LAN)
-1
(STM64
)/0.5
(10GE
LAN)
XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km
2 -4.7 -14
(multirate
)/-15.8
(10GE
LAN)
-1
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km
4 0 -24.0 -7
Rate -0.3 km
-1.3 -7.3 -7.5 -1
TN53TQX 10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
STM-64/
OC-192/
OTU2/
OTU2e/
FC800/
FC1200
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km
-1 -6 -11
(multirate
)/-12.6
(10GE
LAN)
-1
(STM64
)/0.5
(10GE
LAN)
XFP
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
145
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
STM-64/
OC-192/
OTU2/
OTU2e/
FC1200
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km
2 -4.7 -14
(multirate
)/-15.8
(10GE
LAN)
-1
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km
4 0 -24 -7
10GE LAN
/FC1200
10 Gbit/s Single
Rate -0.3 km
-1.3 -7.3 -7.5 -1
TN55TQX 10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
STM-64/
OC-192/
OTU2/
OTU2e/
FC800/
FC1200
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km
-1 -6 -11
(multirate
)/-12.6
(10GE
LAN)
-1
(STM64
)/0.5
(10GE
LAN)
XFP
0GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
STM-64/
OC-192/
OTU2/
OTU2e/
FC1200
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km
2 -4.7 -14
(multirate
)/-15.8
(10GE
LAN)
-1
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km
4 0 -24 -7
10GE LAN
/FC1200
10 Gbit/s Single
Rate -0.3 km
-1.3 -7.3 -7.5 -1
TN11TSXL STM-256/
OC-768
40G
Transponder
3 0 -6 3 -
TN53TSXL STM-256/
OC-768/OTU3
40G
Transponder
3 0 -6 3 -
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
146
Board Name Access
Service Type
Optical Module Note
Optical
Interface
Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minim
um
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minim
um
(dBm)

a: Only TN12LSX/TN13LSX supports FC1200 service.
b: Only TN12LQMD/TN12LQMS/TN12TQM support OTU1 service.
c: Only TN12LWXS supports ETR/CLO services.
d: Only TN52TDX supports OTU2/OTU2e services.
e: Only TN52TQX supports OTU2/OTU2e services.

Table 3-74 Quick reference table for client-side specifications of TN12LSC/TN54TSXL
Board Name Access
Service
Type
Optical Module Opt
ical
Mo
dul
e
Typ
e
Optical
Interfac
e Type
Suppor
ted
Tra
nsm
it
OM
A
per
Lan
e
(Mi
n)
Tra
ns
mit
OM
A
per
Lan
e
(Ma
x)
Rev
eive
r
Sen
siti
vity
(O
MA
)
per
Lan
e
Min
imu
m
recei
ver
over
load
(OM
A)
per
Lan
e
Ave
rag
e
Lau
nch
Po
wer
per
Lan
e
(Mi
n)
Ave
rag
e
Lau
nch
Po
wer
per
Lan
e
(Ma
x)
Ave
rag
e
Rev
eive
r
Po
wer
per
Lan
e
(Mi
n)
Ave
rag
e
Rev
eive
r
Po
wer
per
Lan
e
(Ma
x)
Tot
al
Ave
rag
e
Lau
nch
Po
wer
TN12LSC 100GE 100 G
BASE-
LR4-10
km
-1.3 4.5 -8.6 4.5 -4.3 4.5 -10.
6
4.5 10.5 CFP
100 G
BASE-1
010
G-10 km
-2.8 3.5 -8.8 3.5 -5.8 3.5 -10.
8
3.5 13.5
TN54TSXL 40GE 40GBA
SE-
LR4-10
km
-4 3.5 -11.
5
3.5 -7 2.3 -13.
7
2.3 8.3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
147
3.8.1.2 OTUs and Line Boards Specification on the WDM Side
The main WDM-side specifications of the optical transponder units (OTUs) and line boards
Table 3-75 Quick reference table for DWDM-side specifications of OTU boards and line boards
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Optical Interface Type
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Receiver
Overloa
d (dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
TN11L4
G
OTU 5G 3400 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
2 -2 -25 -9 -
3400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
2 -3 -25 -9 -
TN11LD
GD
STM-16/
OTU1
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN
-4 -8 -18 0 -
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
APD
-4 -8 -28 -9 -
6500 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
0 -5 -18 0 -
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
0 -5 -28 -9 -
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
0 -5 -28 -9 -
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
0 -5 -28 -9 -
TN11LD
GS
STM-16/
OTU1
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
PIN
-1 -5 -18 0 -
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
APD
-1 -5 -28 -9 -
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
3 -2 -18 0 -
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
148
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Receiver
Overloa
d (dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
3 -2 -28 -9 -
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
3 -2 -28 -9 -
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
3 -2 -28 -9 -
TN12LD
M
OTU1 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
3 0 -28 -9 eSFP
DWD
M
TN11LD
MD
OTU1 12800 ps/nm-C Band-
APD
-4 -8 -28 -9 -
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
0 -5 -28 -9 -
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
0 -5 -28 -9 -
TN11LD
MS
APD
-1 -5 -28 -9 -
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
3 -2 -28 -9 -
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
3 -2 -28 -9 -
TN12LD
X
OTU2/
OTU2e
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd &
Even Wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-
XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
149
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Receiver
Overloa
d (dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
TN11LE
M24
OTU2 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd &
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-
XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
TN11LE
X4
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-
XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
TN11LO
A
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-
XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
TN11LO
G
OTU2 800 ps/nm-C Band (odd &
even wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
2 -3 -26 -9 -
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
150
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Receiver
Overloa
d (dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
4800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-APD
2 -3 -26 -9 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
TN12LO
G
Tunable Wavelength-
DRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-
XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
TN11LO
M
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
2 -3 -26 -9 -
4800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-APD
2 -3 -26 -9 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
151
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Receiver
Overloa
d (dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
TN12LO
M
Tunable Wavelength-
DRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-
XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
TN11LQ
G
FEC 5G/
OTU5G
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
2 -2 -25 -9 -
3400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
2 -3 -25 -9 -
TN13LQ
M
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
3 0 -28 -9 eSFP
DWD
M
TN11LQ
MD
PIN
-4 -8 -18 0 -
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
APD
-4 -8 -28 -9 -
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
0 -5 -18 0 -
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
0 -5 -28 -9 -
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
0 -5 -28 -9 -
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
152
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Receiver
Overloa
d (dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
0 -5 -28 -9 -
TN12LQ
MD
APD
-4 -8 -28 -9 -
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
0 -5 -28 -9 -
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
0 -5 -28 -9 -
TN11LQ
MS
PIN
-1 -5 -18 0 -
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
APD
-1 -5 -28 -9 -
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
3 -2 -18 0 -
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
3 -2 -28 -9 -
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
3 -2 -28 -9 -
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
3 -2 -28 -9 -
TN12LQ
MS
APD
-1 -5 -28 -9 -
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
3 -2 -28 -9 -
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
153
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Receiver
Overloa
d (dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
3 -2 -28 -9 -
TN12LS
C
OTU4 40000ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(HFEC)-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
TN11LS
Q
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DQPSK-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
TN11LS
X
TN12LS
X
OTU2/
OTU2e
800 ps/nm-C Band (odd &
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
2 -3 -26 -9 -
4800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-APD
2 -3 -26 -9 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
TN13LS
X
Tunable Wavelength-
DRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
154
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Receiver
Overloa
d (dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-
XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
TN11LS
XL
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DRZ-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
TN12LS
XL
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
500 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DQPSK-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
TN15LS
XL
Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-BPSK-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
TN11LS
XLR
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DRZ-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
TN12LS
XLR
OTU3/
OTU3e
500 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
500 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DQPSK-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
TN11LS
XR
OTU2/
OTU2e
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
155
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Receiver
Overloa
d (dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
2 -3 -26 -9 -
4800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-APD
2 -3 -26 -9 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
TN11LT
X
OTU4 40000ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(HFEC)-PIN
0 -15 -16 0 -
TN11L
WX2
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/
GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/
DVB-
ASI/ FE
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
PIN
a
-1 -5 -18 0 -
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
APD
a
-1 -5 -28 9 -
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
3 -2 -18 0 -
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
3 -2 -26 -10 -
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
3 -2 -28 -9 -
TN11L
WXD
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/
GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
PIN
a
-4 -8 -18 0 -
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
156
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Receiver
Overloa
d (dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
STM-1/
DVB-
ASI/ FE
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
APD
a
-4 -8 -28 -9 -
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
0 -5 -18 0 -
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
0 -5 -26 -10 -
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
0 -5 -28 -9 -
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
0 -5 -28 -9 -
TN11L
WXS
TN12L
WXS
b
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/
GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/
DVB-
ASI/ FE/
ETR/
CLO
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
PIN
a
-1 -5 -18 0 -
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
APD
a
-1 -5 -28 -9 -
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
3 -2 -18 0 -
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
3 -2 -26 -10 -
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
3 -2 -28 -9 -
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
3 -2 -28 -9 -
TN11T
MX
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
157
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Receiver
Overloa
d (dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
2 -3 -26 -9 -
4800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-APD
2 -3 -26 -9 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
TN12T
MX
Tunable Wavelength-
DRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-
XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
TN11N
D2
OTU2/
OTU2e
Even Wavelength)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
TN12N
D2
OTU2/
OTU2e
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
158
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Receiver
Overloa
d (dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-
XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
TN52N
D2
OTU2/
OTU2e
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
TN53N
D2
OTU2/
OTU2e
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-
XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
TN51N
Q2/
TN52N
Q2/
TN53N
Q2/
TN54N
Q2
OTU2/
OTU2e
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-
XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
TN11NS
2
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
159
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Receiver
Overloa
d (dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
2 -3 -26 -9 -
4800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-APD
2 -3 -26 -9 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
TN12NS
2
OTU2/
OTU2e
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
2 -3 -26 -9 -
4800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-APD
2 -3 -26 -9 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-
XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
TN52NS
2
OTU2/
OTU2e
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
2 -3 -16 0 -
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
160
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Receiver
Overloa
d (dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
TN53NS
2
OTU2/
OTU2e
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-
XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
2 -3 -16 0 XFP
DWD
M
TN11NS
3
OTU3/
OTU3e
500 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
500 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DQPSK-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
TN52NS
3
OTU3/
OTU3e
500 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
500 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DQPSK-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DQPSK-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
TN54NS
3
OTU3/
OTU3e
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DQPSK-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
TN55NS
3
OTU3/
OTU3e
60000ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-BPSK-PIN
0 -5 -16 0 -
a: The 12800 ps/nm-PIN and 12800ps/nm-APD modules do not support pilot tone modulation mode.
b: Only TN12LWXS supports ETR/CLO services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
161
Table 3-76 Quick reference table for CWDM-side specifications of OTU boards
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Overload
Point
(dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
TN11E
COM
GE 1.25 Gbit/s Multirate
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
5 0 -19 -3 eSFP
CWD
M
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9 eSFP
CWD
M
TN11L
DGD
STM-16/
OTU1
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
2 -0.5 -28 -9 -
TN11L
DGS
STM-16/
OTU1
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
NRZ-APD
5 2.5 -28 -9 -
TN12L
DM
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9 eSFP
CWD
M
TN11L
QG
FEC 5G/
OTU5G
5 Gbit/s Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-50 km
5 2 -18 0 eSFP
CWD
M
5 Gbit/s Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-70 km
5 2 -28 -9 eSFP
CWD
M
TN13L
QM
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
5 0 -28 -9 eSFP
CWD
M
TN11L
QMD
OTU1 1600 ps/nm-CWDM
NRZ-APD
2 -0.5 -28 -9 -
TN11L
QMS
OTU1 1600 ps/nm-CWDM
NRZ-APD
5 2.5 -28 -9 -
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
162
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Overload
Point
(dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
TN11L
WX2
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/
GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/
SDI/ FE
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
NRZ-APD
5 2.5 -28 -9 -
TN11L
WXD
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/
GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/
SDI/ FE
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
NRZ-APD
2 -0.5 -28 -9 -
TN11L
WXS
TN12L
WXS
a
STM-16/
FC200/
FC100/
GE/
STM-4/
ESCON/
STM-1/
SDI/ FE/
ETR/ CLO
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
NRZ-APD
5 2.5 -28 -9 -
a: Only TN12LWXS supports ETR/CLO services.

Table 3-77 Quick reference table for specifications of WDM-side gray optical modules on OTU boards and line
boards
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
TN11L
EM24
OTU2 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km -1 -6 -11 -1 XFP
OTU2/
OTU2e
10 Gbit/s Multirate-40 km 2 -1 -14 -1 XFP
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
163
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
10 Gbit/s Multirate-80 km 4 0 -24 -7 XFP
TN11L
EX4
OTU2/
OTU2e
TN11L
OA
OTU2/
OTU2e
TN12L
OG
OTU2/
OTU2e
TN12T
MX
OTU2/
OTU2e
TN12N
D2
OTU2/
OTU2e
TN53N
D2
OTU2/
OTU2e
TN51N
Q2
OTU2/
OTU2e
TN52N
Q2/
TN53N
Q2/
TN54N
Q2
OTU2/
OTU2e
TN53N
S2
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
164
Board
Name
Access
Service
Type
Optical Module
Supported
Mean Launched
Optical Power
Receiver
Sensitivi
ty (dBm)
Minimu
m
Overloa
d Point
(dBm)
Note
Maximu
m (dBm)
Minimu
m (dBm)
OTU2/
OTU2e
TN54N
S3
OTU3/
OTU3e
40G Transponder 3 0 -6 3 -

3.8.2 Specification of Optical Amplifying Unit
The main specifications of the optical amplifier unit include the operating wavelength range,
channel gain, nominal input power range, nominal output power range and maximum output
power of a single wavelength.
Table 3-78 Quick reference table for optical amplifier unit
Board
Name
Channel
Gain (dB)
Nomin
al
Chann
el Gain
(dB)
Input Power Range per Channel
(dBm)
Nominal single-
wavelength input optical
power (dBm)
40 channels 80 channels 40 channels 80 channels
OAU100 16 to 25.5 16 -32 to -14 -32 to -17 -14 -17
22 -32 to -20 -32 to -23 -20 -23
25.5 -32 to -23.5 -32 to -27.5 -23.5 -26.5
DAS1/
OAU101
20 to 31 20 -32 to -16 -32 to -19 -16 -19
26 -32 to -22 -32 to -25 -22 -25
31 -32 to -27 -32 to -30 -27 -30
OAU102 20 to 31 20 -32 to -19 -32 to -22 -19 -22
26 -32 to -25 -32 to -28 -25 -28
31 -32 to -30 -32 -30 -32
OAU103 24 to 36 24 -32 to -20 -32 to -23 -20 -23
29 -32 to -25 -32 to -28 -25 -28
36 -32 -32 -32 -32
OAU105 23 to 34 23 -32 to -16 -32 to -19 -16 -19
30 -32 to -23 -32 to -26 -23 -26
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
165
Board
Name
Channel
Gain (dB)
Nomin
al
Chann
el Gain
(dB)
Input Power Range per Channel
(dBm)
Nominal single-
wavelength input optical
power (dBm)
40 channels 80 channels 40 channels 80 channels
34 -32 to -27 -32 to -30 -27 -30
OAU106 16 to 23 16 -24 to -12 -24 to -15 -12 -15
19 -24 to -15 -24 to -18 -15 -18
23 -24 to -19 -24 to -22 -19 -22
OBU101 201.5 20 -32 to -20 -32 to -23 -20 -23
OBU103 231.5 23 -32 to -19 -32 to -22 -19 -22
OBU104 171.5 17 -32 to -17 -32 to -20 -17 -20
OBU205 231.5 23 -24 to -16 -24 to -19 -16 -19

Table 3-79 Quick reference table for TN12OBU1P1
Board Name Total input power range at the
VI optical port(dBm)
Maximum total output optical
power(dBm)
TN12OBU1P1 -30 to 7 9

Table 3-80 Quick reference table for CRPC
Board Name Channel Gain (dB) Maximum Pump Power
(dBm)
G.652 fiber LEAF fiber
CRPC01 10 12 29
CRPC03 >10 N/A 29.5

Table 3-81 Quick reference table for HBA
Board
Name
Channel
Gain (dB)
Typical Input Power of a Single
Wavelength (dBm)
Nominal
Input
Power
Range
(dBm)
Channel Allocation
(nm)
80
channels
40
channels
10
channels
HBA 291 -22 -19 -13 -25 to -3 1529 to 1561

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
166
Table 3-82 Quick reference table for RAU1
Board Name Gain range (dB) Max. OUT port optical
power (dBm)
G.652 fiber LEAF/G.653/TWRS/TW-C fiber
RAU1 19 to 33 19 to 35 20

3.8.3 Insertion Loss Specifications of Boards
This section provides the insertion loss specifications of boards.
Table 3-83 Quick reference table for board insertion loss specifications
Board Name Insertion Loss (dB)
TN11MR2/TN21MR2 IN-MO
MI-OUT
1.0
Add/drop channel 1.5
TN11MR4/TN21MR4 IN-MO
MI-OUT
1.5
TN11MR8 IN-MO
MI-OUT
3.5
Add/drop channel 4
TN11MR8V IN-MO
MI-OUT
3
TN21CMR1 IN-MO
MI-OUT
0.8
Add/drop channel 1
TN11CMR2/TN21CMR2 IN-MO
MI-OUT
1.0
TN11CMR4/TN21CMR4 IN-MO
MI-OUT
1.0
Add/drop channel 2
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
167
TN11DMR1/
TN21DMR1
EIN-EMO
EMI-EOUT
WIN-WMO
WMI-WOUT
0.8
Add/drop channel 1
TN11SBM2 Add/drop channel 3
TN11D40/TN12D40 6.5
TN11D40V
8
a
TN21DFIU EIN-ETM
ERM-EOUT
WIN-WTM
WRM-WOUT
1.5
EIN-ETC
ERC-EOUT
WIN-WTC
WRC-WOUT
1
TN11FIU/TN12FIU/
TN13FIU/TN14FIU/
TN21FIU
IN-TM
RM-OUT
1.5
IN-TC
RC-OUT
1
TN11SFIU LINE1-SYS1 1.0
LINE2-SYS2
LINE1-OSC1 1.5
LINE1-OSC2
TN11ITL01 RE-OUT
RO-OUT
<4.5
IN-TE
IN-TO
<2.5
TN11ITL04 RE-OUT
RO-OUT
<3
IN-TE
IN-TO
<3
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
168
TN12ITL RE-OUT
RO-OUT
<4.5
IN-TE
IN-TO
<3.5
TN11M40/TN12M40 6.5
TN11M40V/TN12M40V
8
a
TN11DCP Transmit-end insertion
loss
Single mode 4
Multimode 4.5
Receive-end insertion loss Single mode 1.5
Multimode 2
TN12DCP Transmit-end insertion
loss
Single mode 4
TN11OLP Transmit-end insertion
loss
Single mode 4
Multimode 4.5
Multimode 2
TN12OLP Transmit-end insertion
loss
Single mode 4
Receive-end insertion loss Multimode 1.5
TN11SCS Wavelength dropping
insertion loss
Single mode 4
Multimode 4.5
Wavelength adding
insertion loss
Single mode 4
Multimode 4.5
TN11RDU9 IN-Drop(DM1-DM8) 12.5
ROA-Drop(DM1-DM8) 11.5
IN-EXPO 12.5
IN-TOA 1
TN11RMU9 EXPI-OUT 8.5
AMx
b
-TOA 12.5
a
ROA-OUT 1.5
TN11ROAM
Mx
c
-OUT 9
a
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
169
IN-DM 7
EXPI-OUT
14
a
IN-EXPO 3
TN11WSD9/
TN12WSD9/TN13WSD9
IN-DMx
d
IN-EXPO
8
a
TN11WSM9/
TN12WSM9/
TN13WSM9
AMx
b
-OUT
EXPI-OUT
8
a
TN11WSMD2
AMx
b
-OUT 8
a
IN-DMx
d
4.5
TN11WSMD4/
TN12WSMD4
AMx
b
-OUT
IN-DMx
d
8
a
TN11WSMD9
AMx
b
/EXPI-OUT 8
a
IN-DMx
d
/EXPO
12
a: The value tested when the VOA attenuation is set to 0 dB.
b: AMx denotes AM1-AM8.
c: Mx denotes M1-M40.
d: DMx denotes DM1-DM8.
e: DMx denotes DM1-DM20.
f: AMx denotes AM1-AM20.

3.8.4 MON Interface Optical Split Ratio
Certain boards of WDM equipment provide MON interfaces. A small number of supervisory
signals are split from the main-path signals and are output through MON for in-service
performance monitoring of the optical signals.
Table 3-84 lists the ratio of the optical power of signals at MON to that of the main-path signals
of each type of board.
Table 3-84 Ratio of the optical power of signals at MON to that of the main-path signals of each type of board
Board Name Ratio of MON Interface to Received
Signal in Main Path
Ratio of MON Interface to
Transmitting Signal in Main Path
CRPC - "MON"/"SYS" = 1/99 (20 dB)
D40 "MON"/"IN" = 10/90 (10 dB) -
D40V "MON"/"IN" = 10/90 (10 dB) -
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
170
Board Name Ratio of MON Interface to Received
Signal in Main Path
Ratio of MON Interface to
Transmitting Signal in Main Path
DAS1 "MONR"/"SOUT" = 1/99 (20 dB) "MONT"/"LOUT" = 1/99 (20 dB)
FIU - "MON"/"OUT" = 1/99 (20 dB)
HBA - "MON"/"OUT" = 1/999 (30 dB)
ITL - "MON"/"OUT" = 10/90 (10 dB)
M40 - "MON"/"OUT" = 10/90 (10 dB)
M40V - "MON"/"OUT" = 10/90 (10 dB)
OAU1 - "MON"/"OUT" = 1/99 (20 dB)
OBU1 - "MON"/"OUT" = 1/99 (20 dB)
OBU2 - "MON"/"OUT" = 1/99 (20 dB)
RDU9 "MONI"/"EXPI" = 3/97 (15 dB) "MONO"/"EXPO" = 3/97 (15 dB)
RMU9 "MONI"/"EXPI" = 3/97 (15 dB) "MONO"/"TOA" = 3/97 (15 dB)
WSD9 "MONI"/"IN" = 3/97 (15 dB) "MONO"/"EXPO" = 3/97 (15 dB)
WSM9 "MONI"/"EXPI" = 3/97 (15 dB) "MONO"/"OUT" = 3/97 (15 dB)
WSMD2 "MONI"/"IN" = 3/97 (15 dB) "MONO"/"OUT" = 3/97 (15 dB)
RAU1 - "MONO"/"OUT"=1/99(20dB)
"MONS"/"SYS"=1/99(20dB)

3.8.5 Basic Functions of OTUs, Tributary Boards, and Line Boards
The main functions and features supported by OTUs, Tributary Boards, Line Boards, and Packet
Service Boards are wavelength conversion, cross-connection at the electrical layer, OTN
interfaces and ESC.
For detailed functions and features, refer to Table 3-85.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
171
Table 3-85 Basic functions of OTUs, Tributary Boards, and Line Boards Boards
Board
Name
Tun
abl
e
Wa
vele
ngt
h
Fun
ctio
n
ESC
Fun
ctio
n
ALS
Fun
ctio
n
OT
N
Func
tion
FEC Encoding WDM
Specificatio
n
Opti
cal
Mo
dule
PRB
S on
the
Clie
nt
Side
PRB
S on
the
WD
M
Side
FEC AFE
C
AFE
C-2
HFE
C
DW
DM
CW
DM
TN11EC
OM
N N N N N N N N N Y eSFP N N
TN11L4
G
Y Y Y Y Y N N N Y N eSFP N N
TN11LD
GD
Y Y Y Y Y N N N Y Y eSFP N N
TN11LD
GS
Y Y Y Y Y N N N Y Y eSFP N N
TN11LD
M
N Y Y Y Y N N N Y Y eSFP Y Y
TN11LD
MD
Y Y Y Y Y N N N Y N eSFP Y Y
TN11LD
MS
TN12LD
X
Y Y Y Y Y N Y N Y N XFP Y Y
TN11LE
M24
N Y Y Y Y N N N Y N XFP/
SFP
+
N Y
TN11LE
X4
N Y Y Y Y N N N Y N XFP/
SFP
+
N Y
TN11LO
A
Y Y Y Y Y N Y N Y Y eSFP
/SFP
+
Y Y
TN11LO
G
Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y N eSFP N Y
TN12LO
G
Y Y Y Y Y N Y N Y N eSFP N Y
TN11LO
M
Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y N eSFP N Y
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
172
Board
Name
Tun
abl
e
Wa
vele
ngt
h
Fun
ctio
n
ESC
Fun
ctio
n
ALS
Fun
ctio
n
OT
N
Func
tion
FEC Encoding WDM
Specificatio
n
Opti
cal
Mo
dule
PRB
S on
the
Clie
nt
Side
PRB
S on
the
WD
M
Side
FEC AFE
C
AFE
C-2
HFE
C
DW
DM
CW
DM
TN12LO
M
Y Y Y Y Y N Y N Y N eSFP N Y
TN11LQ
G
Y Y Y Y Y N N N Y N eSFP N Y
TN13LQ
M
TN11LQ
MD
Y Y Y Y Y N N N Y Y eSFP N Y
TN12LQ
MD
TN11LQ
MS
Y Y Y Y Y N N N Y Y eSFP N Y
TN12LQ
MS
TN12LS
C
Y Y Y Y N N N Y Y N CFP N Y
TN11LS
Q
Y Y Y Y Y N Y N Y N N Y N
TN11LS
X
TN12LS
X
Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y N XFP Y Y
TN13LS
X
Y Y Y Y Y N Y N Y N XFP Y Y
TN11LS
XL
Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y N N N N
TN12LS
XL
Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y N N Y N
TN15LS
XL
Y Y Y Y N N N Y Y N N Y Y
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
173
Board
Name
Tun
abl
e
Wa
vele
ngt
h
Fun
ctio
n
ESC
Fun
ctio
n
ALS
Fun
ctio
n
OT
N
Func
tion
FEC Encoding WDM
Specificatio
n
Opti
cal
Mo
dule
PRB
S on
the
Clie
nt
Side
PRB
S on
the
WD
M
Side
FEC AFE
C
AFE
C-2
HFE
C
DW
DM
CW
DM
TN11LS
XLR
TN12LS
XLR
Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y N N N N
TN11LS
XR
Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y N XFP N N
TN11LT
X
Y Y Y Y N N N Y Y N XFP Y Y
TN11L
WX2
Y Y Y N N N N N Y Y eSFP N N
TN11L
WXD
TN11L
WXS
TN12L
WXS
TN11T
MX
Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y N eSFP Y Y
TN12T
MX
Y Y Y Y Y N Y N Y N eSFP Y Y
TN11N
D2
Y Y N Y Y Y N N Y N N - Y
TN12N
D2
Y Y N Y Y Y Y N Y N XFP - Y
TN52N
D2
Y Y N Y Y Y Y N Y N N - Y
TN53N
D2
Y Y N Y Y N Y N Y N XFP - Y
TN51N
Q2
N Y N Y Y N N N Y N XFP - Y
TN52N
Q2
N Y N Y Y N Y N Y N XFP - Y
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
174
Board
Name
Tun
abl
e
Wa
vele
ngt
h
Fun
ctio
n
ESC
Fun
ctio
n
ALS
Fun
ctio
n
OT
N
Func
tion
FEC Encoding WDM
Specificatio
n
Opti
cal
Mo
dule
PRB
S on
the
Clie
nt
Side
PRB
S on
the
WD
M
Side
FEC AFE
C
AFE
C-2
HFE
C
DW
DM
CW
DM
TN53N
Q2
TN54N
Q2
N Y N Y Y N Y N Y N XFP - Y
TN11NS
2
TN12NS
2
TN52NS
2
Y Y N Y Y N Y N Y N N - Y
TN53NS
2
TN11NS
3
TN52NS
3
TN54NS
3
Y Y N Y Y N Y N Y N N - Y
TN55NS
3
Y Y N Y N N N Y Y N N - Y
TN11TB
E
N N Y N N N N N N N eSFP
XFP
N -
TN11TD
G
N N Y Y N N N N N N eSFP N -
TN11TD
X
TN12TD
X
N N Y Y N N N N N N XFP Y -
TN52TD
X
N Y Y Y Y N N N N N XFP Y -
TN53TD
X
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
175
Board
Name
Tun
abl
e
Wa
vele
ngt
h
Fun
ctio
n
ESC
Fun
ctio
n
ALS
Fun
ctio
n
OT
N
Func
tion
FEC Encoding WDM
Specificatio
n
Opti
cal
Mo
dule
PRB
S on
the
Clie
nt
Side
PRB
S on
the
WD
M
Side
FEC AFE
C
AFE
C-2
HFE
C
DW
DM
CW
DM
TN54TE
M28
N N Y Y N N N N N N eSFP
/SFP
+
N N
TN54TH
A
N Y Y Y Y N N N N N eSFP Y -
TN54TO
A
N Y Y Y Y N N N N N eSFP Y -
TN11TO
M
TN52TO
M
TN11TQ
M
TN12TQ
M
N N Y Y N N N N N N eSFP Y -
TN11TQ
S
N Y Y Y Y N N N N N eSFP N -
TN11TQ
X
N N Y Y N N N N N N XFP Y -
TN52TQ
X
TN53TQ
X
TN55TQ
X
TN11TS
XL
N N Y Y N N N N N N N N -
TN53TS
XL
N N Y Y N N N N N N N Y -
TN54TS
XL
N N Y Y N N N N N N CFP N -
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
176
Board
Name
Tun
abl
e
Wa
vele
ngt
h
Fun
ctio
n
ESC
Fun
ctio
n
ALS
Fun
ctio
n
OT
N
Func
tion
FEC Encoding WDM
Specificatio
n
Opti
cal
Mo
dule
PRB
S on
the
Clie
nt
Side
PRB
S on
the
WD
M
Side
FEC AFE
C
AFE
C-2
HFE
C
DW
DM
CW
DM
TN52TO
G
NOTE
l "Y" indicates that the OTU supports the function. "N" indicates that the OTU does not support the function
l The SCC board can automatically detect that the eSFP and XFP modules are installed and online. The following information
about the modules can be obtained through a query on the U2000: VendorName, BarCode, and type of optical interface.
l The boards using different FEC codes cannot interconnect with each other.

3.8.6 Loopback Function of OTUs, Tributary Boards, and Line
Boards
The OTUs, Tributary Boards, and Line Boards support different types of loopback.
Table 3-86 Loopback function of OTUs, Tributary Boards, and Line Boards
Board Name Client-Side
Inloop
Client-Side
Outloop
WDM-Side
Inloop
WDM-Side
Outloop
Channel
loopback
ECOM Y Y Y N N
LDGD Y Y Y Y N
LDGS Y Y Y Y N
LDM Y Y Y Y N
LDMD Y Y Y Y N
LDMS Y Y Y Y N
LDX Y Y Y Y N
LOA Y Y N Y Y
LOG Y Y Y Y N
LOM Y Y Y Y N
LQG Y Y Y Y N
LQM Y Y Y Y N
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
177
Inloop
Client-Side
Outloop
WDM-Side
Inloop
WDM-Side
Outloop
Channel
loopback
LQMD Y Y Y Y N
LQMS Y Y Y Y N
LSQ Y Y Y Y N
LSC Y Y Y Y N
LSX Y Y Y Y N
TN11LSXL N N Y Y N
TN12LSXL/
TN15LSXL
Y Y Y Y N
LSXLR N N N N N
LSXR N N N N N
LTX Y Y Y Y N
LWX2 Y Y Y Y N
LWXD Y Y Y Y N
LWXS Y Y Y Y N
TMX Y Y Y Y N
ND2 N N Y Y Y
NQ2 N N Y Y Y
NS2 N N Y Y Y
NS3 N N Y Y Y
TDG Y Y N N N
TDX Y Y N N N
TEM28 Y Y N N N
THA Y Y N N Y
TOA Y Y N N Y
TOG Y Y N N N
TN11TOM Y Y Y Y N
TN52TOM Y Y Y Y Y
TQM Y Y N N N
TQS Y Y N N N
TQX Y Y N N N
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
178
Inloop
Client-Side
Outloop
WDM-Side
Inloop
WDM-Side
Outloop
Channel
loopback
TSXL Y Y N N N
NOTE
"Y" indicates that the OTU supports the function. "N" indicates that the OTU does not support the function.

Table 3-87 Loop function of the Ethernet boards
Board Name Interface Loop Mode
L4G Client side MAC inloop
PHY outloop
WDM side Inloop
Outloop
TBE 10GE optical interface MAC inloop
MAC outloop
PHY inloop
PHY outloop
GE optical interface MAC inloop
PHY inloop
GE electric interface MAC inloop
PHY inloop
PHY outloop
FE optical interface MAC inloop
PHY inloop
FE electric interface MAC inloop
PHY inloop
PHY outloop
TEM28 10GE optical interface MAC inloop
MAC outloop
PHY inloop
PHY outloop
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
179
Board Name Interface Loop Mode
PHY inloop
GE electric interface PHY inloop
PHY outloop
MAC inloop
FE electric interface PHY inloop
PHY outloop
MAC inloop
LEM24 10GE optical interface MAC inloop
MAC outloop
PHY inloop
PHY outloop
PHY inloop
GE electric interface MAC inloop
PHY inloop
PHY outloop
FE optical interface MAC inloop
PHY inloop
FE electric interface MAC inloop
PHY inloop
PHY outloop
WDM side Inloop
Outloop
LEX4 10GE optical interface MAC inloop
MAC outloop
PHY inloop
PHY outloop
WDM side optical interface Inloop
Outloop

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
180
3.8.7 Protection mode of OTUs, Tributary Boards and Line Boards
The OTUs, tributary boards, and line boards support protection function.
For detailed protection mode, refer to Table 3-88.
Table 3-88 Protection mode of OTUs, tributary boards and line boards
Board
Name
Protection Mode
SW
SNC
P
VLA
N
SNC
P
OD
Uk
SNC
P
Clie
nt-
Side
1+1
Prote
ction
Intra-
Board
1+1
Protec
tion
OWS
P
Prote
ction
OD
Uk
SPRi
ng
Prot
ectio
n
Bo
ard
-
Le
vel
Pro
tect
ion
DB
PS
DL
AG
MS
SNCP
Tribut
ary
SNCP
ECOM N N N N N N N N N N N N
L4G Y Y N Y Y Y N N N N Y N
LDGD Y N N Y Y N N N N N N N
LDGS Y N N Y N Y N N N N N N
LDM N N N Y Y Y N N N N N N
LDMD N N N Y Y N N N N N N N
LDMS N N N Y N Y N N N N N N
LDX N N N Y Y Y N N N N N N
LEM24 N Y N Y Y N N N Y N N N
LEX4 N Y N Y Y N N N Y N N N
LOA N N N Y Y Y N N N N N N
LOG Y N N Y Y Y N N N N Y N
LOM N N N Y Y Y N N N N N N
LQG Y N N Y Y Y N N N N Y N
LQM Y N N Y Y Y N N N N Y N
LQMD Y N N Y Y N N N N N Y N
LQMS Y N Y Y N Y N N N N Y Y
LSC N N N Y Y N N N N N N N
LSQ N N N Y Y Y N N N N N N
LSX N N N Y Y Y N N N N N N
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
181
Board
Name
Protection Mode
SW
SNC
P
VLA
N
SNC
P
OD
Uk
SNC
P
Clie
nt-
Side
1+1
Prote
ction
Intra-
Board
1+1
Protec
tion
OWS
P
Prote
ction
OD
Uk
SPRi
ng
Prot
ectio
n
Bo
ard
-
Le
vel
Pro
tect
ion
DB
PS
DL
AG
MS
SNCP
Tribut
ary
SNCP
LSXL N N N Y
Y
a
Y
b
N N N N N N
LSXLR N N N N N N N N N N N N
LSXR N N N N N N N N N N N N
LTX N N N Y Y N N N N N N N
LWX2 N N N Y N Y N N N N N N
LWXD N N N Y Y N N N N N N N
LWXS N N N Y N Y N N N N N N
TMX N N N Y Y Y N N N N N N
ND2 N N Y N Y Y Y N N N N Y
NQ2 N N Y N Y Y Y N N N N Y
NS2 N N Y N Y Y Y N N N N Y
NS3 N N Y N Y N Y N N N N Y
TBE Y Y N Y N N N Y Y Y Y N
TDG Y N Y Y N N N N N N Y N
TDX N N Y Y N N N N N N N Y
TEM28 N N Y N N N N N N Y Y N
THA N N Y Y N N N N N N N Y
TOA N N Y Y N N N N N N N Y
TOG N N Y Y N N N N N N N N
TOM Y N Y Y Y Y N N N N Y Y
TQM Y N Y Y N N N N N N Y Y
TQS N N Y Y N N N N N N N Y
TQX N N Y Y N N N N N N N Y
TSXL N N Y Y N N N N N N N Y
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
182
Board
Name
Protection Mode
SW
SNC
P
VLA
N
SNC
P
OD
Uk
SNC
P
Clie
nt-
Side
1+1
Prote
ction
Intra-
Board
1+1
Protec
tion
OWS
P
Prote
ction
OD
Uk
SPRi
ng
Prot
ectio
n
Bo
ard
-
Le
vel
Pro
tect
ion
DB
PS
DL
AG
MS
SNCP
Tribut
ary
SNCP
NOTE
a: The TN11LSXL does not support intra-board 1+1 protection.
b: TN54TSXL only supports client-side 1+1 protection.
NOTE
"Y" indicates that the OTU supports the function. "N" indicates that the OTU does not support the function.

3.8.8 Electrical cross-connection of OTUs, Tributary Boards and
Line Boards
The OTUs, tributary boards, and line boards support electrical cross-connection.
For detailed electrical cross-connection functions, refer to Table 3-89, Table 3-90 and Table
3-91.
Table 3-89 Electrical cross-connection of OTUs, tributary boards and line boards in OptiX OSN 8800
Board Name Electrical Cross-Connection
LDM N
LDMD N
LDMS N
LDX N
LEM24 N
LEX4 N
LOA N
LOG N
LOM N
LQM N
LQMD N
LQMS N
LSC N
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
183
LSQ N
LSX N
LSXL N
LSXLR N
LSXR N
LTX N
LWXS N
TMX N
ND2 16 x ODU0/8 x ODU1/4 x ODUflex/2 x ODU2/2 x ODU2e
NOTE
Only the TN53ND2 supports ODUflex.
NQ2 32 x ODU0/16 x ODU1/8 x ODUflex//4 x ODU2/4 x ODU2e
NOTE
Only the TN53NQ2 supports ODUflex.
NS2 8 x ODU0/4 x ODU1/2 x ODUflex/1 x ODU2/1 x ODU2e
NOTE
Only the TN53NS2 supports ODUflex.
NS3 32 x ODU0/16 x ODU1/4 x ODU2/4 x ODU2e/1 x ODU3
NOTE
Only the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 supports ODU3.
TDX 2 x ODU2/2 x ODU2e/2x ODUflex
NOTE
Only the TN53TDX supports ODUflex.
TEM28 16 x ODU0/8 x ODU1/2 x ODU2/5 x ODUflex
THA 32 x ODU0/16 x ODU1
TOA 16 x ODU0/8 x ODU1/5 x ODUflex
TOM 8 x ODU0/4 x ODU1
TQX 4 x ODU2/4 x ODU2e/4 x ODUflex
NOTE
Only the TN55TQX supports ODUflex.
TOG 8 x ODU0
TSXL 1 x ODU3
NOTE
Only the TN53TSXL/TN54TSXL supports ODU3
"N" indicates that the OTU does not support the function.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
184
Integrated Cross-Connection Distributed Cross-Connection
ECOM 1 x GE 1 x GE
L4G 4 x GE 4 x GE
LDGD 2 x GE 2 x GE
LDGS 2 x GE 2 x GE
LDM N N
LDMD N N
LDMS N N
LDX N N
LEM24 2 x 10GE N
LEX4 2 x 10GE N
LOA N N
LOG 8 x GE 8 x GE
LOM N N
LQG 4 x GE 4 x GE
LQM 4 x GE 4 x Any/ 4 x GE/1 x OTU1
LQMD 4 x GE 4 x Any/ 4 x GE/1 x OTU1
LQMS 4 x GE/1 x ODU1 4 x Any/ 4 x GE/1 x OTU1
LSC N N
LSQ N N
LSX N N
LSXL N N
LSXLR N N
LSXR N N
LTX N N
LWX2 N N
LWXD N x
LWXS N N
TMX N N
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
185
Integrated Cross-Connection Distributed Cross-Connection
ND2 8 x ODU1/2 x ODU2/2 x ODU2e N
NQ2 16 x ODU1/4 x ODU2/4 x ODU2e N
NS2 4 x ODU1/1 x ODU2/1 x ODU2e 4 x ODU1
NOTE
It is supported by TN11NS2.
NS3 4 x ODU2/4 x ODU2e N
TBE 16 x GE N
TDG 2 x GE/1 x ODU1 2 x GE/1 x ODU1
TDX 8 x ODU1/2 x ODU2/2 x ODU2e 8 x ODU1
TOG 4 x ODU1 4 x ODU1/
TN11TOM 8 x GE/4 x ODU1 8 x GE/1 x OTU1/8 x Any/4 x ODU1
TN52TOM 4 x ODU1 8 x GE/1 x OTU1/8 x Any
TQM 4 x GE/1 x ODU1 4 x GE/4 x Any/1 x ODU1/1 x OTU1
TQS 4 x ODU1 4 x ODU1
TQX 4 x ODU2/4 x ODU2e N
TSXL 4 x ODU2/4 x ODU2e
NOTE
Only the TN11TSXL supports ODU2/ ODU2e
N

ECOM 1 x GE
L4G 4 x GE
LDGD 2 x GE
LDGS 2 x GE
LDM N
LDMD N
LDMS N
LDX N
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
186
LOA N
LOG 8 x GE
LOM N
LQG 4 x GE
LQM 4 x Any/4 x GE
LQMD 4 x Any/4 x GE
LQMS 4 x Any/4 x GE
LSX N
LSXR N
LWX2 N
LWXD N
LWXS N
TMX N
NS2 4 x ODU1
TBE 16 x GE
TDG 2 x GE/1 x ODU1
TDX 8 x ODU1
TOG 4 x ODU1
TOM 8 x GE/8 x Any/4 x ODU1
TQM 4 x Any/1 x ODU1
TQS 4 x ODU1

3.9 Power Consumption, Weight, and Valid Slots of Boards
This chapter describes the power consumption, weight, and valid slots of the boards.
3.9.1 Power Consumption, Weight and Slots of Boards in the OptiX
OSN 8800
This chapter describes the power consumption, weight, and valid slots of the boards used in the
OptiX OSN 8800
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
187
The power consumption, weight, and valid slots of the boards for the OptiX OSN 8800 system
are shown in Table 3-92. The values listed in the following table indicate the power consumption
of the boards when they normally work at 25C and 55C.
The power consumption, weight, and valid slots of the cross-connect boards for the OptiX OSN
8800 system are shown in Table 3-93.
Table 3-92 Power consumption, weight and valid slots of the OptiX OSN 8800 boards
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN16AT
E
- 0.2 0.3 0.5/1.1 1 IU24 - -
TN51AT
E
- 0.3 0.3 0.2/0.4 1 - IU48 IU87
TN16AU
X
- 16.5 19.2 0.6/1.32 2 IU21 - -
TN51AU
X
- 17.5 19.0 0.4/0.88 1 - IU41 IU72,
IU83
TN11CM
R2
- 0.2 0.3 0.8/1.8 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11CM
R4
- 0.2 0.3 0.9/2.0 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11CR
PC01
- 110.0 121.0 4.0/8.8 - Installed
outside
Installed
outside
Installed
outside
TN11CR
PC03
- 70.0 77.0 4.2/9.2 - Installed
outside
Installed
outside
Installed
outside
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
188
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11D40 - 10.0 13.0 2.2/4.8 3 IU1-IU6,
IU11-
IU16
IU1-IU6,
IU11-
IU17,
IU20-
IU25,
IU29-
IU34
IU1-IU6,
IU11-
IU16,
IU19-
IU24,
IU27-
IU32,
IU35-
IU40,
IU45-
IU50,
IU53-
IU58,
IU61-
IU66
TN12D40 - 10.0 13.0 2.0/4.4 2 IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU29-
IU35
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17,
IU19-
IU25,
IU27-
IU33,
IU35-
IU41,
IU45-
IU51,
IU53-
IU59,
IU61-
IU67
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
189
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11D40
V
- 38.5 42.3 2.3/5.1 3 - IU1-IU6,
IU11-
IU17,
IU20-
IU25,
IU29-
IU34
IU1-IU6,
IU11-
IU16,
IU19-
IU24,
IU27-
IU32,
IU35-
IU40,
IU45-
IU50,
IU53-
IU58,
IU61-
IU66
TN11DA
S1
- 22 28.6 1.4/3.1 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11DC
P
- 6.8 7.5 1.0/2.2 1 - IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN12DC
P
- 6.8 7.5 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11DC
U
- 0.2 0.3 1.5/3.3 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11DM
R1
- 0.2 0.3 0.7/1.5 1 - IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
190
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN16EFI - 2.0 2.5 0.5/1.1 1 IU19 - -
TN51EFI
1
- 5.0 7.0 0.2/0.4 1 - IU38 IU76
TN51EFI
2
- 13.0 15.0 0.3/0.7 1 - IU37 IU71
TN54EN
Q2
- 40.0 44.0 0.9/2.0 1 IU1, IU5,
IU11,
IU15
IU1, IU5,
IU12,
IU16,
IU20,
IU24,
IU29,
IU33
IU1, IU5,
IU11,
IU15,
IU19,
IU23,
IU27,
IU31,
IU35,
IU39,
IU45,
IU49,
IU53,
IU57,
IU61,
IU65
TN12FIU - 4.2 4.6 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN13FIU - 0.2 0.3 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN14FIU - 0.2 0.3 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11GF
U
- 0.2 0.3 0.9/2.0 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
191
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11HB
A
- 47.0 75.0 3/6.6 3 IU2-IU7,
IU12-
IU17
IU2-IU7,
IU12-
IU18,
IU21-
IU26,
IU30-
IU35
IU2-IU7,
IU12-
IU17,
IU20-
IU25,
IU28-
IU33,
IU36-
IU41,
IU46-
IU51,
IU54-
IU59,
IU62-
IU67
TN11HS
C1
- 8 8.8 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11ITL - 0.2 0.3 1.2/2.6 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN12ITL - 10 11.5 1.2/2.6 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN12LD
M
- 22.6 24.8 1.1/2.4 1 - IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11LD
MD
- 26.9 29.6 1.2/2.6 1 - IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
192
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11LD
MS
- 26.9 29.6 1.1/2.4 1 - IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN12LD
X
800 ps/
nm-C
Band
(Odd &
Even
Waveleng
ths)-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
44.5 51.2 1.6/3.5 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
45.5 52.2
TN11LE
M24
- 81.0 83.0 1.0/2.2 2 IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17
IU1-IU7,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU29-
IU35
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17,
IU19-
IU25,
IU27-
IU33,
IU35-
IU41,
IU45-
IU51,
IU53-
IU59,
IU61-
IU67
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
193
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11LE
X4
- 64.0 67.0 0.7/1.5 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11LO
A
800 ps/
nm-C
Band
(Odd &
Even
Waveleng
ths)-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
31.8 36 1.19/2.64 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
32.8 37
10Gbit/s
Multirate
- 10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate
- 40km
31.8 36
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
194
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11LO
G
800 ps/
nm-C
Band
(odd &
even
waveleng
ths)-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
40.0 45.0 1.6/3.5 1 - IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
1200 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
APD
43.0 48.0
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-(D)
RZ-PIN
43.5 48.5
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
195
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
4800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-ODB-
APD
55.0 60.5
TN12LO
G
800 ps/
nm-C
Band
(Odd &
Even
Waveleng
ths)-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
37.0 41.44 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
38.0 42.44
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
41.61 46.6
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-(D)
RZ-PIN
43.04 48.0
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
196
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
10Gbit/s
Multirate
- 10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate
- 40km
10Gbit/s
Multirate
- 80km
37.0 41.44
TN11LO
M
800 ps/
nm-C
Band
(odd &
even
waveleng
ths)-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
92.7 101.7 2.3/5.1 2 - IU1-IU7,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU29-
IU35
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17,
IU19-
IU25,
IU27-
IU33,
IU36-
IU41,
IU45-
IU51,
IU53-
IU59,
IU61-
IU67
1200 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
APD
92.9 101.9
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
197
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-(D)
RZ-PIN
93.4 102.7
4800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-ODB-
APD
98.2 108.0
TN12LO
M
a
800 ps/
nm-C
Band
(Odd &
Even
Waveleng
ths)-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
61.8 69.2 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
62.8 70.2
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
64.8 72.6
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
198
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-(D)
RZ-PIN
66.7 75.0
TN13LQ
M
- 32.6 35.9 1.1/2.4 1 - IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN12LQ
MD
- 31.1 34.3 1.4/3.1 1 - IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN12LQ
MS
- 29.0 32.3 1.3/2.9 1 - IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN12LS
C
- 240 265 5/11 4 IU1-IU5,
IU11-
IU15
IU1-IU5,
IU12-
IU16,
IU20-
IU24,
IU29-
IU33
IU1-IU5,
IU11-
IU15,
IU19-
IU23,
IU27-
IU31,
IU35-
IU39,
IU45-
IU49,
IU53-
IU57,
IU61-
IU65
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
199
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11LS
Q
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-ODB-
PIN
75 82 2.5/5.5 2 IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU19,
IU21-
IU27,
IU30-
IU36
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU28-
IU34,
IU36-
IU42,
IU46-
IU52,
IU54-
IU60,
IU62-
IU68
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-
DQPSK-
PIN
82 89
TN12LS
X
800 ps/
nm-C
Band
(odd &
even
waveleng
ths)-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
30.5 36.6 1.4/3.1 1 - IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
200
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
1200 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
APD
30.7 36.8
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-(D)
RZ-PIN
32.5 39
4800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-ODB-
APD
35.5 42.6
TN13LS
X
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
29.4 32.8 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-(D)
RZ-PIN
29.5 33.9
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
201
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
800 ps/
nm-C
Band
(Odd &
Even
Waveleng
ths)-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
27.0 30.4
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
28.0 31.4
TN12LS
XL
500 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-ODB-
PIN
74.0 81.0 4.1/9.0 3 - IU3-IU8,
IU14-
IU19,
IU22-
IU27,
IU31-
IU36
IU3-IU8,
IU13-
IU18,
IU21-
IU26,
IU29-
IU34,
IU38-
IU42,
IU47-
IU52,
IU55-
IU60,
IU63-
IU68
500 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-
DQPSK-
PIN
84.0 94.0
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
202
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN15LS
XL
60000ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-ePDM-
BPSK-
PIN
140 155 3.8/8.4 3 IU2-IU7,
IU12-
IU17
IU2-IU7,
IU13-
IU18,
IU21-
IU26,
IU30-
IU35
IU2-IU7,
IU12-
IU17,
IU20-
IU25,
IU28-
IU33,
IU36-
IU41,
IU46-
IU51,
IU54-
IU59,
IU62-
IU67
TN12LS
XLR
500 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-
DQPSK-
PIN
75.0 79.0 2.5/5.5 2 - IU2-IU8,
IU13-
IU19,
IU21-
IU27,
IU30-
IU36
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU28-
IU34,
IU36-
IU42,
IU46-
IU52,
IU54-
IU60,
IU62-
IU68
500 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-ODB-
PIN
67.0 70.0
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
203
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11LS
XR
800 ps/
nm-C
Band
(odd &
even
waveleng
ths)-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
34.8 37.8 1.2/2.6 1 - IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
1200 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
APD
35.0 38.0
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-(D)
RZ-PIN
36.8 39.8
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
204
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
4800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-ODB-
APD
39.8 42.8
TN11LT
X(OTU
mode)
- 248 273 5.8/12.8 4 IU2-IU6,
IU12-
IU16
IU2-IU6,
IU13-
IU17,
IU21-
IU25,
IU30-
IU34
IU2-IU6,
IU12-
IU16,
IU20-
IU24,
IU28-
IU32,
IU36-
IU40,
IU46-
IU50,
IU54-
IU58,
IU62-
IU66
TN11LT
X
(regenerat
ion mode)
- 235 247
TN12LW
XS
- 33.9 37.3 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11M4
0
- 10.0 13.0 2.2/4.8 3 IU1-IU6,
IU11-
IU16
IU1-IU6,
IU11-
IU17,
IU20-
IU25,
IU29-
IU34
IU1-IU6,
IU11-
IU16,
IU19-
IU24,
IU27-
IU32,
IU35-
IU40,
IU45-
IU50,
IU53-
IU58,
IU61-
IU66
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
205
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN12M4
0
- 10.0 13.0 2.0/4.4 2 IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU29-
IU35
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17,
IU19-
IU25,
IU27-
IU33,
IU35-
IU41,
IU45-
IU51,
IU53-
IU59,
IU61-
IU67
TN11M4
0V
- 20.0 25.0 2.3/5.1 3 IU1-IU6,
IU11-
IU16
IU1-IU6,
IU11-
IU17,
IU20-
IU25,
IU29-
IU34
IU1-IU6,
IU11-
IU16,
IU19-
IU24,
IU27-
IU32,
IU35-
IU40,
IU45-
IU50,
IU53-
IU58,
IU61-
IU66
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
206
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN12M4
0V
- 16.0 26.0 2.3/5.1 2 IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU29-
IU35
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17,
IU19-
IU25,
IU27-
IU33,
IU35-
IU41,
IU45-
IU51,
IU53-
IU59,
IU61-
IU67
TN11MC
A4
- 8.0 8.5 1.9/4.2 2 IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU29-
IU35
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17,
IU19-
IU25,
IU27-
IU33,
IU35-
IU41,
IU45-
IU51,
IU53-
IU59,
IU61-
IU67
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
207
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11MC
A8
- 12.0 13.0 1.9/4.2 2 IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU29-
IU35
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17,
IU19-
IU25,
IU27-
IU33,
IU35-
IU41,
IU45-
IU51,
IU53-
IU59,
IU61-
IU67
TN11MR
2
- 0.2 0.3 0.9/2.0 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11MR
4
- 0.2 0.3 0.9/2.0 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11MR
8
- 0.2 0.3 1.0/2.2 2 - IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU29-
IU35
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17,
IU19-
IU25,
IU27-
IU33,
IU35-
IU41,
IU45-
IU51,
IU53-
IU59,
IU61-
IU67
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
208
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11MR
8V
- 7.7 8.6 1.0/2.2 2 IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17
IU1-IU7,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU29-
IU35
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17,
IU19-
IU25,
IU27-
IU33,
IU35-
IU41,
IU45-
IU51,
IU53-
IU59,
IU61-
IU67
TN52ND
2
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-(D)
RZ-PIN
67.8 74.6 1.4/3.1 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
70.5 77.5
TN53ND
2
800 ps/
nm-C
Band
(Odd &
Even
Waveleng
ths)-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
25 28 1.2/2.6 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
209
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
10Gbit/s
Multirate
- 10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate
- 40km
TN54NP
O2
- 134.0 147.0 1.9/4.2 2 IU3, IU7,
IU13,
IU17
IU3, IU7,
IU14,
IU18,
IU22,
IU26,
IU31,
IU35
IU3, IU7,
IU13,
IU17,
IU21,
IU25,
IU29,
IU33,
IU37,
IU41,
IU47,
IU51,
IU55,
IU59,
IU63,
IU67
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
210
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN55NP
O2
- 143.0 157.3 1.7/3.6 2 IU3, IU7,
IU13,
IU17
IU3, IU7,
IU14,
IU18,
IU22,
IU26,
IU31,
IU35
IU3, IU7,
IU13,
IU17,
IU21,
IU25,
IU29,
IU33,
IU37,
IU41,
IU47,
IU51,
IU55,
IU59,
IU63,
IU67
TN55NP
O2E
- 143.0 157.3 1.7/3.6 2 IU3, IU7,
IU13,
IU17
IU3, IU7,
IU14,
IU18,
IU22,
IU26,
IU31,
IU35
IU3, IU7,
IU13,
IU17,
IU21,
IU25,
IU29,
IU33,
IU37,
IU41,
IU47,
IU51,
IU55,
IU59,
IU63,
IU67
TN52NQ
2
800 ps/
nm-C
Band
(Odd &
Even
Waveleng
ths)-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
88.0 97.0 2.0/4.4 1 - IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
211
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
10Gbit/s
Multirate
- 10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate
- 40km
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
TN53NQ
2
800 ps/
nm-C
Band
(Odd &
Even
Waveleng
ths)-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
46.5 50 1.6/3.5 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
10Gbit/s
Multirate
- 10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate
- 40km
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
212
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN54NQ
2
800 ps/
nm-C
Band
(Odd &
Even
Waveleng
ths)-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
10Gbit/s
Multirate
- 10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate
- 40km
53 58.3 1.6/3.5 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN52NS
2
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
46.5 51.1 1.3/2.86 1 - IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-(D)
RZ-PIN
49.1 51.7
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
213
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN53NS
2
800 ps/
nm-C
Band
(Odd &
Even
Waveleng
ths)-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
20 24 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
21 25
10Gbit/s
Multirate
- 10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate
- 40km
20 24
TN52NS
3
500 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-
DQPSK-
PIN
118.0 130.0 2.4/5.2 2 - IU2-IU8,
IU13-
IU19,
IU21-
IU27,
IU30-
IU36
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU28-
IU34,
IU36-
IU42,
IU46-
IU52,
IU54-
IU60,
IU62-
IU68
500 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-ODB-
PIN
110.0 118.0
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
214
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-
DQPSK-
PIN
118.0 130.0
TN54NS
3
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-
DQPSK-
PIN
73.0 80.0 1.8/3.96 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-ODB-
PIN
60.0 65.0
40G
Transpon
der
62.0 69.0
TN55NS
3
60000ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-ePDM-
BPSK-
PIN
135 150 2.6/5.73 2 IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18
IU2-IU8,
IU13-
IU19,
IU21-
IU27,
IU30-
IU36
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU28-
IU34,
IU36-
IU42,
IU46-
IU52,
IU54-
IU60,
IU62-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
215
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11OA
U101
- 18.0 24.0 1.8/4.0 2 - IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU19,
IU21-
IU27,
IU30-
IU36
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU28-
IU34,
IU36-
IU42,
IU46-
IU52,
IU54-
IU60,
IU62-
IU68
TN11OA
U102
- 14.0 18.0 1.8/4.0 2 - IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU19,
IU21-
IU27,
IU30-
IU36
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU28-
IU34,
IU36-
IU42,
IU46-
IU52,
IU54-
IU60,
IU62-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
216
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11OA
U103
- 18.0 24.0 1.8/4.0 2 - IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU19,
IU21-
IU27,
IU30-
IU36
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU28-
IU34,
IU36-
IU42,
IU46-
IU52,
IU54-
IU60,
IU62-
IU68
TN11OA
U105
- 22.0 29.0 1.8/4.0 2 - IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU19,
IU21-
IU27,
IU30-
IU36
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU28-
IU34,
IU36-
IU42,
IU46-
IU52,
IU54-
IU60,
IU62-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
217
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN12OA
U100
- 11.0 14.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU19,
IU21-
IU27,
IU30-
IU36
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU28-
IU34,
IU36-
IU42,
IU46-
IU52,
IU54-
IU60,
IU62-
IU68
TN12OA
U101
- 12.0 15.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU19,
IU21-
IU27,
IU30-
IU36
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU28-
IU34,
IU36-
IU42,
IU46-
IU52,
IU54-
IU60,
IU62-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
218
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN12OA
U102
- 10.0 13.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU19,
IU21-
IU27,
IU30-
IU36
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU28-
IU34,
IU36-
IU42,
IU46-
IU52,
IU54-
IU60,
IU62-
IU68
TN12OA
U103
- 12.0 15.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU19,
IU21-
IU27,
IU30-
IU36
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU28-
IU34,
IU36-
IU42,
IU46-
IU52,
IU54-
IU60,
IU62-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
219
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN12OA
U105
- 15.0 21.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU19,
IU21-
IU27,
IU30-
IU36
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU28-
IU34,
IU36-
IU42,
IU46-
IU52,
IU54-
IU60,
IU62-
IU68
TN13OA
U101
- 12.0 15.0 1.6/3.5 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN13OA
U103
- 12.0 15.0 1.6/3.5 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN13OA
U105
- 15.0 21.0 1.6/3.5 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN13OA
U106
- 12.0 15.0 1.6/3.5 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11OB
U101
- 11.0 13.0 1.3/2.9 1 - IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
220
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11OB
U103
- 13.0 15.0 1.3/2.9 1 - IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11OB
U104
- 12.0 14.0 1.3/2.9 1 - IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN12OB
U101
- 10.0 11.0 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN12OB
U1P1
- 10.0 11.0 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN12OB
U103
- 11.0 12.0 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN12OB
U104
- 10.0 12.0 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
221
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11OB
U205
- 17.0 24.0 1.9/4.2 2 - IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU19,
IU21-
IU27,
IU30-
IU36
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU28-
IU34,
IU36-
IU42,
IU46-
IU52,
IU54-
IU60,
IU62-
IU68
TN12OB
U205
- 14.0 19.0 1.6/3.5 2 IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU19,
IU21-
IU27,
IU30-
IU36
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU28-
IU34,
IU36-
IU42,
IU46-
IU52,
IU54-
IU60,
IU62-
IU68
TN11OL
P
- 6.0 6.6 0.9/2.0 1 - IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN12OL
P
- 4.0 4.5 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
222
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11OP
M8
- 12.0 15.0 1.2/2.6 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN16PIU - 3.0 3.6 0.65/1.43 1 IU20,
IU23
IU39,
IU40,
IU45,
IU46
IU69,
IU70,
IU78,
IU79,
IU80,
IU81,
IU88,
IU89
TN51PIU - 1.8 1.8 0.5/1.1 1 - IU39,
IU40,
IU45,
IU46
IU69-
IU70,
IU78-
IU81,
IU88-
IU89
TN11RA
U1
- 55 70 2.5/5.51 2 IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU19,
IU21-
IU27,
IU30-
IU36
IU2-IU8,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU28-
IU34,
IU36-
IU42,
IU46-
IU52,
IU54-
IU60,
IU62-
IU68
TN11RD
U9
- 6 6.6 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
223
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11RM
U901
- 7.7 8.6 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11RM
U902
- 8.2 9.0 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11RO
AM
- 66.0 72.6 3.2/7.0 3 - IU1-IU6,
IU11-
IU17,
IU20-
IU25,
IU29-
IU34
IU1-IU6,
IU11-
IU16,
IU19-
IU24,
IU27-
IU32,
IU35-
IU40,
IU45-
IU50,
IU53-
IU58,
IU61-
IU66
TN12SC1 - 11.0 14.9 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN12SC2 - 13.5 14.5 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN16SC
C
- 32 35 1.3/2.8 1 IU9, IU10 - -
TN51SC
C
- 18.0 20.0 1.2/2.6 1 - IU11,
IU28
-
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
224
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN52SC
C
- 23.0 25.1 1.0/2.2 1 - IU11,
IU28
-
TNK2SC
C
- 26.7 29.3 0.9/2.0 1 - - IU74,
IU85
TN11SC
S
- 0.2 0.3 0.8/1.8 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11SFI
U
- 0.2 0.3 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11ST2 - 17.5 19.5 0.95/2.09 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN52ST
G
- 13.0 14.1 0.5/1.1 1 - IU42,
IU44
-
TNK2ST
G
- 14.0 16.0 0.5/1.1 1 - - IU75,
IU86
TN52STI - 1.5 1.5 0.3/0.7 1 - IU47 IU82
TN11TD
C
- 13.0 15.0 0.5/1.1 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN52TD
X
- 57.3 63.0 1.4/3.1 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
225
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN53TD
X
- 25 35.0 1.5/3.3 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN54TE
M28
- 110 120 2.5 2 IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17
IU1-IU7,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU29-
IU35
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17,
IU19-
IU25,
IU27-
IU33,
IU35-
IU41,
IU45-
IU51,
IU53-
IU59,
IU61-
IU67
TN54TH
A
- 35.0 40.0 1.5/3.3 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
226
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11TM
X
800 ps/
nm-C
Band
(odd &
even
waveleng
ths)-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
40.3 44.3 1.4/3.1 1 - IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
1200 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
APD
42.1 46.4
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-(D)
RZ-PIN
44.5 51.2
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
227
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
4800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-ODB-
APD
48.4 55.7
TN12TM
X
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
32.4 37.1 1.2/2.7 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-(D)
RZ-PIN
41.0 45.5
800 ps/
nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN
39.0 43.7
800 ps/
nm-C
Band
(Odd &
Even
Waveleng
ths)-
Fixed
Waveleng
th-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
31.4 36.1
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
228
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
10Gbit/s
Multirate
- 10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate
- 40km
10Gbit/s
Multirate
- 80km
31.4 36.1
TN54TO
A
- 23.0 25.0 0.7/1.6 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN52TO
G
- 41.8 46.0 0.85/1.87 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN52TO
M
- 81.0 89.1 1.5/3.3 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN52TQ
X
- 91.5 100.0 1.6/3.5 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN53TQ
X
- 45.0 50.0 1.6/3.5 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN55TQ
X
- 45.0 50.0 1.6/3.5 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
229
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN53TS
XL
- 75.0 83.0 1.4/3.1 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN54TS
XL
- 58 64 1.4/3.1 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN12VA
1
- 6.5 7.2 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN12VA
4
- 8.5 9.4 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN11W
MU
- 12.0 15.0 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
TN12WS
D9
- 25.4 28.5 2.7/6.0 2 IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17
IU1-IU7,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU29-
IU35
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17,
IU19-
IU25,
IU27-
IU33,
IU35-
IU41,
IU45-
IU51,
IU53-
IU59,
IU61-
IU67
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
230
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN13WS
D9
- 25.4 28.5 2.9/6.4 3 IU1-IU6,
IU11-
IU16
IU1-IU6,
IU12-
IU17,
IU20-
IU25,
IU29-
IU34
IU1-IU6,
IU11-
IU16,
IU19-
IU24,
IU27-
IU32,
IU35-
IU40,
IU45-
IU50,
IU53-
IU58,
IU61-
IU66
TN12WS
M9
- 25.4 28.5 2.7/6.0 2 IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17
IU1-IU7,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU29-
IU35
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17,
IU19-
IU25,
IU27-
IU33,
IU35-
IU41,
IU45-
IU51,
IU53-
IU59,
IU61-
IU67
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
231
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN13WS
M9
- 25.4 28.5 2.9/6.4 3 IU1-IU6,
IU11-
IU16
IU1-IU6,
IU12-
IU17,
IU20-
IU25,
IU29-
IU34
IU1-IU6,
IU11-
IU16,
IU19-
IU24,
IU27-
IU32,
IU35-
IU40,
IU45-
IU50,
IU53-
IU58,
IU61-
IU66
TN11WS
MD2
- 17.0 18.7 3.2/7.0 2 - IU1-IU7,
IU121-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU29-
IU35
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17,
IU19-
IU25,
IU27-
IU33,
IU35-
IU41,
IU45-
IU51,
IU53-
IU59,
IU61-
IU67
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
232
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11WS
MD4
- 17.0 18.7 3.2/7.0 2 - IU1-IU7,
IU121-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU29-
IU35
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17,
IU19-
IU25,
IU27-
IU33,
IU35-
IU41,
IU45-
IU51,
IU53-
IU59,
IU61-
IU67
TN12WS
MD4
- 12.0 15.0 2.6/5.7 2 IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17
IU1-IU7,
IU12-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU29-
IU35
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17,
IU19-
IU25,
IU27-
IU33,
IU35-
IU41,
IU45-
IU51,
IU53-
IU59,
IU61-
IU67
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
233
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
TN11WS
MD9
- 25 30 3.1/6.8 2 IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17
IU1-IU7,
IU121-
IU18,
IU20-
IU26,
IU29-
IU35
IU1-IU7,
IU11-
IU17,
IU19-
IU25,
IU27-
IU33,
IU36-
IU41,
IU45-
IU51,
IU53-
IU59,
IU61-
IU67
N3EAS2 - 78 91 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU18 IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
-
N1EGSH - 89.3 98.2 1.2/2.6 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
N4SF64 - 27.3 29.3 0.7/1.5 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
N1SF64A - 35.7 39.3 0.9/2.0 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
N4SFD64 - 38.2 42.0 1.2/2.6 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
234
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consum
ption at
25C (77
F)(W)
Maximu
m Power
Consum
ption at
55C
(131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Number
of
Occupie
d Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800 T16
Valid
Slots of
8800 T32
Valid
Slots of
8800 T64
N4SL64 - 15.2 16.7 0.6/1.3 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
N4SLD6
4
- 20.3 22.1 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
N3SLH4
1
- 48.5 53.4 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
N4SLO1
6
- 21.5 23.7 0.8/1.8 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
N4SLQ1
6
- 12.8 13.9 0.7/1.5 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU42,
IU45-
IU68
N4SLQ6
4
- 37.2 40.9 1.4/3.1 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-
IU18
IU1-IU8,
IU12-
IU27,
IU29-
IU36
-
a: When the FC extension function of the TN12LOM board is used, the power consumption of the board increases
by another 2 W.
(D)RZ modules include DRZ and RZ optical modules. Both module types have the same optical performance and
can connect to modules of both the same type. This table lists all optical modules. Manufacture of some optical
modules may be discontinued. A Product Change Notice (PCN) is released when manufacture of an optical module
type is discontinued. For details about the availability of an optical module, contact the product manager of the
local Huawei office.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
235
Table 3-93 Power consumption, weight and valid slots of the OptiX OSN 8800 cross-connect boards
Board Power
Consu
mption
at 25C
(77F)
(W)
Power
Consu
mption
at 55C
(131F)
(W)
Power
Consu
mption
at
Warm
Backup
(25C,
77F)
(W)
Power
Consu
mption
at
Warm
Backup
(55C,
131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Numbe
r of
Occupi
ed Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800
T16
Valid
Slots of
8800
T32
Valid
Slots of
8800
T64
TNK2S
XH
+TNK2
XCT
470-3.6
x (64-n)
517-3.6
x (64-n)
130 143 3.74
(7.9)
+3.6
(7.9)
1+1 - - TNK2S
XH :
IU10,
IU44
TNK2X
CT :
IU9,
IU43
TNK2S
XH
+TNK4
XCT
318-2.5
x (64-n)
350-2.5
x (64-n)
113 124 3.74
(7.9)
+2.9
(6.3)
1+1 - - TNK2S
XH :
IU10,
IU44
TNK4X
CT :
IU9,
IU43
TNK4S
XH
+TNK2
XCT
321-2.5
x (64-n)
353-2.5
x (64-n)
112 123 2.68
(5.9)
+3.6
(7.9)
1+1 - - TNK4S
XH :
IU10,
IU44
TNK2X
CT :
IU9,
IU43
TNK4S
XH
+TNK4
XCT
169-1.2
x (64-n)
186-1.3
2 x (64-
n)
95 105 2.68
(5.9)
+2.9
(6.3)
1+1 - - TNK4S
XH :
IU10,
IU44
TNK4X
CT :
IU9,
IU43
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
236
Board Power
Consu
mption
at 25C
(77F)
(W)
Power
Consu
mption
at 55C
(131F)
(W)
Power
Consu
mption
at
Warm
Backup
(25C,
77F)
(W)
Power
Consu
mption
at
Warm
Backup
(55C,
131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Numbe
r of
Occupi
ed Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800
T16
Valid
Slots of
8800
T32
Valid
Slots of
8800
T64
TNK2S
XM
+TNK4
XCT
378-2.5
x (64-n)
416-2.5
x (64-n)
173 190 3.74
(8.1)
+2.9
(6.3)
1+1 - - TNK2S
XM :
IU10,
IU44
TNK4X
CT :
IU9,
IU43
TNK4S
XM
+TNK2
XCT
324-2.5
x (64-n)
356-2.5
x (64-n)
114 125 3.0(6.6)
+3.6
(7.9)
1+1 - - TNK4S
XM :
IU10,
IU44
TNK2X
CT :
IU9,
IU43
TNK4S
XM
+TNK4
XCT
188-1.2
x (64-n)
207-1.3
2 x (64-
n)
97 107 3.0(6.6)
+2.9
(6.3)
1+1 - - TNK4S
XM :
IU10,
IU44
TNK4X
CT :
IU9,
IU43
TN16X
CH
73 - 1.4 x
(16 - n)
88.8 -
1.4 x (16
- n)
40 48 1.8/4.0 1 IU9,
IU10
- -
TN52X
CH01
243 - 3.6
x (32 - n)
267.3 -
3.6 x (32
- n)
65 72 3.4/7.5 1 - IU9,
IU10
-
TN52X
CH02
101 -
1.12 x
(32 - n)
111 -
1.12 x
(32 - n)
43 47.3 3.4/7.5 1 - IU9,
IU10
-
TN52X
CM01
339 - 3.6
x (32 - n)
-80 x m
368 - 3.6
x (32 - n)
-80 x m
125 138 3.8/8.4 1 - IU9,
IU10
-
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
237
Board Power
Consu
mption
at 25C
(77F)
(W)
Power
Consu
mption
at 55C
(131F)
(W)
Power
Consu
mption
at
Warm
Backup
(25C,
77F)
(W)
Power
Consu
mption
at
Warm
Backup
(55C,
131F)
(W)
Weight
(kg/lb.)
Numbe
r of
Occupi
ed Slots
Valid
Slots of
8800
T16
Valid
Slots of
8800
T32
Valid
Slots of
8800
T64
TN52X
CM02
124 -
1.12 x
(32 - n)
-23 x m
136.4 -
1.12 x
(32 - n)
-23 x m
67 73.7 3.8/8.4 1 - IU9,
IU10
-
NOTE
When the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack grooms electrical-layer signals through the backplane, the XCT must be configured with
SXM or SXH.
"n" is equal to the total number of tributary, line, and PID boards housed in a subrack.
l If a subrack is configured with VC-3 or VC-12 cross-connections, "m" is equal to 0.
l If a subrack is not configured with any VC-3 or VC-12 cross-connections, "m" is equal to 1.

OSN 6800
OptiX OSN 6800 system.
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11AUX - 12.0 17.0 0.5/1.1 1 IU21
TN11BMD4 - 0.2 0.3 1.2/2.7 1 IU1-IU17
TN11BMD8 - 0.2 0.3 1.5/3.3 2 IU1-IU16
TN11CMR2 - 0.2 0.3 0.8/1.8 1 IU1-IU17
TN11CMR4 - 0.2 0.3 0.9/2.0 1 IU1-IU17
TN11CRPC0
1
- 110.0 121.0 4.0/8.8 - -
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
238
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11CRPC0
3
- 70.0 77.0 4.2/9.2 - -
TN11D40 - 10.0 13.0 2.2/4.8 3 IU1-IU15
TN12D40 - 10.0 13.0 2.0/4.4 2 IU1-IU16
TN11D40V - 38.5 42.3 2.3/5.1 3 IU1-IU15
TN11DAS1 - 22 28.6 1.4/3.1 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
TN11DCP/
TN12DCP
- 6.8 7.5 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU17
TN11DCU - 0.2 0.3 1.5/3.3 1 IU1-IU17
TN11DMR1 - 0.2 0.3 0.7/1.5 1 IU1-IU17
TN11ECOM - 19.6 21.6 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
TN12ELQX - 86.2 99.2 1.7/3.7 1 IU1, IU4,
IU5, IU8,
IU11, IU14
TN11FIU/
TN12FIU
- 4.2 4.6 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU17
TN13FIU - 0.2 0.3 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU17
TN14FIU - 0.2 0.3 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU17
TN11SFIU - 0.2 0.3 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU17
TN11GFU - 0.2 0.3 0.9/2.0 1 IU1-IU17
TN11HBA - 47.0 75.0 3.0/6.6 3 IU2-IU16
TN11HSC1 - 8 8.8 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU17
TN11ITL - 0.2 0.3 1.2/2.6 1 IU1-IU17
TN12ITL - 10 11.5 1.2/2.6 1 IU1-IU17
TN11L4G 3400 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
50.0 55.0 1.4/3.1 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
239
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
3400 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
53.0 58.0
TN11LDGD 12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6500 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
3200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
1600 ps/nm-
CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
34.0 37.4 1.4/3.1 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)
38.0 41.8
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
240
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11LDGS 12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6500 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
3200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
1600 ps/nm-
CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
32.0 35.2 1.2/2.6 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)
36.0 39.6
TN12LDM - 22.6 24.8 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU17
TN11LDMD - 26.9 29.6 1.2/2.6 1 IU1-IU17
TN11LDMS - 26.9 29.6 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU17
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
241
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN12LDX 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
44.5 51.2 1.6/3.5 1 IU1-IU17
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
45.5 52.2
TN11LEM24 - 81.0 83.0 1.0/2.2 2 IU1-IU7,
IU11-IU15
TN11LEX4 - 64.0 67.0 0.7/1.5 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
TN11LOA 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
31.8 36 1.19/2.64 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
32.8 37
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
40km
31.8 36
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
242
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11LOG 800 ps/nm-C
Band (odd &
even
wavelengths)
-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
40.0 45.0 1.6/3.5 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
43.0 48.0
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ
b
-PIN
43.5 48.5
4800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-APD
55.0 60.5
TN12LOG 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
37.0 41.44 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
243
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
38.0 42.44
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
41.61 46.6
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
43.04 48.0
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
40km
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
80km
37.0 41.44
TN11LOM 800 ps/nm-C
Band (odd &
even
wavelengths)
-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
92.7 101.7 2.3/5.1 2 IU1-IU16
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
244
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
92.9 101.9
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
93.4 102.7
4800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-APD
98.2 108.0
TN12LOM
a
800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
61.8 69.2 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU17
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
62.8 70.2
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
64.8 72.6
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
245
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
66.7 75.0
TN11LQG 3400 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
28.4 32.0 1.3/2.9 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
3400 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
31.0 34.4
5 Gbit/s
Multirate
(eSFP
CWDM)-50
km
5 Gbit/s
Multirate
(eSFP
CWDM)-70
km
23.18 26.0
TN13LQM - 32.6 35.9 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
246
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11LQMD 12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6500 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
3200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
1600 ps/nm-
CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
57.1 65.7 1.4/3.1 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)
61.1 67.2
TN12LQMD - 31.1 35.0 1.4/3.1 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
247
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11LQMS 12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6500 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
3200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
1600 ps/nm-
CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
56.3 64.5 1.3/2.9 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)
60.4 66.4
TN12LQMS - 29.0 32.3 1.3/2.9 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
248
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11LSX 800 ps/nm-C
Band (odd &
even
wavelengths)
-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
47.7 50.1 1.3/2.9 1 IU1-IU17
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
47.9 50.9
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
49.7 52.7
4800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-APD
52.7 55.7
TN12LSX 800 ps/nm-C
Band (odd &
even
wavelengths)
-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
30.5 36.6 1.4/3.1 1 IU1-IU17
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
249
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
30.7 36.8
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
32.5 39
4800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-APD
35.5 42.6
TN13LSX 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
27.0 30.4 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU17
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
28.0 31.4
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
29.4 32.8
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
250
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
29.5 33.9
TN11LSXL 400 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
103.0 110.0 5.0/11.0 4 IU1-IU14
500 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-PIN
98.0 101.0
TN12LSXL 500 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-PIN
74.0 81.0 4.1/9.0 3 IU3-IU17
500 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
DQPSK-PIN
84.0 94.0
TN15LSXL 60000 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ePDM-
BPSK-PIN
140 155 3.8/8.4 3 IU2-IU16
TN11LSXLR 400 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
87.0 90.0 3.1/6.8 4 IU1-IU14
500 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-PIN
82.0 85.0
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
251
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11LSQ 800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-PIN
75 82 2.5/5.5 2 IU2-IU17
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
DQPSK-PIN
82 89
TN12LSXLR 500 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
DQPSK-PIN
75 79 2.5/5.5 2 IU2-IU17
500 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-PIN
67.0 70.0
TN11LSXR 800 ps/nm-C
Band (odd &
even
wavelengths)
-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
34.8 37.8 1.2/2.6 1 IU1-IU17
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
35.0 38
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
252
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
36.8 39.8
4800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-APD
39.8 42.8
TN11LTX
(OTU mode)
40000 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK
(HFEC)-PIN
248 273 5.8/12.8 4 IU2-IU15
TN11LTX
(regeneration
mode)
235 247
TN11LWX2 - 38.5 42.4 1.3/2.9 1 IU1-IU17
TN11LWXD - 35.8 39.4 1.2/2.6 1 IU1-IU17
TN11LWXS/
TN12LWXS
- 33.9 37.3 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU17
TN11M40 - 10.0 13.0 2.2/4.8 3 IU1-IU15
TN12M40 - 10.0 13.0 2.0/4.4 2 IU1-IU16
TN11M40V - 20.0 25.0 2.3/5.1 3 IU1-IU15
TN12M40V - 16.0 26.0 2.3/5.1 2 IU1-IU16
TN11MCA4 - 8.0 8.5 1.9/4.2 2 IU1-IU16
TN11MCA8 - 12.0 13.0 1.9/4.2 2 IU1-IU16
TN11MR2 - 0.2 0.3 0.9/2.0 1 IU1-IU17
TN11MR4 - 0.2 0.3 0.9/2.0 1 IU1-IU17
TN11MR8 - 0.2 0.3 1.0/2.2 2 IU1-IU16
TN11MR8V - 7.7 8.6 1.0/2.2 2 IU1-IU16
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
253
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11ND2 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelength)-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
61.1 68.4 1.6/3.5 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
62.7 70.2
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
68.4 76.6
TN12ND2 800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
62.0 69.0 1.6/3.5 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
57.2 64.0
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
254
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
40km
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km
46.0 52.0
TN52ND2 800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
67.8 74.6 1.4/3.1 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
70.5 77.5
TN53ND2 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
25 28 1.2/2.6 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
255
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
40km
TN51NQ2 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
88.0 95.0 1.6/3.5 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
40km
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
80km
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
TN52NQ2 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
88.0 97.0 2.0/4.4 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
256
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
40km
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
TN53NQ2 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
46.5 50 1.6/3.5 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
40km
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
257
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11NS2 800 ps/nm-C
Band (odd &
even
wavelengths)
-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
38.0 41.8 1.2/2.64 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
39.0 42.9
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
41.0 45.1
4800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-APD
44.0 48.4
TN12NS2 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelength)-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
38.8 43.4 1.2/2.64 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
258
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
39.4 44.1
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
39.7 44.46
4800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-APD
42.5 47.6
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
30.32 34.0
800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
25.35 28.39
TN52NS2 800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
46.5 51.1 1.3/2.86 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
259
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
49.1 51.7
TN53NS2 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
20 24 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
21 25
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
40km
20 24
TN11NS3 500 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-PIN
92 101.2 2.5/5.5 2 IU2-IU8,
IU12-IU16
500 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
DQPSK-PIN
67.0 75.0
TN52NS3 500 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
DQPSK-PIN
118.0 130.0 2.4/5.3 2 IU2-IU8,
IU12-IU16
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
260
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
500 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-PIN
110.0 118.0
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
DQPSK-PIN
118.0 130.0
TN54NS3 800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
DQPSK-PIN
73.0 80.0 1.8/3.96 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-PIN
60.0 65.0
40G
Transponder
62.0 69.0
TN55NS3 60000ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ePDM-
BPSK-PIN
135 150 2.6/5.73 2 IU2-IU8,
IU12-IU16
TN11OAU10
1
- 18.0 24.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU2-IU17
TN11OAU10
2
- 14.0 18.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU2-IU17
TN11OAU10
3
- 18.0 24.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU2-IU17
TN11OAU10
5
- 22.0 29.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU2-IU17
TN12OAU10
0
- 11.0 14.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU2-IU17
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
261
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN12OAU10
1
- 12.0 15.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU2-IU17
TN12OAU10
2
- 10.0 13.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU2-IU17
TN12OAU10
3
- 12.0 15.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU2-IU17
TN12OAU10
5
- 15.0 21.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU2-IU17
TN13OAU10
1
- 12.0 15.0 1.6/3.6 1 IU1-IU17
TN13OAU10
3
- 12.0 15.0 1.6/3.6 1 IU1-IU17
TN13OAU10
5
- 15.0 21.0 1.6/3.6 1 IU1-IU17
TN13OAU10
6
- 12 15 1.6/3.6 1 IU1-IU17
TN11OBU10
1
- 11.0 13.0 1.3/2.9 1 IU1-IU17
TN11OBU10
3
- 13.0 15.0 1.3/2.9 1 IU1-IU17
TN11OBU10
4
- 12.0 14.0 1.3/2.9 1 IU1-IU17
TN12OBU10
1
- 10.0 11.0 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU17
TN12OBU10
3
- 11.0 12.0 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU17
TN12OBU10
4
- 10.0 12.0 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU17
TN12OBU1P
1
- 10.0 11.0 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU17
TN11OBU20
5
- 17.0 24.0 1.9/4.2 2 IU2-IU17
TN12OBU20
5
- 14.0 19.0 1.6/3.5 2 IU2-IU17
TN11OLP - 6.0 6.6 0.9/2.0 1 IU1-IU17
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
262
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN12OLP - 4.0 4.5 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU17
TN11OPM8 - 12.0 15.0 1.2/2.6 1 IU1-IU17
TN11PIU - 24.0 38.0 0.5/1.1 1 IU19, IU20
TN12PTQX - 93.4 107.6 3/6.6 2 IU2-IU3,
IU6-IU7,
IU12-IU13
TN11RAU1 - 55 70 2.5/5.51 2 IU2-IU17
TN11RDU9 - 6 6.6 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU17
TN11RMU9
01
- 7.7 8.6 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU17
TN11RMU9
02
- 8.2 9.0
TN11ROAM - 66.0 72.6 3.2/7.0 3 IU1-IU15
TN11SBM2 - 0.2 0.3 0.8/1.8 1 IU1-IU17
TN11SC1/
TN12SC1
- 11.0 14.9 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU17
TN11SC2/
TN12SC2
- 13.5 14.5 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU17
TN11ST2 - 17.5 19.5 0.95/2.09 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11IU16
TN11SCC - 27.0 30.0 1.2/2.6 1 IU17, IU18
TN51SCC - 18.0 20.0 1.2/2.6 1 IU17, IU18
TN52SCC - 23.0 25.1 1.0/2.2 1 IU17, IU18
TN11SCS - 0.2 0.3 0.8/1.8 1 IU1-IU17
TN11STG - 8.7 9.57 1.1/2.4 1 IU15, IU16
TN11TBE - 40.7 44.8 1.4/3.1 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
TN11TDC - 13.0 15.0 0.5/1.1 1 IU1-IU17
TN11TDG - 30.0 33.0 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
TN11TDX - 78.0 80.0 1.3/2.8 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
263
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN12TDX - 37.4 40.7 1.4/3.1 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
TN52TDX - 57.3 63.0 1.4/3.1 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
TN53TDX - 25 35.0 1.5/3.3 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
TN11TMX 800 ps/nm-C
Band (odd &
even
wavelengths)
-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
40.3 44.3 1.4/3.1 1 IU1-IU17
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
42.1 46.4
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
44.5 51.2
4800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-APD
48.4 55.7
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
264
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN12TMX 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
31.4 36.1 1.2/2.6 1 IU1-IU17
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
32.4 37.1
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
41.0 45.5
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
39.0 43.7
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
40km
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
80km
31.4 36.1
TN52TOG - 41.8 46.0 0.85/1.87 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
TN11TOM - 55.0 60.0 1.4/3.1 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
TN52TOM - 81 89.1 1.5/3.3 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
265
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11TQM - 50.3 57.6 1.2/2.6 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
TN12TQM - 25.0 27.5 1.1/2.4 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
TN11TQS - 43.0 47.3 1.2/.6 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
TN11TQX - 65.0 71.2 1.5/3.3 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
TN52TQX - 91.5 100.0 1.6/3.5 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
TN55TQX - 45.0 50.0 1.6/3.5 1 IU1-IU8,
IU11-IU16
TN11TSXL - 90.2 96.0 2.5/5.5 2 IU2-IU8,
IU12-IU16
TN11VA1/
TN12VA1
- 6.5 7.2 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU17
TN11VA4/
TN12VA4
- 8.5 9.4 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU17
TN11WMU - 12.0 15.0 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU17
TN11WSD9 - 17.0 18.7 2.2/4.8 2 IU1-IU16
TN12WSD9 - 25.4 28.5 2.7/5.94 2 IU1-IU16
TN13WSD9 - 25.4 28.5 2.9/6.38 3 IU1-IU15
TN11WSM9 - 17.0 18.7 2.2/4.8 2 IU1-IU16
TN12WSM9 - 25.4 28.5 2.7/5.94 2 IU1-IU16
TN13WSM9 - 25.4 28.5 2.9/6.38 3 IU1-IU15
TN11WSMD
2
- 17.0 18.7 3.2/7.0 2 IU1-IU16
TN11WSMD
4
- 17.0 18.7 3.2/7.0 2 IU1-IU16
TN12WSMD
4
- 12.0 15.0 2.6/5.7 2 IU1-IU16
TN11WSMD
9
- 25 30 3.1/6.8 2 IU1-IU16
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
266
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F)(W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11XCS - 20.0 22.0 1.0/2.2 1 IU9, IU10
TN12XCS - 25.0 27.5 1.2/2.6 1 IU9, IU10
by another 2 W.
b: (D)RZ modules include DRZ and RZ optical modules. Both module types have the same optical performance
and can connect to modules of both the same type. This table lists all optical modules. Manufacture of some optical

OSN 3800
OptiX OSN 3800 system.
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11DAS1 - 22 28.6 1.4/3.1 1 IU2-IU5
TN11ECOM - 19.6 21.6 1.0/2.2 1 IU2-IU5
TN11HSC1 - 8 8.8 1.0/2.2 1 IU2-IU5,
IU11
TN11L4G 3400 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
50.0 55.0 1.4/3.1 1 IU2-IU5
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
267
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
3400 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
53.0 58.0
TN11LDGS 12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6500 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
3200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
1600 ps/nm-
CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
32.0 35.2 1.2/2.6 1 IU2-IU5
12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)
36.0 39.6
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
268
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11LDGD 12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6500 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
3200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
1600 ps/nm-
CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
34.0 37.4 1.4/3.1 1 IU2-IU5
12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)
38.0 41.8
TN12LDM - 22.6 24.8 1.1/2.4 1 IU2-IU5,
IU11
TN11LDMD - 26.9 29.6 1.2/2.6 1 IU2-IU5,
IU11
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
269
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11LDMS - 26.9 29.6 1.1/2.4 1 IU2-IU5,
IU11
TN12LDX 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
44.5 51.2 1.6/3.5 1 IU2-IU5,
IU11
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
45.5 52.2
TN11LOA 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
31.8 36 1.19/2.64 1 IU2-IU5
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
32.8 37
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
40km
31.8 36
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
270
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11LOG 800 ps/nm-C
Band (odd
& even
wavelengths)
-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
40.0 45.0 1.6/3.5 1 IU2-IU5
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
43.0 48.0
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ
b
-PIN
43.5 48.5
4800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-APD
55.0 60.5
TN12LOG 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
37.0 41.44 1.1/2.4 1 IU2-IU5
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
271
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
38.0 42.44
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
41.61 46.6
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
43.04 48
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
40km
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
80km
37.0 41.44
TN11LOM 800 ps/nm-C
Band (odd
& even
wavelengths)
-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
92.7 101.7 2.3/5.1 2 IU3-IU5
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
272
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
92.9 101.9
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
93.4 102.7
4800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-APD
98.2 108.0
TN12LOM
a
800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
61.8 69.2 1.1/2.4 1 IU2-IU5,
IU11
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
62.8 70.2
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
64.8 72.6
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
273
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
66.7 75.0
TN11LQG 3400 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
28.4 32.0 1.3/2.9 1 IU2-IU5
3400 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
31.0 34.4
5 Gbit/s
Multirate
(eSFP
CWDM)-50
km
5 Gbit/s
Multirate
(eSFP
CWDM)-70
km
23.18 26.0
TN13LQM - 32.6 35.9 1.1/2.4 1 IU2-IU5
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
274
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11LQMS 12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6500 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
3200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
1600 ps/nm-
CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
56.3 64.5 1.3/2.9 1 IU2-IU5
12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)
60.4 66.4
TN12LQMS - 29.0 33.3 1.3/2.9 1 IU2-IU5
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
275
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11LQMD 12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6500 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
3200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
1600 ps/nm-
CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
57.1 65.7 1.4/3.1 1 IU2-IU5
12800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)
61.1 67.2
TN12LQMD - 31.1 34.3 1.4/3.1 1 IU2-IU5
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
276
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11LSX 800 ps/nm-C
Band (odd
& even
wavelengths)
-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
47.7 50.1 1.4/3.1 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
47.9 50.9
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
49.7 52.7
4800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-APD
52.7 55.7
TN12LSX 800 ps/nm-C
Band (odd
& even
wavelengths)
-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
30.5 36.6 1.4/3.1 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
277
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
30.7 36.8
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
32.5 39
4800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-APD
35.5 42.6
TN13LSX 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
27.0 30.4 1.1/2.4 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
28.0 31.4
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
29.4 32.8
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
278
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
29.5 33.9
TN11LSXR 800 ps/nm-C
Band (odd &
even
wavelengths)
-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
34.8 37.8 1.2/2.6 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
35.0 38
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
36.8 39.8
4800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-APD
39.8 42.8
TN11LWXS/
TN12LWXS
- 33.9 37.3 1.1/2.4 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN11LWXD - 35.8 39.4 1.2/2.6 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN11LWX2 - 38.5 42.4 1.3/2.9 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
279
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11TMX 800 ps/nm-C
Band (odd
& even
wavelengths)
-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
40.3 44.3 1.4/3.1 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
42.1 46.4
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
44.5 51.2
4800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-APD
48.4 55.7
TN12TMX 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
31.4 36.1 1.2/2.6 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
280
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
32.4 37.1
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
41.0 45.5
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
39.0 43.7
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
40km
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
80km
31.4 36.1
TN21DFIU - 0.2 0.3 0.5/1.1 1 IU1, IU11,
IU8
TN21FIU - 0.2 0.3 0.5/1.1 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN13FIU - 0.2 0.3 1.0/2.2 1 IU2-IU5,
IU11
TN14FIU - 0.2 0.3 1.0/2.2 1 IU2-IU5,
IU11
TN11SFIU - 0.2 0.3 1.0/2.2 1 IU1-IU17
TN11MR2 - 0.2 0.3 0.9/2.0 1 IU2-IU5
TN21MR2 - 0.2 0.3 0.5/1.1 1 IU1, IU11,
IU8
TN11MR4 - 0.2 0.3 0.9/2.0 1 IU2-IU5
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
281
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN21MR4 - 0.2 0.3 0.5/1.1 1 IU1, IU11,
IU8
TN21CMR1 - 0.2 0.3 0.5/1.1 1 IU1, IU11,
IU8
TN11CMR2 - 0.2 0.3 0.8/1.8 1 IU2-IU5
TN21CMR2 - 0.2 0.3 0.5/1.1 1 IU1, IU11,
IU8
TN11CMR4 - 0.2 0.3 0.9/2.0 1 IU2-IU5
TN21CMR4 - 0.2 0.3 0.5/1.1 1 IU1, IU11,
IU8
TN11DMR1 - 0.2 0.3 0.7/1.5 1 IU2-IU5
TN21DMR1 - 0.2 0.3 0.7/1.5 1 IU1, IU11,
IU8
TN11SBM2 - 0.2 0.3 0.8/1.8 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN11TBE - 40.7 44.8 1.4/3.1 1 IU2-IU5
TN11TDG - 30 33 1.1/2.4 1 IU2-IU5
TN11TDX - 78 80 1.3/2.9 1 IU2-IU5
TN52TOG - 41.8 46.0 1.87 /0.85 1 IU2-IU5
TN11TOM - 55.0 60.0 1.4/3.1 1 IU2-IU5
TN52TOM - 81 89.1 1.5/3.3 1 IU2-IU5
TN11TQS - 43.0 47.3 1.2/2.6 1 IU2-IU5
TN11TQM - 50.3 57.6 1.2/2.6 1 IU2-IU5
TN12TQM - 25.0 27.5 1.2/2.6 1 IU2-IU5
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
282
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN11NS2 800 ps/nm-C
Band (odd
& even
wavelengths)
-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
38.0 41.8 1.2/2.6 1 IU2-IU5
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
39.0 42.9
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
41.0 45.1
4800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-APD
44.0 48.4
TN12NS2 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelength)-
Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
38.8 43.4 1.2/2.6 1 IU2-IU5
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
283
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
39.4 44.1
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
39.7 44.46
4800 ps/nm-
C Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
ODB-APD
42.5 47.6
800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
30.32 34.0
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
25.35 28.39
TN52NS2 800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
46.5 51.1 1.3/2.9 1 IU2-IU5
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
284
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
49.1 51.7
TN53NS2 800 ps/nm-C
Band (Odd &
Even
Wavelengths
)-Fixed
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
20 24 1.0/2.2 1 IU2-IU5
800 ps/nm-C
Band-
Tunable
Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-
XFP
21 25
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
10km
10Gbit/s
Multirate -
40km
20 24
TN11OAU10
1
- 18.0 24.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU11, IU2-
IU4
TN11OAU10
2
- 14.0 18.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU11, IU2-
IU4
TN11OAU10
3
- 18.0 24.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU11, IU2-
IU4
TN11OAU10
5
- 22.0 29.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU11, IU2-
IU4
TN12OAU10
0
- 11.0 14.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU11, IU2-
IU4
TN12OAU10
1
- 12.0 15.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU11, IU2-
IU4
TN12OAU10
2
- 10.0 13.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU11, IU2-
IU4
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
285
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN12OAU10
3
- 12.0 15.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU11, IU2-
IU4
TN12OAU10
5
- 15.0 21.0 1.8/4.0 2 IU11, IU2-
IU4
TN13OAU10
1
- 12.0 15.0 1.6/3.5 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN13OAU10
3
- 12.0 15.0 1.6/3.5 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN13OAU10
5
- 15.0 21.0 1.6/3.5 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN13OAU10
6
- 12.0 15.0 1.6/3.5 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN11OBU10
1
- 11.0 13.0 1.3/2.9 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN11OBU10
3
- 13.0 15.0 1.3/2.9 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN11OBU10
4
- 12.0 14.0 1.3/2.9 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN12OBU10
1
- 10.0 11.0 1.1/2.4 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN12OBU10
3
- 11.0 12.1 1.1/2.4 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN12OBU10
4
- 10.0 12.0 1.1/2.4 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN11OBU20
5
- 17.0 24.0 1.9/4.2 2 IU11, IU2-
IU4
TN12OBU20
5
- 14.0 19.0 1.6/3.5 2 IU11, IU2-
IU4
TN11RAU1 - 55 70 2.5/5.51 2 IU11, IU2-
IU4
TN11SC1/
TN12SC1
- 11.0 14.9 1.0/2.2 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN11SC2/
TN12SC2
- 13.5 14.5 1.0/2.2 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN11ST2 - 17.5 19.5 0.95/2.09 1 IU2-IU5
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
286
Board Module
Type
Typical
Power
Consumpti
on at 25C
(77F) (W)
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on at 55C
(131F) (W)
Weight (kg/
lb.)
Number of
Occupied
Slots
Valid Slots
TN21SCC - 14.0 16.0 0.5/1.1 1 IU8, IU9
TN22SCC - 10.0 13.0 0.5/1.1 1 IU8, IU9
TN21AUX - 11.7 13.0 0.6/1.3 1 IU10
TN22AUX - 15.0 17.0 0.5/1.1 1 IU10
TN11DCP/
TN12DCP
- 6.8 7.5 1.0/2.2 1 IU11, IU2-
U5
TN11OLP - 6.0 6.6 0.9/2.0 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN12OLP - 4.0 4.5 1.0/2.2 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN11OPM8 - 12.0 15.0 1.2/2.6 1 IU2-IU5,
IU11
TN11SCS - 0.2 0.3 0.8/1.8 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN11VA1/
TN12VA1
- 6.5 7.2 1.0/2.2 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN11VA4/
TN12VA4
- 8.5 9.4 1.0/2.2 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
TN11MCA4 - 8.0 8.5 1.9/4.2 2 IU2-IU5
TN11MCA8 - 12.0 13.0 1.9/4.2 2 IU2-IU5
TN21PIU - 10 12 0.5/1.1 1 IU6, IU7
TN21APIU - 50 55 0.8/1.8 1.5 IU6, IU7, IU8
TN11DCU - 0.2 0.3 1.5/3.3 1 IU11, IU2-
IU5
by another 2 W.
b: (D)RZ modules include DRZ and RZ optical modules. Both module types have the same optical performance
and can connect to modules of both the same type. This table lists all optical modules. Manufacture of some optical

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
287
3.10 Housekeeping Alarms
Users can configure the severities for the eight alarm inputs to remotely monitor the alarms of
an external system. The alarms can be sent to a centralized alarm management system for
management. In addition, two housekeeping control interfaces are available for remotely
controlling external equipment such as air conditioners, fans, and electric generators.
3.10.1 OptiX OSN 8800 Housekeeping Alarm Interfaces
OptiX OSN 8800 provides alarm input and output interfaces. The alarm input interfaces are
designed for remotely monitoring alarms of external systems, such as an environmental
monitoring system. The alarm output interfaces are designed to output alarms to a centralized
management system for management.
OptiX OSN 8800 T64/T32
The TN51ATE provides 8 alarm inputs and remote monitoring of alarm signals of the external
systems, such as the environmental monitoring system. Users can configure the names and
severity of the 8 alarm inputs so that the equipment can work with external systems to remotely
monitor the external alarms. The alarm signals are forwarded to the EFI1 after the ATE
processing is complete.
The TN51ATE board provides eight alarm output interfaces, sending alarms to a centralized
alarm management system.
Figure 3-54 Interfaces in the TN51ATE
ATE
A
L
M
I
1
A
L
M
O
1
A
L
M
O
2
A
L
M
I
2
A
L
M
O
3
A
L
M
O
4
Alarm Output
Interfaces
Alarm Input
Interfaces
1
8
Pin No.

Table 3-96 Housekeeping alarm input/output interfaces
Interf
ace
PIN
No.
Definit
ion
Functio
n
Interfa
ce
PIN
No.
Definitio
n
Function
ALMI
1
1 SWITC
HI_IN1
Alarm
input 1
ALMO
1/
ALMO
2
1 CRIT_SW
ITCH_OU
TP
Outputs the
critical alarm
signal positive
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
288
Interf
ace
PIN
No.
Definit
ion
Functio
n
Interfa
ce
PIN
No.
Definitio
n
Function
2 GND Ground 2 CRIT_SW
ITCH_OU
TN
Outputs the
critical alarm
signal negative
3 SWITC
HI_IN2
Alarm
input 2
3 MAJ_SWI
TCH_OUT
P
Outputs the major
alarm signal
positive
4 SWITC
HI_IN3
Alarm
input 3
4 MIN_SWI
TCH_OUT
P
Outputs the minor
alarm signal
positive
5 GND Ground 5 MIN_SWI
TCH_OUT
N
Outputs the minor
alarm signal
negative
6 GND Ground 6 MAJ_SWI
TCH_OUT
N
Outputs the major
alarm signal
negative
7 SWITC
HI_IN4
Alarm
input 4
7 ALM_SWI
TCH_OUT
1P
Reserved alarm
signal output 1
positive
8 GND Ground 8 ALM_SWI
TCH_OUT
1N
Reserved alarm
signal output 1
negative
ALMI
2
1 SWITC
HI_IN5
Alarm
input 5
ALMO
3/
ALMO
4
1 ALM_SWI
TCH_OUT
2P
Reserved alarm
signal output 2
positive
TCH_OUT
2N
Reserved alarm
signal output 2
negative
3 SWITC
HI_IN6
Alarm
input 6
3 ALM_SWI
TCH_OUT
3P
Reserved alarm
signal output 3
positive
4 SWITC
HI_IN7
Alarm
input 7
4 ALM_SWI
TCH_OUT
4P
Reserved alarm
signal output 4
positive
TCH_OUT
4N
Reserved alarm
signal output 4
negative
TCH_OUT
3N
Reserved alarm
signal output 3
negative
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
289
Interf
ace
PIN
No.
Definit
ion
Functio
n
Interfa
ce
PIN
No.
Definitio
n
Function
7 SWITC
HI_IN8
Alarm
input 8
7 ALM_SWI
TCH_OUT
5P
Reserved alarm
signal output 5
positive
TCH_OUT
5N
Reserved alarm
signal output 5
negative
There are four alarm output interfaces: ALMO1, ALMO2, ALMO3, and ALMO4. Any of
them can be used for alarm output or subrack cascading. Currently, only the ALMO1 and
ALMO2 interfaces are available; the ALMO3 and ALMO4 interfaces are reserved for future
use.

OptiX OSN 8800 T16
Housekeeping Alarm Input/Output Interfaces
The TN16ATE provides 8 alarm inputs and remote monitoring of alarm signals of the external
monitor the external alarms. The alarm signals are forwarded to the EFI after the ATE processing
is complete.
The TN16ATE board provides eight alarm output interfaces, sending alarms to a centralized
Figure 3-55 Interfaces on the TN16ATE Board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
290
Table 3-97 Housekeeping alarm input/output interfaces
Interf
ace
PIN
No.
Definit
ion
Function Interfa
ce
PIN
No.
Definitio
n
Function
ALMI
1
1 SWITC
HI_IN1
Alarm
input 1
ALMO
1/
ALMO
2
1 CRIT_SW
ITCH_OU
TP
Outputs the
critical alarm
signal positive
2 GND Ground 2 CRIT_SW
ITCH_OU
TN
Outputs the
critical alarm
signal negative
3 SWITC
HI_IN2
Alarm
input 2
3 MAJ_SWI
TCH_OU
TP
Outputs the major
alarm signal
positive
4 SWITC
HI_IN3
Alarm
input 3
4 MIN_SWI
TCH_OU
TP
Outputs the minor
alarm signal
positive
5 GND Ground 5 MIN_SWI
TCH_OU
TN
Outputs the minor
alarm signal
negative
6 GND Ground 6 MAJ_SWI
TCH_OU
TN
Outputs the major
alarm signal
negative
7 SWITC
HI_IN4
Alarm
input 4
7 ALM_SW
ITCH_OU
T1P
Reserved alarm
signal output 1
positive
8 GND Ground 8 ALM_SW
ITCH_OU
T1N
Reserved alarm
signal output 1
negative
ALMI
2
1 SWITC
HI_IN5
Alarm
input 5
ALMO
3/
ALMO
4
1 ALM_SW
ITCH_OU
T2P
Reserved alarm
signal output 2
positive
ITCH_OU
T2N
Reserved alarm
signal output 2
negative
3 SWITC
HI_IN6
Alarm
input 6
3 ALM_SW
ITCH_OU
T3P
Reserved alarm
signal output 3
positive
4 SWITC
HI_IN7
Alarm
input 7
4 ALM_SW
ITCH_OU
T4P
Reserved alarm
signal output 4
positive
ITCH_OU
T4N
Reserved alarm
signal output 4
negative
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
291
Interf
ace
PIN
No.
Definit
ion
Function Interfa
ce
PIN
No.
Definitio
n
Function
ITCH_OU
T3N
Reserved alarm
signal output 3
negative
7 SWITC
HI_IN8
Alarm
input 8
7 ALM_SW
ITCH_OU
T5P
Reserved alarm
signal output 5
positive
ITCH_OU
T5N
Reserved alarm
signal output 5
negative
use.

Alarm Input/Output Interfaces
The TN11EFI provides eight alarm inputs and remote monitoring of alarm signals of the external
monitor the external alarms.
The TN11EFI board provides eight alarm output interfaces, sending alarms to a centralized alarm
management system. Defaults of the first three are critical alarm, major alarm, and minor alarm.
The other five are reserved. Alarm outputs can be cascaded.
Figure 3-56 Interfaces in the TN11EFI
ETH3 COM ALM02 ALM01 ALM03 ALM04 ALMI2 ALMI1 LAMP1 LAMP2
SERIAL
Alarm Input
Interfaces
Alarm Output
Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
292
Table 3-98 Alarm Input/Output Interfaces
Inter
face
PI
N
No
.
Defin
ition
Function Inter
face
PI
N
No.
Definiti
on
Function
ALM
I1
1 SWIT
CHI_I
N1
Alarm input 1 ALM
O1/
ALM
O2
1 CRIT_S
WITCH_
OUTP
Outputs the critical
alarm signal positive
2 GND Ground 2 CRIT_S
WITCH_
OUTN
Outputs the critical
alarm signal negative
3 SWIT
CHI_I
N2
Alarm input 2 3 MAJ_S
WITCH_
OUTP
Outputs the major
4 SWIT
CHI_I
N3
Alarm input 3 4 MIN_S
WITCH_
OUTP
Outputs the minor
5 GND Ground 5 MIN_S
WITCH_
OUTN
Outputs the minor
6 GND Ground 6 MAJ_S
WITCH_
OUTN
Outputs the major
7 SWIT
CHI_I
N4
Alarm input 4 7 ALM_S
WITCH_
OUT1P
Alarm signal output 1
positive
8 GND Ground 8 ALM_S
WITCH_
OUT1N
Alarm signal output 1
negative
ALM
I2
1 SWIT
CHI_I
N5
Alarm input 5 ALM
O3/
ALM
O4
1 ALM_S
WITCH_
OUT2P
Reserved alarm signal
output 2 positive
WITCH_
OUT2N
output 2 negative
3 SWIT
CHI_I
N6
WITCH_
OUT3P
output 3 positive
4 SWIT
CHI_I
N7
WITCH_
OUT4P
output 4 positive
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
293
Inter
face
PI
N
No
.
Defin
ition
Function Inter
face
PI
N
No.
Definiti
on
Function
WITCH_
OUT4N
output 4 negative
WITCH_
OUT3N
output 3 negative
7 SWIT
CHI_I
N8
WITCH_
OUT5P
output 5 positive
WITCH_
OUT5N
output 5 negative
use.

Alarm Input/Output Interfaces
The TN21AUX/TN22AUX provides six alarm inputs and remote monitoring of alarm signals
of the external systems, such as the environmental monitoring system.
The TN21AUX/TN22AUX provides two alarm output interfaces, sending alarms to a centralized
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
294
Figure 3-57 Interfaces in the TN21AUX/TN22AUX
AUX
STAT
PROG
E
X
T
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
Alarm Output Interfaces
Alarm Input Interfaces

Figure 3-58 Structure of the TN21AUX/TN22AUX signal cable
B
C
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
W8
W7
W6
W5
W4
W3
W2
W1
1
View B
8
2
Pos.9
Pos.1
View C
3
Pos.64
Pos.1
View A
A
Delander
X1
1
ALMI2
ALMI1
ALMO

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
295
Table 3-99 Alarm Input Interfaces
Interface PIN No. Definition Function
ALMI1 1 SW_IN1P Alarm input signal 1
2 GND Ground
3 SW_IN2P Alarm input signal 2
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
8 GND Ground
ALMI2 1 SW_IN5P Alarm input signal 5
2 GND Ground
4 N C Reserved
5 N C Reserved
6 GND Ground
7 N C Reserved
8 N C Reserved

Table 3-100 Alarm Output Interfaces
Interface PIN No. Definition Function
ALMO 1 SWCRIT_OUT1+ Alarm output signal 1 positive
2 SWCRIT_OUT1- Alarm output signal 1 negative
3 SWCRIT_OUT2+ Alarm output signal 2 positive
4 SWCRIT_OUT1+ Cascaded alarm output signal 1 positive
5 SWCRIT_OUT1- Cascaded alarm output signal 1 negative
6 SWCRIT_OUT2- Alarm output signal 2 negative
7 SWCRIT_OUT2+ Cascaded alarm output signal 2 positive
8 SWCRIT_OUT2- Cascaded alarm output signal 2 negative

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
296
3.11 Network Management
This chapter describes the network management system, as well as inter-NE and intra-NE
communication management.
Figure 3-59 shows a sample network management structure with Huawei equipment deployed.
Figure 3-59 Network management structure
External DCN
Secondary
U2000
Fiber
Network cable
Site B
U2000
Web LCT
Primary
U2000
Subrack
Master
Slave Slave
Site D
Site C Site A
Site F
Site E
NON-GNE GNE Switch Router

Network management involves the following aspects:
l Network management system: U2000 and U2000 Web LCT
l Inter-NE communication:
The NEs between sites A and F are interconnected with fibers and exchange information
over ESC/OSC channels using the HWECC, IP over DCC or OSI over DCC protocol.
Some NEs between sites A and F (for example, NEs at site B) are interconnected with
network cables (generally where optical and electrical NEs are separate), and exchange
information over Ethernet channels (at NM_ETH ports on the related boards) using the
HWECC, IP over DCC or OSI over DCC protocol.
The NEs at sites A and C are used as gateway NEs (GNEs) and are connected to the
external DCN through a switch or router, communicating with the network management
system (NMS). All the other NEs are used as non-GNE, communicating with the NMS
through the GNEs.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
297
l Intra-NE communication: For each NE at sites A-F, the master and slave subracks
implement intra-NE communication. In the figure above, one NE at site A has three
subracks (one master connected to two slaves).
3.11.1 Introduction to Network Cables
Network cables are classified into two types: crossover cables and straight-through cables. Intra-
NE connections must be established using straight-through cables and inter-NE connections
(including the connections between NEs and the NMS) can be established using either straight-
through or crossover cables.
Connections
Figure 3-60 shows the connections of straight-through cables and crossover cables.
Figure 3-60 Network cable connection
Pin1
Pin8
Pin1
Pin8
Pin8
Pin1
Straight-through cable
Crossover cable
X1 X2
X1 X2
Pin1
Pin8

Pin Assignment
Table 3-101 lists the pin assignment of the straight-through cable.
Table 3-101 Pin assignment of the straight-through cable
Connector X1 Connector X2 Color Relationship
X1.pin1 X2.pin1 White/Orange Twisted pair
X1.pin2 X2.pin2 Orange
X1.pin3 X2.pin3 White/Green Twisted pair
X1.pin6 X2.pin6 Green
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
298
X1.pin4 X2.pin4 Blue Twisted pair
X1.pin5 X2.pin5 White/Blue
X1.pin7 X2.pin7 White/Brown Twisted pair
X1.pin8 X2.pin8 Brown

Table 3-102 lists the pin assignment of the crossover cable.
Table 3-102 Pin assignment of the crossover cable
X1.pin1 X2.pin3 White/Orange Twisted pair
X1.pin2 X2.pin6 Orange
X1.pin3 X2.pin1 White/Green Twisted pair
X1.pin6 X2.pin2 Green
X1.pin4 X2.pin7 Blue Twisted pair
X1.pin5 X2.pin8 White/Blue
X1.pin7 X2.pin4 White/Brown Twisted pair
X1.pin8 X2.pin5 Brown

3.11.2 Management Connections and Interfaces of OptiX OSN 8800
T32/T64
3.11.2.1 Interfaces
Interfaces
For OptiX OSN 8800 T32/T64, the NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2 interfaces on TN51ETH1/
TN51ETH2 boards are used for achieving inter-NE communication and the ETH1, ETH2, and
ETH3 interfaces on the TN51ETH2 boards are used to achieve intra-NE communication. Table
3-103 provides correct connections of these network interfaces.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
299
Table 3-103 Network Cable Interfaces
Board
Name
Front Panel Interface Typ
e
Function
TN51E
FI1
S
E
R
I
A
L
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
EFI1
NM_ETH
2
a
RJ4
5
l Connects an NMS computer through
a network cable so that the NMS can
manage the equipment where the
TN51EFI1 board is located.
l Connects the TN51EFI1 board inside
one NE to the NM_ETH1/
NM_ETH2 interface on the
TN51EFI1/TN51EFI2 boards inside
another NE to achieve
communication between NEs.
SERIAL
a
DB9 Functions as a serial network interface
and supports X.25 protocol and TL1
management. The default rate of this
serial interface is 38400.
TN51E
FI2
EFI2
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
LAMP1/
LAMP2
RJ4
5
Controls the PWR and alarm indicators
of the cabinet that holds the subrack with
the TN51EFI2 board.
CAUTION
The LAMP interfaces on the TN51EFI2
board provide 5 V power, and it is only used
for the indicators on a cabinet. It cannot
connect to an RJ45 cable intended for an
NM_ETH or ETH interface; otherwise, the
TN51EFI2 board, the connected test
instrument, or the equipment will be
damaged.
NM_ETH
1
a
RJ4
5
l Connects to an NMS computer using
a network cable so that the NMS can
manage the equipment where the
TN51EFI2 board is located.
l Connects the TN51EFI2 board inside
one NE to the NM_ETH1 or
NM_ETH2 interface on the
TN51EFI2 board inside another NE
to achieve communication between
the NEs.
NOTE
NM_ETH1 and NM_ETH2 have the same
function.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
300
Board
Name
Front Panel Interface Typ
e
Function
ETH1/
ETH2/
ETH3
RJ4
5
l Connect the TN51EFI2 board inside
one subrack to the ETH1/ETH2/
ETH3 interfaces on the EFI2 boards
inside other subracks using network
cables to achieve communication
between all the subracks.
l Connects the TN51EFI2 board to a
CRPC or ROP board using a network
cable to achieve communication with
the CRPC or ROP board.
NOTE
Authentication is required before this port is connected. To be specific, you must log in to the NE using the NE administrator
account for authentication.

Pin Assignment
Figure 3-61 shows the pin assignment of the RJ45 connector.
Figure 3-61 Pin assignment of the RJ45 connector
. 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Figure 3-62 shows the pin assignment of the DB9 connector.
Figure 3-62 Pin assignment of the DB9 connector
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
301

Table 3-104 describes the pin assignment of the NM_ETH1 interface.
Table 3-104 Pin assignment of the NM_ETH1 interface
Pin Signal Function
1 NM_ETNTXP Positive pole for transmitting
the data for communication
with the NM
2 NM_ETNTXN Negative pole for
transmitting the data for
communication with the NM
3 NM_ETNRXP Positive pole for receiving
with the NM
4 N C Not connected
5 N C Not connected
6 NM_ETNRXN Negative pole for receiving
with the NM
7 N C Not connected
8 N C Not connected

Pin Signal Function
1 NMJL_ETNTXP Positive pole for transmitting
the concatenated data for
communication with a
network management system
(NM)
2 NMJL_ETNTXN Negative pole for
transmitting the concatenated
data for communication with
an NM
3 NMJL_ETNRXP Positive pole for receiving
communication with an NM
4 N C Not connected
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
302
Pin Signal Function
5 N C Not connected
6 NMJL_ETNRXN Negative pole for receiving
7 N C Not connected
8 N C Not connected

Table 3-106 describes the pin assignment of the ETH1 interface.
Table 3-106 Pin assignment of the ETH1 interface
Pin Signal Function
1 ETH1_TXP Positive pole for transmitting
the data for normal inter-
subrack communication
2 ETH1_TXN Negative pole for
normal inter-subrack
communication
3 ETH1_RXP Positive pole for receiving
4 ETH1_CRIT_TXP Positive pole for transmitting
the data for emergent inter-
5 ETH1_CRIT_TXN Negative pole for
emergent inter-subrack
communication
6 ETH1_RXN Negative pole for receiving
7 ETH1_CRIT_RXP Positive pole for receiving
8 ETH1_CRIT_RXN Negative pole for receiving

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
303
Pin Signal Function
communication
communication

Pin Signal Function
the data for ordinary inter-
ordinary inter-subrack
communication
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
304
Pin Signal Function
communication

Table 3-109 describes the pin assignment of the LAMP1 and LAMP2 interfaces.
Table 3-109 Pin assignment of the LAMP1 and LAMP2 interfaces
Pin Signal Function
1 CRIT_ALMP Positive pole for critical
alarm signals
2 CRIT_ALMN Negative pole for critical
alarm signals
3 MAJ_ALMP Positive pole for major alarm
signals
4 RUNP Positive pole for power
indicating signals
5 RUNN Negative pole for power
indicating signals
6 MAJ_ALMN Negative pole for major
alarm signals
7 MIN_ALMP Positive pole for minor alarm
signals
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
305
Pin Signal Function
8 MIN_ALMN Negative pole for minor
alarm signals

Table 3-110 describes the pin assignment of the SERIAL interface.
Table 3-110 Pin assignment of the SERIAL interface
Pin Signal Function
1 N.C Not defined
2 RXD Receive end
3 TXD Transmit end
4 DTR Data terminal equipment
ready
5 GND Ground
6 - Reserved
7 - Reserved
8 GND Ground
9 N.C Not defined

DIP Switches
There are DIP switches inside the EFI1 board. The EFI2 board is connected to the master subrack
through the ETH1, ETH2, or ETH3 interface. The ID of each subrack is set by using two DIP
switches on the EFI1 board. The value that can be set by using each of the two DIP switches on
the EFI1 board is a binary value 0 or 1. ID1-ID4 correspond to bits 1-4 of SW2, and ID5-ID8
corresponding to bits 1-4 of SW1. Among these ID values, only ID1-ID5 are valid. ID6-ID8 are
reserved. The bits from high to low are ID5-ID1, by which a maximum of 32 states can be set.
The value is 00000 by default. "0" indicates the master subrack. The other values indicate slave
subracks. Figure 3-63 shows the position of the DIP switches on the EFI1 board.
l The two DIP switches are numbered SW1 and SW2 and are located to the right of the
CPLD.
l When the DIP switch is ON, the value of the corresponding bit is set to 0.
l As shown in Figure 3-63, the value represented by the ID5-ID1 is 000001, which is 1 in
decimal system. That is, the subrack ID is 1.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
306
Figure 3-63 Position of the DIP switches on the EFI1 board
NM_ETH2
SERIAL
CPLD
ON
SW1
(ID5)
ON
ON
ON
ON
SW2
ON
ON
ON
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
NOTE
Ensure that the ID6 to ID8 switches are turned on as shown in Figure 3-63.

3.11.2.2 Connections
On a network where only OptiX OSN 8800 T32/T64 NEs are used, intra-NE and inter-NE
communication are achieved through fiber connections and network cable connections.
NE Connections
Figure 3-64 shows the NE connection scheme. The figure presents connections between two
NEs: NE1 and NE2. Each NE consists of three subracks, one of which is the master subrack and
the other two are slave subracks. The master and slave subracks are connected using fibers and
network cables.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
307
Figure 3-64 NE connection scheme
Fiber Network Cable
FIU
OADM/OA/O
M/OD
SCC
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
E
F
I
1
/
E
F
I
2
SCC E
F
I
2
NMS
Master Subrack (1)
NE1
FIU
F
I
U
SCC
SC2
E
F
I
2
EFI2
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
S
E
R
I
A
L
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
EFI1
EFI2
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
EFI2
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
Slave Subrack (2)
Slave Subrack (3)
FIU
F
I
U
SCC
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
E
F
I
2
SCC
SC2
E
F
I
2
Master Subrack (1)
NE2
FIU
F
I
U
SCC
SC2
E
F
I
2
Slave Subrack (2)
Slave Subrack (3)
EFI2
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
EFI2
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
EFI2
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
Other
NE
Other
NE
Other
NE
Other
NE
Other
NE
F
I
U
SC2
Other
NE
OADM/OA/O
M/OD
OADM/OA/O
M/OD
OADM/OA/O
M/OD

Inter-NE communication:
l As shown in the figure above, NE1 connects to the NMS through the NM_ETH1 interface
on the EFI2 board in the master subrack using a network cable, enabling the NMS to manage
the two NEs.
l Inside each NE, OTU, OADM/OA/OM/OD, OSC, and FIU boards are properly connected
through fibers and the FIU boards are also connected to other NEs. ESC or OSC channels
are used to achieve inter-NE communication.
l The NM_ETH2 interface on the EFI1 board in the master subrack of one NE is connected
to the NM_ETH1 interface on the EFI2 board inside the master subrack of the other NE
using a network cable, achieving inter-NE communication over Ethernet channels.
Intra-NE communication:
For each NE, the ETH1 interface on the EFI2 board inside the one subrack are connected to the
ETH2 interfaces on the EFI2 board in the other subrack to achieve communication between the
subracks.
T16
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
308
3.11.3.1 Interfaces
Interfaces
For OptiX OSN 8800 T16, the NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2 interfaces on TN16EFI board are used
for achieving inter-NE communication and the ETH1, ETH2, and ETH3 interfaces on the
TN16EFI boards are used to achieve intra-NE communication. Table 3-111 provides correct
connections of these network interfaces.
Board
Name
Front Panel Interface Type Function
TN16E
FI
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
S
E
R
I
A
L
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
EFI
LAMP1-
LAMP2
RJ45 Controls the PWR indicators and alarm
indicators of the cabinet that holds the
subrack.
ETH1-
ETH3
RJ45 l Connects a network cable from the
ETH1/ETH2/ETH3 interface on one
subrack to corresponding interfaces
on the other subracks to achieve the
communication between the master
subrack and slave subracks.
NOTE
When inter-subrack protection is
configured, the ETH3 interface cannot
be used for the communication between
the master and slave subracks.
l Connects a network cable to a CRPC
or ROP board to achieve
communication with the CRPC or
ROP board.
NM_ETH1
-
NM_ETH2
a
RJ45 l Connects the network interface on
the equipment through a network
cable to that on an NM server so that
the NM can manage the equipment.
l Connects the NM_ETH1/
NM_ETH2 network interface on
one NE through a network cable to
that on another NE to achieve
communication between NEs.
SERIAL
a
DB9 The interface provides serial NM and
supports X.25 protocol.
NOTE
Authentication is required before this port is connected. To be specific, you must log in to the NE using the NE administrator
account for authentication.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
309
Pin Assignment
. 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Pin Signal Function
with the NM
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
310
Pin Signal Function
with the NM
4 N C Not connected
5 N C Not connected
with the NM
7 N C Not connected
8 N C Not connected

Pin Signal Function
(NM)
an NM
4 N C Not connected
5 N C Not connected
7 N C Not connected
8 N C Not connected

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
311
Pin Signal Function
communication
communication

Pin Signal Function
communication
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
312
Pin Signal Function
communication

Pin Signal Function
ordinary inter-subrack
communication
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
313
Pin Signal Function
communication

Table 3-117 describes the pin assignment of the LAMP1 and LAMP2 interfaces.
Table 3-117 Pin assignment of the LAMP1 and LAMP2 interfaces
Pin Signal Function
1 CRIT_ALMP Positive pole for critical
alarm signals
2 CRIT_ALMN Negative pole for critical
alarm signals
3 MAJ_ALMP Positive pole for major alarm
signals
4 RUNP Positive pole for power
indicating signals
5 RUNN Negative pole for power
indicating signals
6 MAJ_ALMN Negative pole for major
alarm signals
7 MIN_ALMP Positive pole for minor alarm
signals
8 MIN_ALMN Negative pole for minor
alarm signals

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
314
Pin Signal Function
1 N.C Not defined
2 RXD Receive end
3 TXD Transmit end
ready
5 GND Ground
6 - Reserved
7 - Reserved
8 GND Ground
9 N.C Not defined

DIP Switches
There are DIP switches inside the EFI board. The master and slave subracks are connected
through the ETH1/ETH2/ETH3 interface on the EFI. The ID of each subrack is set by using two
DIP switches on the EFI board. The value that can be set by using each of the two DIP switches
on the EFI board is a binary value 0 or 1.
ID1-ID4 correspond to bits 1-4 of SW2, and ID5-ID8 corresponding to bits 1-4 of SW1. Among
these ID values, only ID1-ID5 are valid. ID6-ID8 are reserved. The bits from high to low are
ID5-ID1, by which a maximum of 32 states can be set. The value is 00000 by default. "0"
indicates the master subrack. The other values indicate slave subracks.
Figure 3-67 shows the position of the DIP switches on the EFI board.
l The two DIP switches are numbered SW1 and SW2 and are located to the right of the T1.
l When the DIP switch is ON, the value of the corresponding bit is set to 0.
l As shown in Figure 3-67, the value represented by the ID5-ID1 is 000001, which is 1 in
decimal system. That is, the subrack ID is 1.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
315
Figure 3-67 Position of the DIP switches on the EFI board
U8
SERIAL
NM_ETH2
T1
S
W
1
S
W
2
O
N
O
N
O
N
O
N
(
I
D
1
)
(
I
D
2
)
(
I
D
3
)
(
I
D
4
)
O
N
O
N
O
N
O
N
(
I
D
5
)
(
I
D
6
)
(
I
D
7
)
(
I
D
8
)
SW1 SW2

NOTE
Ensure that the ID6 to ID8 switches are turned on as shown in Figure 3-67.
On a network where only OptiX OSN 8800 T16 NEs are used, intra-NE and inter-NE
communication are achieved through fiber connections and network cable connections.
NE Connections
network cables.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
316
Fiber Network Cable
FIU
OADM/OA/O
M/OD
SCC
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
E
F
I
SCC
E
F
I
NMS
Master Subrack (1)
NE1
FIU
F
I
U
SCC
SC2
E
F
I
Slave Subrack (2)
Slave Subrack (3)
FIU
F
I
U
SCC
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
E
F
I
SCC
SC2
E
F
I
Master Subrack (1)
NE2
FIU
F
I
U
SCC
SC2
E
F
I
Slave Subrack (2)
Slave Subrack (3)
Other
NE
Other
NE
Other
NE
Other
NE
Other
NE
F
I
U
SC2
Other
NE
OADM/OA/O
M/OD
OADM/OA/O
M/OD
OADM/OA/O
M/OD
EFI
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
S
E
R
I
A
L
EFI
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
S
E
R
I
A
L
EFI
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
S
E
R
I
A
L
EFI
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
S
E
R
I
A
L
EFI
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
S
E
R
I
A
L
EFI
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
S
E
R
I
A
L

on the EFI board in the master subrack using a network cable, enabling the NMS to manage
the two NEs.
l The NM_ETH2 interface on the EFI board in the master subrack of one NE is connected
to the NM_ETH1 interface on the EFI board inside the master subrack of the other NE
For each NE, the ETH1 interface on the EFI board inside the one subrack are connected to the
ETH2 interfaces on the EFI board in the other subrack to achieve communication between the
subracks.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
317
3.11.4.1 Interfaces
Interfaces
For OptiX OSN 6800, the NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2 interfaces on TN11AUX board are used for
achieving inter-NE communication and the ETH1 and ETH2 interfaces on the TN11AUX boards
are used to achieve intra-NE communication. Table 3-119 provides correct connections of these
network interfaces.
Board
Name
Front Panel Interfac
e
T
y
p
e
Function
TN11
AUX
AUX
STAT
PROG
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
NM_ET
H1/
NM_ET
H2
R
J
4
5
l Using a network cable, the port connects the
network interface on the OptiX OSN 6800 to
the NMS server to enable the management of
the NMS over the OptiX OSN 6800.
NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2 network interface on
one NE to another NE for communication
between NEs.
ETH1/
ETH2
R
J
4
5
ETH1/ETH2/ETH3 interface on one subrack
to the other subracks for communication
between the master subrack and slave
subracks.
l Connects a network cable to a CRPC or ROP
board to achieve communication with the
CRPC or ROP board.
TN11
EFI
ETH3 COM ALM02 ALM01 ALM03 ALM04 ALMI2 ALMI1 LAMP1 LAMP2 SERIAL
COM R
J
4
5
This interface is intended only for Huawei
engineers to commission the equipment at the
factory.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
318
Board
Name
e
T
y
p
e
Function
ETH3 R
J
4
5
l Connects a network cable from the ETH1/
ETH2/ETH3 interface on one subrack to
corresponding interfaces on the other
subracks to achieve the communication
between the master subrack and slave
subracks.
NOTE
When inter-subrack protection is configured, the
ETH3 interface cannot be used for the
communication between the master and slave
subracks.
l Connects a network cable to a CRPC or ROP
board to achieve communication with the
CRPC or ROP board.
ALMO1/
ALMO2/
ALMO3/
ALMO4
R
J
4
5
l Alarm outputs are sent to the DC power
distribution cabinet through the output
interface and the cascading interface. You
can configure it to be the other outputs to
implement integrated display of alarms. The
alarm outputs are controlled by the internal
relay contact. When the relay contact is
closed, the resistance of each ALMO
interface is less than 1 ohm. When the relay
contact is open, the resistance of each ALMO
interface is an infinite number.
l The definitions for the pins of the ALMO1
and ALMO2 interfaces are the same. The two
interfaces are used for output/cascading,
respectively. The definitions for the pins of
the ALMO3 and ALMO4 interfaces are the
same. The two interfaces are used for output/
cascading, respectively. For example, if
ALMO1 is used to output alarm signals,
ALMO2 can be cascaded to ALMO1 on
another subrack.
l The OptiX OSN 6800 provides eight alarm
outputs. Defaults of the first three are critical
alarm, major alarm, and minor alarm. The
other five are reserved. Alarm outputs can be
cascaded.
SERIAL D
B
9
The OAM interface is a serial NM interface,
providing functions of serial NM and supporting
X.25 protocol.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
319
Board
Name
e
T
y
p
e
Function
ALMI1/
ALMI2
R
J
4
5
External alarm signal input function is designed
for requirements when the alarm signals of the
external systems (such as the environment
monitory) need remote monitoring.
The OptiX OSN 6800 provides eight alarm
inputs. The severity of the eight alarms can be
configured to cooperate with the external system
to implement remote monitoring of external
alarms.
LAMP1/
LAMP2
R
J
4
5
This interface drives the running indicators and
alarm indicators of the cabinet that holds the
subrack.

Pin Assignment
. 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
320
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Table 3-120 describes the pin assignment of the COM interface.
Table 3-120 Pin assignment of the COM interface
Pin Signal Function
1 ETNTX_P_1 Transmits the data positive
2 ETNTX_N_1 Transmits the data negative
3 ETNRX_P_1 Receives the data positive
4 NC Not connected
5 NC Not connected
6 ETNRX_N_1 Receives data negative
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected

Pin Signal Function
with the NM
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
321
Pin Signal Function
with the NM
4 N C Not connected
5 N C Not connected
with the NM
7 N C Not connected
8 N C Not connected

Pin Signal Function
(NM)
an NM
4 N C Not connected
5 N C Not connected
7 N C Not connected
8 N C Not connected

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
322
Pin Signal Function
communication
communication

Pin Signal Function
communication
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
323
Pin Signal Function
communication

Pin Signal Function
1 ETH3_TXP Transmits the data positive
for inter-subrack ordinary
communications
2 ETH3_TXN Transmits the data negative
communications
3 ETH3_RXP Receives the data positive for
inter-subrack ordinary
communications
4 ETH3_CRIT_TXP Transmits the data positive
for inter-subrack emergent
communications
5 ETH3_CRIT_TXN Transmits the data negative
communications
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
324
Pin Signal Function
6 ETH3_RXN Receives the data negative
communications
7 ETH3_CRIT_RXP Receives the data positive for
inter-subrack emergent
communications
8 ETH3_CRIT_RXN Receives the data negative
communications

Table 3-126 describes the pin assignment of the ALMO1 and the ALMO2 interfaces.
Table 3-126 Pin assignment of the ALMO1 and ALMO2 interfaces
Pin Signal Function
1 CRIT_SWITCH_OUTP Outputs the critical alarm
signal positive
2 CRIT_SWITCH_OUTN Outputs the critical alarm
signal negative
3 MAJ_SWITCH_OUTP Outputs the major alarm
signal positive
4 MIN_SWITCH_OUTP Outputs the minor alarm
signal positive
5 MIN_SWITCH_OUTN Outputs the minor alarm
signal negative
6 MAJ_SWITCH_OUTN Outputs the major alarm
signal negative
7 ALM_SWITCH_OUT1P Alarm signal output 1
positive
8 ALM_SWITCH_OUT1N Alarm signal output 1
negative

Table 3-127 describes the pin assignment of the ALMO3 and the ALMO4 interfaces.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
325
Table 3-127 Pin assignment of the ALMO3 and the ALMO4 interfaces
Pin Signal Function
positive
negative
positive
positive
negative
negative
positive
negative

Pin Signal Function
1 N.C Not defined
2 RXD Receive end of data
3 TXD Transmit end of data
ready
5 GND Ground
6 - Reserved
7 - Reserved
8 GND GND
9 5VOADM Power supply for OADM

Table 3-129 describes the pin assignment of the ALMI1 interface.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
326
Table 3-129 Pin assignment of the ALMI1 interface
Pin Signal Function
1 SWITCHI_IN1 Alarm input 1
2 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
8 GND Ground

Table 3-130 Pin assignment of the ALMI2
Pin Signal Function
2 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
8 GND Ground

Table 3-131 describes the pin assignment of the LAMP1 and the LAMP2 interfaces.
Table 3-131 Pin assignment of the LAMP1 and the LAMP2 interfaces
Pin Signal Function
1 CRIT_ALMP Critical alarm signal positive
2 CRIT_ALMN Critical alarm signal negative
3 MAJ_ALMP Major alarm signal positive
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
327
Pin Signal Function
4 RUNP Power indicating signal
positive
5 RUNN Power indicating signal
negative
6 MAJ_ALMN Major alarm signal positive
7 MIN_ALMP Minor alarm signal positive
8 MIN_ALMN Minor alarm signal negative

Jumper
The SCC detects the subrack ID and identifies whether the subrack is a primary or a secondary
one. The result is indicated by the LED indicator of the SCC front panel.
The TN11AUX01 board is available in two types. For one type there are three jumpers and for
the other type there are eight jumpers inside the board.
l For the TN11AUX01 board that has three jumpers inside, the jumpers can be set in eight
combinations, representing decimal values 0-7. The default setting of the three jumpers is
000. The value 0 indicates the master subrack, and the other values indicate slave subracks.
Figure 3-71 shows the position of the three jumpers. When the two pins on the right of
each jumper are capped, the setting is 1; when the two pins on the left of each jumper are
capped, the setting is 0. As shown in Figure 3-71, the jumper setting represents the decimal
value of 1, which means that the subrack ID is 1.
l For the TN11AUX01 board that has eight jumpers inside, the J14, J15, J16, J17, and J18,
jumpers are reserved and the two pins on the left of each reserved jumper must be capped.
The J4, J3, and J2 jumpers can be set in 8 combinations, representing decimal values 0-7.
The default setting of the three jumpers is 000. The value 0 indicates the master subrack
and the other values indicate slave subracks. Figure 3-72 shows the position of the jumpers.
When the two pins on the right of each of the three jumpers are capped, the setting is 1;
when the two pins on the left of each of the three jumpers are capped, the setting is 0. As
shown in Figure 3-72, the jumper setting represents the decimal value of 1, which means
that the subrack ID is 1.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
328
Figure 3-71 Position of the three jumpers on the TN11AUX01 board
3 2 1
CPU
1 2 3
Junper cap
Representing
0
Jumpers
Representing
0
Representing
1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
329
Figure 3-72 Position of the eight jumpers on the TN11AUX01 board
J2 J3 J4
J15 J16 J17
J14 J18
CPU
0 0
J3 J2 J4
J15 J16
J14 J18
J17
Junper cap
Representing
Jumpers
Representing 1 Representing
0 0 Representing Representing 0 Representing
0 Representing 0 Representing
CAUTION
The J14, J15, J16, J17, and J18 jumpers must be set as specified in Figure 3-72 .
Exercise caution when modifying the subrack ID, because the modification may cause service
interruption.

The TN11AUX02 board has eight jumpers, which can be used to implement 32 states that
represent decimal values 0-31. Each jumper represents a binary value: 0 or 1. In the TN11AUX02
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
330
board, the J14, J17, and J18 jumpers are reserved. The default value of the five jumpers is 00000.
"0" indicates the master subrack. The other values indicate slave subracks. Figure 3-73 shows
the jumpers on the board.
Figure 3-73 Position of the jumper on the TN11AUX02 board
J2 J3 J4
J15 J16 J17
J14 J18
CPU
0 0
J3 J2 J4
J15 J16
J14 J18
J17
Junper cap
Representing
Jumpers
Representing 1 Representing
0 0 Representing Representing 0 Representing
0 Representing 0 Representing

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
331
CAUTION
The J14, J17, and J18 jumpers must be set as specified in Figure 3-73.
interruption.
On a network where only OptiX OSN 6800 NEs are used, intra-NE and inter-NE communication
are achieved through fiber connections and network cable connections.
NE Connections
network cables.
Fiber Network Cable
FIU
OADM/OA/O
M/OD
SCC
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
A
U
X
SCC A
U
X
NMS
Master Subrack (0)
NE1
FIU
F
I
U
SCC
SC2
A
U
X
Slave Subrack (1)
Slave Subrack (2)
FIU
F
I
U
SCC
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
A
U
X
SCC
SC2
A
U
X
Master Subrack (0)
NE2
FIU
F
I
U
SCC
SC2
A
U
X
Slave Subrack (1)
Slave Subrack (2)
Other
NE
Other
NE
Other
NE
Other
NE
Other
NE
F
I
U
SC2
Other
NE
OADM/OA/O
M/OD
OADM/OA/O
M/OD
OADM/OA/O
M/OD
AUX
STAT
PROG
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
AUX
STAT
PROG
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
AUX
STAT
PROG
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
AUX
STAT
PROG
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
AUX
STAT
PROG
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
AUX
STAT
PROG
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
332

on the AUX board in the master subrack using a network cable, enabling the NMS to
manage the two NEs.
l The NM_ETH2 interface on the AUX board in the master subrack of one NE is connected
to the NM_ETH1 interface on the AUX board inside the master subrack of the other NE
For each NE, the ETH1 interface on the AUX board inside the one subrack are connected to the
ETH2 interfaces on the AUX board in the other subrack to achieve communication between the
subracks.
3.11.5.1 Interfaces
Network Cable Interfaces
For OptiX OSN 3800, the NM_ETH1 and NM_ETH2 interfaces of TN21AUX and TN22AUX
boards are used for achieving inter-NE communication. Table 3-132 provides the correct
connections of these network interfaces.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
333
Board
Name
e
T
y
p
e
Function
TN21AU
X/
TN22AU
X
AUX
STAT
PROG
E
X
T
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
NM_ET
H1/
NM_ET
H2
R
J4
5
l Using a network cable, the port connects the network
interface on the OptiX OSN 3800 to the NMS server to
enable the management of the NMS over the OptiX OSN
3800.
l Using a network cable, the port connects the NM_ETH1/
NM_ETH2 network interface on one NE to another NE
for communication between NEs.
EXT D
B
9,
R
J4
5
Provides the alarm input/output interface, cascading
interface, commissioning network interface and management
serial interface.
NOTE
EXT interfaces include ALMO, LAMP1, LAMP2, ETH, SERIAL,
ALMI1, and ALMI2.

Pin Assignment
. 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
334
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Pin Signal Function
with the NM
with the NM
4 N C Not connected
5 N C Not connected
with the NM
7 N C Not connected
8 N C Not connected

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
335
Pin Signal Function
(NM)
an NM
4 N C Not connected
5 N C Not connected
7 N C Not connected
8 N C Not connected

Table 3-135 describes the pin assignment of the ETH interface.
Table 3-135 Pin assignment of the ETH interface
Pin Signal Function
1 ETNTX_P_1 Positive pole for transmitting
the data
2 ETNTX_N_1 Negative pole for
transmitting the data
3 ETNRX_P_1 Positive pole for receiving
the data
4 NC Not defined
5 NC Not defined
6 ETNRX_N_1 Negative pole for receiving
the data
7 NC Not defined
8 NC Not defined
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
336

Table 3-136 describes the pin assignment of the ALMO interface.
Table 3-136 Pin assignment of the ALMO interface
Pin Signal Function
1 SWCRIT_OUT1+ Alarm output signal 1
positive
2 SWCRIT_OUT1- Alarm output signal 1
negative
3 SWCRIT_OUT2+ Alarm output signal 2
positive
4 SWCRIT_OUT1+ Cascaded alarm output signal
1 positive
5 SWCRIT_OUT1- Cascaded alarm output signal
1 negative
6 SWCRIT_OUT2- Alarm output signal 2
negative
7 SWCRIT_OUT2+ Cascaded alarm output signal
2 positive
8 SWCRIT_OUT2- Cascaded alarm output signal
2 negative

Pin Signal Function
1 N.C Not defined
2 RXD Receive end
3 TXD Transmit end
ready
5 GND Ground
6 Reserved
7 Reserved
8 GND Ground
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
337
Pin Signal Function
9 V5_OADM Power supply for OADM

Pin Signal Function
2 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
8 GND Ground

Pin Signal Function
2 GND Ground
4 N C Not defined
5 N C Not defined
6 GND Ground
7 N C Not defined
8 N C Not defined

Table 3-140 describes the pin assignment of the LAMP1 and the LAMP2 interfaces.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
338
Table 3-140 Pin assignment of the LAMP1 and the LAMP2 interfaces
Pin Signal Function
1 RED+ Positive pole for critical
alarm signals
2 RED- Negative pole for critical
alarm signals
3 YELLOW+ Positive pole for major alarm
signals
4 GREEN+ Positive pole for power
indicating signals
5 GND Negative pole for power
indicating signals
6 YELLOW- Negative pole for major
alarm signals
7 ORG+ Positive pole for minor alarm
signals
8 ORG- Negative pole for minor
alarm signals

Jumper of TN21/TN22AUX
The TN21AUX has 3 jumpers. Figure 3-77 shows the jumpers.
The TN22AUX has 8 jumpers. Before the board is used, make sure that the setting of the J4
jumper is the same as that shown in Figure 3-78.
Figure 3-77 Position of the jumper on the TN21AUX
CPU
Jumper

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
339
Jumper
Jumper cap
8(J4)

On a network where only OptiX OSN 3800 NEs are used, communication between the NEs is
achieved through fiber connections and network cable connections.
NE Connections
Figure 3-79 shows the NE connection scheme. The figure presents how two NEs, namely NE1
and NE2, are connected using fibers and network cables.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
340
FIU
OADM/OA
SCC
OTU
OTU
A
U
X
SCC
NMS
NE1
Other
NE
SC2
AUX
STAT
PROG
E
X
T
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
AUX
STAT
PROG
E
X
T
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
NE2
FIU
A
U
X
Other
NE
Other
NE
Fiber Network Cable

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
341
l As shown in the figure above, the NEs are connected to the NMS through the NM_ETH1
and NM_ETH2 interfaces on the AUX boards using network cables, enabling the NMS to
manage the two NEs.
l The OTU, OADM/OA, OSC, and FIU boards of the NEs are properly connected through
fibers and the FIU boards are also connected to other NEs. ESC or OSC channels are used
to achieve inter-NE communication.
l The NM_ETH1 and NM_ETH2 interfaces on the AUX boards of the two NEs are connected
using network cables, achieving inter-NE communication over Ethernet channels.
3.11.6 Management Connections among OptiX OSN
8800&6800&3800
On a hybrid network where OptiX OSN 8800, 6800, and 3800 NEs are used, the inter-NE
communication and intra-NE communication are achieved through fiber connections and
network cable connections.
Connections
Figure 3-80 shows the NE connection scheme. The figure illustrates how three NEs (namely
NE1, NE2, and NE3) of different types are connected. As shown in the figure, NE1 consists of
a master subrack (OptiX OSN 8800) and two slave subracks (OptiX OSN 8800 T16/6800); NE2
and NE3 are two OptiX OSN 3800 NEs.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
342
FIU
OADM/OA/
OM/OD
SCC
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
E
F
I
1
/
E
F
I
2
SCC
E
F
I
NMS
8800 T32/T64
Master Subrack (1)
NE1
FIU
F
I
U
SCC
SC2
A
U
X
EFI2
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
S
E
R
I
A
L
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
EFI1
8800 T16
Slave Subrack (2)
6800 Slave
Subrack (3)
Other
NE
Other
NE
Other
NE
F
I
U
SC2
Other
NE
OADM/OA/
OM/OD
FIU
OADM/OA
SCC
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
A
U
X
SCC
NE2
Other
NE
SC2
NE3
FIU
A
U
X
Other NE
3800
3800
AUX
STAT
PROG
E
X
T
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
AUX
STAT
PROG
E
X
T
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
Fiber Network Cable
EFI
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
3
L
A
M
P
1
L
A
M
P
2
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
S
E
R
I
A
L
AUX
STAT
PROG
N
M
_
E
T
H
1
N
M
_
E
T
H
2
E
T
H
1
E
T
H
2

on the EFI2 board in the master subrack using a network cable, enabling the NMS to manage
all the NEs.
l The OTU, OADM/OA/OM/OD, OSC, and FIU boards inside NE1 are connected through
fibers. The FIU boards are also connected to other NEs. ESC or OSC channels are used to
achieve inter-NE communication.
l NE2 and NE3 are connected through their OTU, OADM/OA, OSC, and FIU boards using
fibers. The FIU boards of the two NEs are also connected to other NEs. ESC or OSC
channels are used to achieve inter-NE communication.
l The NM_ETH2 interface on the EFI1 board of the master subrack inside NE1 connects to
the NM_ETH1 interface on the AUX board inside NE2 through a network cable. The
NM_ETH2 interface on the AUX board inside NE2 also uses a network cable to connect
to the NM_ETH1 interface on the AUX board inside NE3. In this manner, all the NEs
communicate with each other using Ethernet channels.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
343
For NE1, the ETH1 interface on the EFI2/EFI board inside the one subrack are connected to the
ETH2 interfaces on the EFI/AUX board in the other subrack to achieve communication between
the subracks.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
344
4 Node Configurations
About This Chapter
4.1 OTN Typical Configuration
This section uses an 80-wavelength system as an example to describe the typical configurations
of an optical transmission network (OTN). Compared with an 80-wavelength system, a 40-
wavelength system does not use ITL boards. A 40-wavelength system is configured in a similar
way as an 80-wavelength system.
4.2 OCS Typical Configuration
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Field Engineer) 4 Node Configurations
345
4.1 OTN Typical Configuration
This section uses an 80-wavelength system as an example to describe the typical configurations
of an optical transmission network (OTN). Compared with an 80-wavelength system, a 40-
wavelength system does not use ITL boards. A 40-wavelength system is configured in a similar
way as an 80-wavelength system.
4.1.1 OTM/Back to Back OTM
A back-to-back optical terminal multiplexer (OTM) site consists of two OTMs arranged back
to back.
4.1.1.1 Signal Flow
The OTM node is used at the terminal station. The back-to-back OTM node is usually used at
central sites.
In the receive direction:
l The optical supervisory signals and the main path optical signals are separated from the
line signals received from west. The optical supervisory signals are sent to the optical
supervisory unit for processing, and the main-path optical signals are sent to the
demultiplexer after amplification.
l Certain wavelengths are dropped and enter the OTU before being sent to the local client
equipment. The other wavelengths are not demultiplexed locally. They pass through and
are multiplexed with the locally added wavelengths before the optical amplification.
l Finally, the signals are multiplexed with the processed optical supervisory signals for line
transmission.
The signal flow of the transmit direction is the reverse of this process.
Figure 4-1 shows the signal flow of an 80-wavelength back-to-back OTM node.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
346
Figure 4-1 Signal flow of an 80-wavelength back-to-back OTM node

4.1.1.2 Subrack Layout
This section describes the typical configurations for the optical layer of a back-to-back OTM
node.
Configuration Principle
Optical multiplexer unit and demultiplexer unit:
l For an 80-wavelength back-to-back OTM node, ITL boards must be configured if the
M40V/M40/D40 boards are used for adding/dropping wavelengths.
Optical amplifier unit:
l Optical amplifier boards must be configured according to the power budget for actual
situations.
Spectrum analyzer unit:
l When WMU and MCA4/MCA8/OPM8 boards are required for an OTM node, configure
WMU boards prior to MCA/MC8/OPM8 boards.
l When only MCA4/MCA8/OPM8 boards are required for an OTM node, the MCA4 boards
are most preferred.
l It is preferred to connect an MCA4/MCA8/OPM8 board to the MON port on an optical
amplifier board or the MON port on an FIU board.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
347
Optical supervisory channel unit:
l For an 80-wavelength back-to-back OTM node, two SC1 or one SC2 can be configured.
Typical Configuration
This section uses the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 as an example to illustrate the typical configurations
for the optical layer of a back-to-back OTM node.
As shown in Figure 4-2, two subracks are required.
Figure 4-2 Typical configurations for the optical layer of a back-to-back OTM node

4.1.1.3 Subrack Connections
This section describes how to connect fibers for optical subracks of an 80-wavelength back-to-
back OTM node.
Figure 4-3 uses a westbound 80-wavelength back-to-back OTM node as an example to illustrate
how fibers are connected.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
348
Figure 4-3 Subrack fiber connections for an 80-wavelength back-to-back OTM node
M40E
Shelf1-IU1
MON
OUT
M01
M40
D40E
Shelf1-IU14
MON
IN
D01
D40
M40O
Shelf1-IU4
MON
OUT
M01
M40
D40O
Shelf1-IU17
MON
IN
D01
D40
ITL
Shelf1-IU26
MON
OUT
IN
TO
RO
TE
RE
OAU103
Shelf1-IU24
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
Shelf1-IU35
MCA4
IN1
IN2
Shelf1-IU20
OUT
IN
TC
RC
TM
RM
SC2
TM1
RM1
Shelf1-IU21
OAU101
Shelf1-IU22
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
FIU
TM2
RM2
Transmit
direction
signal
Receive
direction
signal
Optical
supervisory
signal
Optical
monitoring
signal
IN3
IN4

4.1.2 1 Degree ROADM
This section uses the WSMD4 board as an example to illustrate how to configure a 1-degree 80-
wavelength ROADM node.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
349
4.1.2.1 Signal Flow
A 1-degree ROADM node provides only one optical direction and can be upgraded to multi-
degree ROADM nodes without interrupting services to provide multiple optical directions.
The 1-degree ROADM node consists of one WSMD4.
supervisory unit for processing, and the main-path optical signals are sent to the WSMD4
board after being amplified.
l The main-path optical signal from the west WSMD4 board is sent to the ITL board and is
then split into two multiplexed wavelength signals (odd wavelength and even wavelength)
in the C-band with frequency spacing of 100 GHz. Then the two optical signals are locally
dropped through two demultiplexer boards.
Figure 4-4 shows the signal flow of 1-degree ROADM.
Figure 4-4 Signal flow of a 1-degree ROADM in an 80-wavelength system
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
350

This section describes the typical configurations for the optical layer of a 1-degree 80-
wavelength ROADM node that uses one WSMD4 board.
Reconfigurable optical add and drop multiplexing unit:
l One WSMD2 board, or WSMD4 board, or one combination of WSD9+WSM9 board, or
one combination of RDU9+WSM9 board, or one WSMD9 board must be used.
l If the node needs to be upgraded to a 2-, 3-, or 4-degree node, the WSMD4 boards are
recommended.
l If the node needs to be upgraded to more than four degrees, the combinations of RDU9
+WSM9 boards or combinations of WSD9+WSM9 boards or the WSMD9 boards are
recommended.
l For an 80-wavelength ROADM node, ITL boards must be configured if the M40V/M40/
D40 boards are used for adding/dropping wavelengths.
situations.
l When WSDM4/WSMD9 boards are used, it is recommended that optical amplifier boards
be configured in wavelength-dropping directions.
l If optical amplifier boards need to be used in wavelength-adding directions, low-power
optical amplifiers are recommended.
l When WMU and MCA4/MCA8/OPM8 boards are required for an ROADM node,
configure WMU boards prior to MCA4/MCA8/OPM8 boards.
l When only MCA4/MCA8/OPM8 boards are required for an ROADM node, the MCA4
boards are most preferred.
l Automatic deployment:
MCA4/MCA8/OPM8 boards must be configured for automatic deployment. If OSNR
detection for 10 Gbit/s rates is not required, the OPM8 boards are most preferred.
An MCA4/MCA8/OPM8 board must be configured for remote power commissioning
and must be connected to the MON port on the OA board that is connected to an FIU
board.
When there are five or more fiber spans between two power equalization site, an MCA4/
MCA8/OPM8 board must be configured in the middle of the spans (spans/20.5), both
in the transmit and receive directions.
When there are four or fewer fiber spans between two power equalization site, an
MCA4/MCA8/OPM8 board must be configured at the transmit end.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
351
l The optical supervisory unit is required in each direction of an ROADM node. For a 1-
degree ROADM node, one SC1 board can be configured.
for the optical layer of a 1-degree 80-wavelength ROADM node that uses one WSMD4 board.
As shown in Figure 4-5, one subrackis required.
Figure 4-5 Typical configurations for the optical layer of a 1-degree 80-wavelength ROADM
node
M
4
0
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819
M
4
0
O
F
I
U
S
C
1
9
1
0
O
A
U
1
0
1
O
A
U
1
0
3
40
2021222324252627 282930313233343536
37 38 39 41424344 45 46 47 48
S
C
C
S
C
C
D
4
0
E
D
4
0
O
M
C
A
4
EFI2
E
FI
1
PIU
A
U
X
PIU PIU PIU ATE
I
T
L
S
T
G
S
T
G
STI
O
B
U
1
0
1
O
B
U
1
0
4
W
S
M
D
4

This section describes how to connect fibers for optical subracks of a 1-degree 80-wavelength
ROADM node.
Figure 4-6 shows the subrack fiber connections for the optical layer of a 1-degree 80-wavelength
ROADM node.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
352
Figure 4-6 Subrack fiber connections for a 1-degree 80-wavelength ROADM node
Shelf1-IU26
M40E
Shelf1-IU1
MON
OUT
M01
M40
D40E
Shelf1-IU14
MON
IN
D01
D40
M40O
Shelf1-IU4
MON
OUT
M01
M40
D40O
Shelf1-IU17
MON
IN
D01
D40
ITL
Shelf1-IU31
MON
OUT
IN
TO
RO
TE
RE
OAU103
Shelf1-IU24
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
Shelf1-IU30
OBU104
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
Shelf1-IU35
MCA4
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
Shelf1-IU20
OUT
IN
TC
RC
TM
RM
SC1
TM
RM
Shelf1-IU21
OAU101
Shelf1-IU22
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
WSMD4
MONO
MONI
OUT
IN
DM1
AM1
DM2
AM2
DM3
AM3
DM4
AM4
OBU101
Shelf1-IU29
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
FIU
Transmit
direction
signal
Receive
direction
signal
Optical
supervisory
signal
Optical
monitoring
signal

4.1.3.1 Signal Flow
A 2-degree ROADM node provides two optical directions and can be upgraded to multi-degree
ROADM nodes without interrupting services to provide multiple optical directions.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
353
The 2-degree ROADM node consists of two WSMD4 boards (west, east) with the same signal
grooming. The signal grooming of the west WSMD4 board is used as an example.
l The optical supervisory signals and the main-path optical signals are separated from the
supervisory unit for processing, and the main-path optical signals are sent to the WSMD4
board after being amplified.
l The west WSMD4 board splits the main-path optical signals into two equal optical signals.
One optical signal is sent to the ITL board and split into two multiplexed wavelength
signals (odd wavelength and even wavelength) with frequency spacing of 100 GHz.
Then the two optical signals are locally dropped through two demultiplexer boards.
The other optical signal passes through the east WSMD4 board.
Figure 4-7 shows the signal flow of a 2-degree ROADM.
Figure 4-7 Signal flow of a 2-degree ROADM in an 80-Wavelength system

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
354
This section describes the principles for configuring a 2-degree 80-channel ROADM node and
the typical configurations of the equipment.
l Two WSMD2 board, or two WSMD4 board, or two combinations of WSD9+WSM9
boards, or two combinations of RDU9+WSM9 boards, or two WSMD9 boards must be
used.
l If the node needs to be upgraded to a 3- or 4-degree node, the WSMD4 boards are
recommended.
recommended.
situations.
l When WSDM4/WSMD9 boards are used, it is recommended that you configure optical
amplifier boards in wavelength-dropping directions.
board.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
355
degree ROADM node, two SC1 or one SC2 boards can be configured.
for the optical layer of a 2-degree 80-wavelength ROADM node that uses two WSMD4 boards.
Figure 4-8 Typical configurations for the optical layer of a 2-degree 80-wavelength ROADM node
M
4
0
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819
M
4
0
O
F
I
U
S
C
2
9
1
0
O
A
U
1
0
1
O
A
U
1
0
3
40
2021222324252627 282930313233343536
37 38 39 41424344 45 46 47 48
S
C
C
S
C
C
D
4
0
E
D
4
0
O
M
C
A
4
EFI2
E
FI
1
PIU
A
U
X
PIU PIU PIU ATE
I
T
L
S
T
G
S
T
G
STI
M
4
0
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819
M
4
0
O
F
I
U
S
C
1
9
1
0
O
A
U
1
0
1
O
A
U
1
0
3
O
B
U
1
0
4
40
2021222324252627 282930313233343536
37 38 39 41424344 45 46 47 48
S
C
C
S
C
C
D
4
0
E
D
4
0
O
EFI2
E
FI
1
PIU
A
U
X
PIU PIU PIU ATE
I
T
L
S
T
G
S
T
G
STI
West East
O
B
U
1
0
1
O
B
U
1
0
4
W
S
M
D
4
O
B
U
1
0
1
O
B
U
1
0
4
W
S
M
D
4

ROADM node.
Figure 4-9 shows the subrack fiber connections for the optical layer of a 2-degree 80-wavelength
ROADM node.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
356
Shelf1-IU26
M40E
Shelf1-IU1
MON
OUT
M01
M40
D40E
Shelf2-IU14
MON
IN
D01
D40
M40O
Shelf1-IU4
MON
OUT
M01
M40
D40O
Shelf2-IU17
MON
IN
D01
D40
ITL
Shelf1-IU31
MON
OUT
IN
TO
RO
TE
RE
OAU103
Shelf1-IU24
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
Shelf1-IU30
OBU104
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
Shelf1-IU35
MCA4
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
Shelf1-IU20
OUT
IN
TC
RC
TM
RM
SC2
TM1
RM1
Shelf1-IU21
OAU101
Shelf1-IU22
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
WSMD4
MONO
MONI
OUT
IN
DM1
AM1
DM2
AM2
DM3
AM3
DM4
AM4
OBU101
Shelf1-IU29
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
FIU
Transmit
direction
signal
Receive
direction
signal
Optical
supervisory
signal
Optical
monitoring
signal
TM2
RM2

4.1.4.1 Signal Flow
A 3-degree ROADM node provides three optical direction and can be upgraded to multi-degree
ROADM nodes without interrupting services to provide multiple optical directions.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
357
The 3-degree ROADM node consists of three WSMD4 boards (west, east, south) with the same
signal grooming. The signal grooming of the west WSMD4 board is used as an example.
supervisory unit for processing, and the main path optical signals are sent to the west
WSMD4 board after being amplified.
l The west WSMD4 board splits the main-path optical signals into three equal optical signals.
signals (one odd and one even wavelength) with frequency spacing of 100 GHz. Then
the two optical signals are locally dropped through two demultiplexer boards.
The other two optical signals each pass through the east and south WSMD4 boards each.
Figure 4-10 shows the signal flow of 3-degree ROADM.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
358
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
359

This section describes the principles for configuring a 3-degree 80-wavelength ROADM node
and the typical configurations of the equipment.
l Three WSMD4 boards, or three combinations of WSD9+WSM9 boards, or three
combinations of RDU9+WSM9 boards, or three WSMD9 boards must be used.
l If the node needs to be upgraded to four degrees, the WSMD4 boards are recommended.
recommended.
situations.
l When WSDM4/WSMD9 boards are used, it is recommended that you configure optical
amplifier boards in wavelength-dropping directions.
l When only MCA4/MCA8/OPM8 boards are required for an ROADM node, the MCA8/
OPM8 boards are most preferred.
board.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
360
degree ROADM node, three SC1 or one SC2 plus one SC1 board can be configured.
for the optical layer of a 3-degree 80-wavelength ROADM node that uses three WSMD4 boards.
As shown in Figure 4-11, three subracks are required.
M
4
0
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819
M
4
0
O
F
I
U
S
C
2
9
1
0
O
A
U
1
0
1
O
A
U
1
0
3
40
2021222324252627 282930313233343536
37 38 39 41424344 45 46 47 48
S
C
C
S
C
C
D
4
0
E
D
4
0
O
M
C
A
8
EFI2
E
FI
1
PIU
A
U
X
PIU PIU PIU ATE
I
T
L
S
T
G
S
T
G
STI
M
4
0
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819
M
4
0
O
F
I
U
S
C
1
9
1
0
O
A
U
1
0
1
O
A
U
1
0
3
O
B
U
1
0
4
40
2021222324252627 282930313233343536
37 38 39 41424344 45 46 47 48
S
C
C
S
C
C
D
4
0
E
D
4
0
O
EFI2
E
FI
1
PIU
A
U
X
PIU PIU PIU ATE
I
T
L
S
T
G
S
T
G
STI
West East/South
O
B
U
1
0
1
O
B
U
1
0
4
W
S
M
D
4
O
B
U
1
0
1
O
B
U
1
0
4
S
C
1
W
S
M
D
4

ROADM node.
Figure 4-12 shows the subrack fiber connections for the optical layer of a 3-degree 80-
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
361
Shelf1-IU26
M40E
Shelf1-IU1
MON
OUT
M01
M40
D40E
Shelf1-IU14
MON
IN
D01
D40
M40O
Shelf1-IU4
MON
OUT
M01
M40
D40O
Shelf1-IU17
MON
IN
D01
D40
ITL
Shelf1-IU31
MON
OUT
IN
TO
RO
TE
RE
OAU103
Shelf1-IU24
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
Shelf1-IU30
OBU104
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
Shelf1-IU35
MCA8
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
Shelf1-IU20
OUT
IN
TC
RC
TM
RM
SC2
TM1
RM1
Shelf1-IU21
OAU101
Shelf1-IU22
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
WSMD4
MONO
MONI
OUT
IN
DM1
AM1
DM2
AM2
DM3
AM3
DM4
AM4
OBU101
Shelf1-IU29
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
FIU
IN5
IN6
IN7
IN8
Transmit
direction
signal
Receive
direction
signal
Optical
supervisory
signal
Optical
monitoring
signal
TM2
RM2

4.1.5.1 Signal Flow
A 4-degree ROADM node provides four optical directions and can be upgraded to a multi-degree
ROADM node without interrupting services to provide four optical directions.
The 4-degree ROADM node consists of four WSMD4 boards (north, south, east, west) with the
same signal grooming. The signal grooming of the west WSMD4 board is used as an example.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
362
supervisory unit for processing, and the main path optical signals are sent to the west
WSMD4 board after being amplified.
l The west WSMD4 board splits the main-path optical signals into four equal optical signals.
signals (one odd and one even wavelength) with frequency spacing of 100 GHz. Then
the two optical signals are locally dropped through two demultiplexer boards.
The other three optical signals pass through the east, south, and north WSMD4 boards
each.
Figure 4-13 shows the signal flow of a 4-degree ROADM.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
363
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
364

This section describes the typical configurations for the optical layer of a 4-degree 80-
wavelength ROADM node that uses four WSMD4 boards.
l Four WSMD4 board, or four combinations of WSD9+WSM9 boards, or four combinations
of RDU9+WSM9 boards, or four WSMD9 board must be used.
recommended.
situations.
l When WSDM4/WSMD9 boards are used, it is recommended that optical amplifier boards
be configured in wavelength-dropping directions.
board.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
365
degree ROADM node, four SC1 or two SC2 can be configured.
for the optical layer of a 4-degree 80-wavelength ROADM node that uses four WSMD4 boards.
As shown in Figure 4-14, four subracks are required.
M
4
0
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819
M
4
0
O
F
I
U
S
C
2
9
1
0
O
A
U
1
0
1
O
A
U
1
0
3
40
2021222324252627 282930313233343536
37 38 39 41424344 45 46 47 48
S
C
C
S
C
C
D
4
0
E
D
4
0
O
M
C
A
8
EFI2
E
FI
1
PIU
A
U
X
PIU PIU PIU ATE
I
T
L
S
T
G
S
T
G
STI
M
4
0
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819
M
4
0
O
F
I
U
S
C
1
9
1
0
O
A
U
1
0
1
O
A
U
1
0
3
O
B
U
1
0
4
40
2021222324252627 282930313233343536
37 38 39 41424344 45 46 47 48
S
C
C
S
C
C
D
4
0
E
D
4
0
O
EFI2
E
FI
1
PIU
A
U
X
PIU PIU PIU ATE
I
T
L
S
T
G
S
T
G
STI
West East/South/North
O
B
U
1
0
1
O
B
U
1
0
4
W
S
M
D
4
O
B
U
1
0
1
O
B
U
1
0
4
S
C
2
W
S
M
D
4

ROADM node.
Figure 4-15 uses a westbound 4-degree 80-wavelength ROADM node as an example to illustrate
how fibers are connected.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
366
Shelf1-IU26
M40E
Shelf1-IU1
MON
OUT
M01
M40
D40E
Shelf1-IU14
MON
IN
D01
D40
M40O
Shelf1-IU4
MON
OUT
M01
M40
D40O
Shelf1-IU17
MON
IN
D01
D40
ITL
Shelf1-IU31
MON
OUT
IN
TO
RO
TE
RE
OAU103
Shelf1-IU24
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
Shelf1-IU30
OBU104
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
Shelf1-IU35
MCA8
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
Shelf1-IU20
OUT
IN
TC
RC
TM
RM
SC2
TM1
RM1
Shelf1-IU21
OAU101
Shelf1-IU22
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
WSMD4
MONO
MONI
OUT
IN
DM1
AM1
DM2
AM2
DM3
AM3
DM4
AM4
OBU101
Shelf1-IU29
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
FIU
IN5
IN6
IN7
IN8
Transmit
direction
signal
Receive
direction
signal
Optical
supervisory
signal
Optical
monitoring
signal
TM2
RM2

4.1.6 OLA
4.1.6.1 Signal Flow
The DWDM OLA equipment is used for amplification of optical signals from two transmission
directions
The FIU board separates the optical supervisory signal from the main path optical signals and
sends the former to the OSC unit for processing. The main path optical signals are amplified by
the amplifier unit and multiplexed with the OSC that has already been processed, and then sent
to the line fiber for transmission.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
367
Figure 4-16 shows the signal flow of a DWDM OLA node.
Figure 4-16 Signal flow of a DWDM OLA node
F
I
U
F
I
U
West
East
OA
SC2
OA

This section describes the typical configurations for the optical layer of an OLA node.
situations.
l When only MCA4/MCA8/OPM8 boards are required for an OLA node, the MCA4 boards
are most preferred.
l For an OLA node, two SC1 or one SC2 can be configured.
for the optical layer of an OLA node.
As shown in Figure 4-17, one subrack is required.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
368
Figure 4-17 Typical configurations for the optical layer of an OLA node
M
4
0
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819
M
4
0
O
F
I
U
9
1
0
40
2021222324252627 282930313233343536
37 38 39 41424344 45 46 47 48
S
C
C
S
C
C
M
C
A
4
EFI2
E
FI
1
PIU
A
U
X
PIU PIU PIU ATE STI
S
T
G
S
T
G
F
I
U
S
C
2
O
A
U
1
0
1
O
A
U
1
0
3
F
I
U

This section describes how to connect fibers for optical subracks of an OLA node.
Figure 4-18 shows the subrack fiber connections for the optical layer of an OLA node.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
369
Figure 4-18 Subrack fiber connections for an OLA node
OAU103
Shelf1-IU5
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
Shelf1-IU1
OUT
IN
TC
RC
TM
RM
SC2
TM1
RM1
Shelf1-IU2
OAU101
Shelf1-IU3
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
FIU
Shelf1-IU12
OUT
IN
TC
RC
TM
RM
FIU
TM2
RM2
Shelf1-IU13
MCA4
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
Transmit
direction
signal
Receive
direction
signal
Optical
supervisory
signal
Optical
monitoring
signal

4.1.7 Regenerator
4.1.7.1 Signal Flow
We have already discussed that the OLA can extend the optical transmission distance without
regeneration. However, when the distance is longer, such factors as dispersion, optical noise,
non-linear effect, or PMD will affect the transmission performance. In this case, we need to
regenerate the original signals. An REG implements the 3R function: reshaping, re-timing and
regenerating. This is to improve the signal quality and to extend the transmission distance.
The signal flow of the REG is similar to that of back-to-back OTMs, except that no signal is
added or dropped. Signals are regenerated through the OTU or line unit.
l It separates the optical supervisory signals and the main path optical signals from the
received line signals. The optical supervisory signals are sent to the OSC unit for processing.
l The main path signals are sent to the demultiplexer after being amplified. The
demultiplexed signals enter the OTU or line unit and are reshaped, re-timed, and
regenerated. Then the wavelengths are multiplexed by the multiplexer before the optical
amplification. Finally, the signals are multiplexed with the processed optical supervisory
signals for line transmission.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
370
Figure 4-19 shows the signal flow of 80-wavelength REG node. OTU, TOM, and line boards
can be used as regeneration units. OTU boards are classified into two types: OTU with the
regeneration function (LSXLR and LSXR) and OTU without the regeneration function (for
example, LOM and TMX). Two OTU boards that do not have the regeneration function can be
cascaded to provide the regeneration function. Similarly, line boards are also classified into two
types: line board with the regeneration function and line board without the regeneration function.
Two line boards that do not have the regeneration function can be cascaded to provide the
regeneration function.
Figure 4-19 Signal flow of an 80-wavelength REG node
OA
OA
OM
C-EVEN
OD
C-EVEN
F
I
U
I
T
L
F
I
U
I
T
L
OM
C-EVEN
OD
C-EVEN
West East
Pass-through signal
OA
OA
01 l
n l
01 l
n l
OM
C-ODD
OD
C-ODD
OM
C-ODD
OD
C-ODD
01 l
n l
01 l
n l
Regeneration unit

This section describes the principles for configuring an 80-wavelength REG node and the typical
configurations of the equipment.
l For an 80-wavelength REG node, ITL boards must be configured if the M40V/M40/D40
boards are used for adding/dropping wavelengths.
situations.
l When WMU and MCA4/MCA8/OPM8 boards are required for an OTM node, configure
WMU boards prior to MCA4/MCA8/OPM8 boards.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
371
l When only MCA4/MCA8/OPM8 boards are required for an REG node, the MCA4 boards
are most preferred.
l For an 80-wavelength REG node, two SC1 boards or one SC2 board can be configured.
This section uses the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 as an example to illustrate the typical configuration.
Figure 4-20 Typical configurations for the optical layer of an 80-wavelength REG node
M
4
0
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819
M
4
0
O
F
I
U
S
C
2
9
1
0
O
A
U
1
0
1
O
A
U
1
0
3
40
2021222324252627 282930313233343536
37 38 39 41424344 45 46 47 48
S
C
C
S
C
C
D
4
0
E
D
4
0
O
M
C
A
4
EFI2
E
FI
1
PIU
A
U
X
PIU PIU PIU ATE
I
T
L
S
T
G
S
T
G
STI
M
4
0
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819
M
4
0
O
F
I
U
S
C
1
9
1
0
O
A
U
1
0
1
O
A
U
1
0
3
40
2021222324252627 282930313233343536
37 38 39 41424344 45 46 47 48
S
C
C
S
C
C
D
4
0
E
D
4
0
O
EFI2
E
FI
1
PIU
A
U
X
PIU PIU PIU ATE
I
T
L
S
T
G
S
T
G
STI
West East

This section describes how to connect fibers for optical subracks of an 80-wavelength REG node.
Figure 4-21 uses a westbound 80-wavelength REG node as an example to illustrate how fibers
are connected.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
372
Figure 4-21 Subrack fiber connections for an 80-wavelength REG node
M40E
Shelf1-IU1
MON
OUT
M01
M40
D40E
Shelf1-IU14
MON
IN
D01
D40
M40O
Shelf1-IU4
MON
OUT
M01
M40
D40O
Shelf1-IU17
MON
IN
D01
D40
ITL
Shelf1-IU26
MON
OUT
IN
TO
RO
TE
RE
OAU103
Shelf1-IU24
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
Shelf1-IU35
MCA4
IN1
IN2
Shelf1-IU20
OUT
IN
TC
RC
TM
RM
SC2
TM1
RM1
Shelf1-IU21
OAU101
Shelf1-IU22
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
FIU
TM2
RM2
Transmit
direction
signal
Receive
direction
signal
Optical
supervisory
signal
Optical
monitoring
signal
IN3
IN4

4.1.8 FOADM
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
373
4.1.8.1 Signal Flow
The DWDM FOADM node is responsible for processing the optical signals in two transmission
directions.
An FOADM node consists of two MR4s.
l The FIUboard separates the optical supervisory signal from the main path optical signals
and sends the former to the SC2 board for processing.
l Main path signals are sent to the MR4 after amplification. Certain wavelengths are dropped
to the local station.
l The other wavelengths pass through and are multiplexed with the locally added
wavelengths before the optical amplification.
l Finally, the signals are multiplexed with the processed optical supervisory signals for line
transmission.
Figure 4-22 shows the signal flow of an FOADM node.
Figure 4-22 Signal flow of an FOADM node

This section describes the principles for configuring a FOADM node and the typical
configurations for the optical layer of a FOADM node.
Optical Add and Drop Multiplexing Unit:
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
374
l If a DMR1 board is used, and the transmission distance is short, the FIU board cannot be
used.
l If a DMR1 board is used, optical amplifier units cannot be used on the line.
l If DMR1 board is not used, the optical amplifier boards must be configured according to
the power budget for actual situations.
This section uses the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 as an example to illustrate the typical configuration.
Figure 4-23 Typical configurations for the optical layer of an FOADM node
M
4
0
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819
M
4
0
O
9
1
0
40
2021222324252627 282930313233343536
37 38 39 41424344 45 46 47 48
S
C
C
S
C
C
D
4
0
E
D
4
0
O
EFI2
E
FI
1
PIU
A
U
X
PIU PIU PIU ATE
S
T
G
S
T
G
STI
M
4
0
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819
M
4
0
O
S
C
1
9
1
0
40
2021222324252627 282930313233343536
37 38 39 41424344 45 46 47 48
S
C
C
D
4
0
E
D
4
0
O
EFI2
E
FI
1
PIU
A
U
X
PIU PIU PIU ATE
S
T
G
S
T
G
STI
West East
F
I
U
S
C
2
O
A
U
1
0
1
O
A
U
1
0
3
M
R
4
F
I
U
S
C
2
O
A
U
1
0
1
O
A
U
1
0
3
M
R
4
F
I
U
O
A
U
1
0
1
O
A
U
1
0
3
M
R
4
F
I
U
O
A
U
1
0
1
O
A
U
1
0
3
M
R
4
S
C
C

This section describes how to connect fibers for optical subracks of a FOADM node.
Figure 4-24 uses a westbound FOADM node as an example to illustrate how fibers are
connected.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
375
Figure 4-24 Subrack fiber connections for a FOADM node
Shelf1-IU6
OBU101
Shelf1-IU5
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
Shelf1-IU1
OUT
IN
TC
RC
TM
RM
SC2
TM1
RM1
Shelf1-IU2
OAU101
Shelf1-IU3
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
MR4 FIU
Transmit
direction
signal
Receive
direction
signal
Optical
supervisory
signal
TM2
RM2
MO
MI
OUT
IN
D1
A1
D2
A2
D3
A3
D4
A4

4.1.9 CWDM
4.1.9.1 Signal Flow
An 8-wavelength CWDM FOADM node is used to process the optical signals in two
transmission directions.
It receives line signals and sends the signals to the CMR4 board, where some wavelengths are
dropped to the OTUs and then to the client side equipment. Other wavelengths pass through the
CMR4 board and are multiplexed with the wavelengths added locally. Then, the multiplexed
wavelengths are sent to the line for transmission.
Figure 4-25 shows the signal flow of an 8-wavelength CWDM FOADM node.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
376
Figure 4-25 Signal flow of an 8-wavelength CWDM FOADM node

This section describes the typical configurations of an 8-wavelength CWDM FOADM node.
of an 8-wavelength CWDM FOADM node.
As shown in Figure 4-26, one subrack is required.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
377
Figure 4-26 Typical configurations for the optical layer of an 8-wavelength CWDM FOADM
node
M
4
0
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819
F
I
U
9
1
0
40
2021222324252627 282930313233343536
37 38 39 41424344 45 46 47 48
S
C
C
S
C
C
M
C
A
4
EFI2
E
FI
1
PIU
A
U
X
PIU PIU PIU ATE STI
S
T
G
S
T
G
C
M
R
4
C
M
R
4

This section describes how to connect fibers for optical subracks of an 8-wavelength CWDM
FOADM node.
Figure 4-27 shows the subrack fiber connections for the optical layer of an 8-wavelength
CWDM FOADM node.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
378
Figure 4-27 Subrack fiber connections for an 8-wavelength CWDM FOADM node
Shelf1-IU2
CMR4
Shelf1-IU1
CMR4
MO
MI
OUT
IN
D1
A1
D2
A2
D3
A3
D4
A4
MI
IN
D1
A1
D2
A2
D3
A3
D4
A4
MO
OUT
Transmit
direction
signal
Receive
direction
signal

4.2 OCS Typical Configuration
ADM
The architecture of the add-drop multiplexer (ADM) is similar to the combination of two back-
to-back TMs, as shown in Figure 4-28.
Figure 4-28 Functional block diagram of an ADM used in the OptiX OSN 8800
STM-16/64
low-rate SDH
signals
STM-16/64

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
379
MADM
The multiple add/drop multiplexer (MADM) is a core unit required for building a complex
network. Figure 4-29 shows the functional block diagram of an MADM. The OptiX OSN 8800
can be configured as an MADM combined with ADMs at a rate ranging from STM-1 to STM-64.
Figure 4-29 Functional block diagram of the OptiX OSN 8800 configured as an MADM
STM-16/64
low-rate SDH
signals
...

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
380
5 Quick Installation Guide
For detailed installation procedures of OptiX OSN 8800 T64, refer to OptiX OSN 8800 T64
Quick Installation Guide
For detailed installation procedures of OptiX OSN 6800, refer to OptiX OSN 6800 Quick
Installation Guide
For detailed installation procedures of OptiX OSN 3800, refer to OptiX OSN 3800 Quick
Installation Guide
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Field Engineer) 5 Quick Installation Guide
381
6 Performing Initial Web LCT Commissioning
About This Chapter
Initial commissioning must be conducted using the Web LCT because NEs cannot be managed
in the network management center (NMC) before initial commissioning is completed. During
initial commissioning, NEs must be connected and configured onsite, so that the U2000 can
remotely manage these NEs.
6.1 Initial Commissioning Flow
Some initial commissioning operations are optional and can be performed when required.
6.2 Connecting NEs to the Web LCT
Before performing initial commissioning on an NE, install the Web LCT on a computer, directly
connect the computer to the NE using a crossover cable, and log in to the Web LCT.
6.3 Configuring NE Attributes
Configure NE attributes using the Web LCT.
6.4 Checking Board Slots
Verify that the logical boards displayed on the Web LCT, physical boards inserted into the
equipment, and boards specified in the network plan are consistent so future operations can be
effectively performed.
6.5 Configuring the TN11TOM Board On-site
If there is no OSC channel on an NE and the TN11TOM board is required to provide an ESC
channel, this operation must be performed. The U2000 can remotely manage the NE and its
connected NEs after the TN11TOM board is configured.
6.7 Configuring the OA Boards
Set optical attenuation and nominal gain for optical amplifier boards, with assistance from the
engineers in the network management center (NMC).
6.8 Checking NE Communication Status
Correct configuration of each NE is the basis for the entire network to operate properly. This
section describes how to check whether the configuration of each NE is correct.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Field Engineer) 6 Performing Initial Web LCT Commissioning
382
6.9 Backing Up the NE Database to the SCC Board
By backing up an NE database to an SCC board, you can ensure that the NE automatically
restores to the normal state in case a power failure occurs. When you back up an NE database
to an SCC board, you actually back up the NE data to the flash memory of the SCC board. After
a power-off reset occurs on the NE, the SCC board automatically reads the configuration data
from the flash memory and applies the data to the boards on this NE.
6.10 Exiting the Web LCT
After performing initial NE commissioning using the Web LCT, log out of the commissioned
NE, reconnect the network cables to the NE, and exit the Web LCT.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
383
6.1 Initial Commissioning Flow
Some initial commissioning operations are optional and can be performed when required.
Figure 6-1 shows the flow for conducting initial commissioning using the Web LCT.
Figure 6-1 Initial commissioning flow
Configuring NE
Attributes
Checking Board Slots
Connecting NEs to
the Web LCT
Mandatory
Optional
Exiting the Web LCT
Configuring the
TN11TOM/TN52TOM
Board Onsite
Configuring the OA
Boards
Checking NE
Communication Status
Backing Up the NE
Database to the SCC
Board
Optional Operations
l Configure the TN11TOM or TN52TOM board onsite.
If there is no OSC channel on an NE and the TN11TOM or TN52TOM board is required
to provide an ESC channel, this operation must be performed. The U2000 can remotely
manage the NE and its connected NEs after the TN11TOM or TN52TOM board is
configured.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
384
NOTE
Only the TOM board needs to be configured to provide an ESC channel.
Figure 6-2 shows an application scenario in which the TOM board provides an ESC
channel.
Figure 6-2 Application scenario in which the TOM board provides an ESC channel
NMS
TOM
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
Client side
WDM side
TOM
WDM side
Client side
OTU1
OTU1 OTU1 OTU1
Site A
Site B Site C
SCC
Client-side
ESC channel
WDM-side
ESC channel
Client-side
ESC channel
The TN11TOM or TN52TOM board provides an ESC channel only when it receives
OTU1 signals on the client side or transmits OTU1 signals on the WDM side. Similarly,
an ESC channel (on the client or WDM side) is available after cross-connections for
OTU1 signals are configured.
Client-side ESC channel: When the TN11TOM or TN52TOM board receives OTU1
signals on the client side, the client-side ESC channel is available after client-side
OTU1 cross-connections are configured.
WDM-side ESC channel: When the TN11TOM or TN52TOM board transmits
OTU1 signals on the WDM side, the WDM-side ESC channel is available after
WDM-side OTU1 cross-connections are configured.
In OTU1 regeneration scenarios, the ESC channel on either the client or WDM side
is required.
l Configure the OA boards.
If NEs are unreachable by the U2000 and optical power must be set for optical amplifier
(OA) boards, connect the Web LCT to the NEs onsite and perform this operation.
6.2 Connecting NEs to the Web LCT
Before performing initial commissioning on an NE, install the Web LCT on a computer, directly
connect the computer to the NE using a crossover cable, and log in to the Web LCT.
6.2.1 Installing the Web LCT
You can install the Web LCT using a CD or DVD, or by copying and decompressing the software
package that contains the Web LCT.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
385
Installing the Web LCT by Copying and Decompressing the Software Package
1. Obtain the software package that contains the Web LCT from Huawei engineers.
2. Decompress the installation software package that includes
U2000WebLCTversion_en_win32_x86.zip.
NOTE
The version indicates the detailed version number of the Web LCT. Ensure that the decompressing
directory contains no spaces, punctuation, or non-alphabetic characters.
Installing the Web LCT Using a CD or DVD
1. Insert the installation CD or DVD.
2. Run the setup.exe file.
3. Select the language version for Wizard, and click Next.
4. Click Next.
5. Select I accept the terms of the license agreement, and click Next.
6. Select the installation directory, and click Next.
NOTE
When you click Browse to select a different installation folder, ensure that the destination path does
not contain spaces or punctuation.
7. The following dialog box is displayed. Select the features you want to install based on the
following NOTE. Click Next.
NOTE
When you select the features to be installed, COMMON must be selected and other features can be
selected based on the managed equipment.
l For OTN equipment using the North American version only, select NA OTN.
l For OTN equipment using the global version only, select NG WDM.
l It is recommended that all the features are selected.
8. Click Install to install the Web LCT. The entire installation process lasts five minutes.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
386
9. After the installation is complete, the Installation finished dialog box is displayed. Click
Finish.
6.2.2 Connecting to NEs
Connect the computer where the Web LCT is installed to an NE using a crossover or straight-
through cable so the Web LCT can directly manage the connected NE.
Procedure
Step 1 Connect the crossover or straight-through cable to the Web LCT. One end of the cable should
be connected to the network port of the computer. For the specific ports and boards to be
connected, see Table 6-1.
Table 6-1 Specific port on a board
Product Board Name Port
OptiX OSN 8800 T64, OptiX
OSN 8800 T32
EFI2 NM_ETH1
EFI1 NM_ETH2
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 EFI NM_ETH1 or NM_ETH2
OptiX OSN 6800, and OptiX
OSN 3800
AUX NM_ETH1 or NM_ETH2

Step 2 Check the green indicator of the network adapter interface of the computer and the indicators
on the board that connect to the computer.
NOTE
The indicator of the computer and the green "LINK" indicator on the board remain on. The orange "ACT"
indicator on the board should blink.
If the three indicators are malfunctioning:
l Replace the network cable with a new one. If the indicators are functioning correctly, the original cable
is faulty.
l If all the above-mentioned indicators are still malfunctioning, check whether the network adapter of
the computer and the board that connects to the network cable are functioning correctly.
Step 3 Change the IP address of the computer being used to commission the NE so that the computer
IP address is on the same subnet as the default IP Address of the NE.
NOTE
l The default IP address of an NE ranges from 129.9.0.0 to 129.9.0.255 or from 129.9.191.0 to
129.9.191.255.
l Change the computer IP address that is in the same network segment as the NE, for example, 129.9.0.N,
where N is an integer from 1 to 255.
l Change the computer subnet mask to 255.255.255.0.
----End
6.2.3 Logging In to the Web LCT
Log in to the Web LCT before performing NE settings on the Web LCT.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
387
Procedure
Step 1 Double-click the startweblct.bat file at "WebLCT\WebLCT\Tomcat" to launch the Web LCT
application.
Step 2 In the browser, enter the default value admin for User Name and Changeme_123 for
Password.
Step 3 Enter the Verification Code according to the picture that is displayed on the right side.
Step 4 Click Login to display the NE List window.
----End
6.3 Configuring NE Attributes
Configure NE attributes using the Web LCT.
6.3.1 Searching and Adding NEs
Search and add NEs by IP addresses or IP domains.
Procedure
Step 1 Click NE Search and select Advanced Search at the bottom of the Screen. A Search NE
window opens.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
388
Step 2 Click Manage Domain. A Manage Domain Search window opens.
Step 3 Click Add and the New Domain window is displayed.
Step 4 Set Domain Type to GNE IP Domain or GNE IP Address, and enter an IP address in the
Domain Address field. Click OK.
Attribute Value
Domain Type
l GNE IP Domain: Search for all NEs in the specified IP domain.
l GNE IP Address: Search for a specific NE using the specified IP address.
Domain Address
l If Domain Type is set to GNE IP Domain, enter an IP domain value,
for example, 10.191.255.255.
l If Domain Type is set to GNE IP Address, enter an IP address, for
example, 10.191.167.131.
Step 5 Click Cancel to exit the Manage Domain Search window.
Step 6 Select the entered NE IP Address in the Domain drop-down list on the Search NE window.
Step 7 Click Search. After the search for NEs is complete, click End Search.
Step 8 Select the NE being commissioned and click Add NE.
Step 9 Click OK then Cancel.
----End
Result
The NE to be commissioned is now in the list of NEs on the main Web LCT screen, and the
login status is Not Logged In or Logged In.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
389
6.3.2 Logging In to an NE
Log in to an NE that has been added if the NE indicates "Not Logged In".
Procedure
Step 1 Highlight the NE in the main Web LCT screen and click NE Login. Enter the default value
lct for User Name, and password for Password.
Step 2 Click OK. The login status is Logged In.
Step 3 Click NE Explorer to display the NE Explorer of the selected NE.
----End
6.3.3 Setting NE ID
The ID of NEs that are searched out and added are still factory defaults, which may be different
from the planned ID. The ID of NEs must be set according to the engineering design document
so that commissioning engineers can perform operations on the NEs using the NMS at the
network management center.
Procedure
Step 1 In the NE Explorer, select the NE and choose Configuration > NE Attribute from the Function
Tree.
Step 2 Click Modify NE ID. In the Modify NE ID dialog box that is displayed, enter values in the
New ID and New Extended ID fields, and then click OK.
Step 3 A Warning dialog box is displayed, click Yes. A dialog box indicating that the operation is
successful is displayed, click Close to complete changing the NE ID. At this time, the NE is
unreachable.
----End
6.3.4 Setting NE IP Addresses
The IP addresses of NEs that are searched out and added are factory defaults, which may be
different from the planned IP addresses. The IP addresses of NEs must be set according to the
engineering design document so that commissioning engineers can perform operations on the
NEs using the NMS at the network management center.
Procedure
Step 1 In the NE Explorer, select an NE and choose Communication > Communication
Parameters from the Function Tree.
Step 2 Enter the IP Address, Gateway IP Address and Subnet Mask of the NE.
Step 3 Click Apply. Click OK in the two displayed Confirm dialog boxes. Then click Close in the
displayed Operation Result dialog box.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
390
NOTE
You will lose your connection to the NE at this point. To restore communications, perform the following:
l Change the IP address of your computer to an address on the same subnet as the NE.
l Re-run 6.3.1 Searching and Adding NEs and 6.3.2 Logging In to an NE.
----End
6.3.5 Configuring Master-Slave Subracks
This operation applies to versions earlier than V100R005C00SPC900 in which slave subracks
must be manually added. If the equipment version is V100R005C00SPC900 or later, this
operation is not required. Instead, the master and slave subrack configurations are automatically
uploaded when you search and add NEs.
Background Information
The OptiX OSN 8800/6800 supports the management of master/slave subracks. When multiple
subracks are required for an NE, the master/slave subrack mode must be used for centralized
management.
In this mode, the master subrack and its slave subracks are displayed as one NE in the network
management system.
They share the same NE ID and IP address.
Procedure
Step 1 In the NE Explorer, select a NE and the Slot Layout is displayed.
Step 2 Select a subrack on the top of the Slot Layout, right-click, and choose Add Slave Subrack from
the shortcut menu. The Add Slave Subrack dialog box is displayed.
Step 3 Set Shelf Type, Shelf Name, and Subrack FIC in the Add Slave Subrack dialog box. Click
OK.
NOTE
l The subrack FIC is the physical location of the NE in the rack. Set the location information of the shelf.
The recommended format is Floor-Room-Aisle-Open rack-shelf.
l For the OptiX OSN 8800, the following table lists the values for Cross-Connect Type and Cross-
Connect Capacity.
Parameter Value
Cross-Connect Type OTN
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
391
Parameter Value
Cross-Connect Capacity
l OptiX OSN 8800 T16: 0G to 640G
l OptiX OSN 8800 T32: 0G to 1.28T
l OptiX OSN 8800 T64: 0G to 2.56T
Step 4 Click Close in the Operation Result dialog box.
----End
6.4 Checking Board Slots
Verify that the logical boards displayed on the Web LCT, physical boards inserted into the
equipment, and boards specified in the network plan are consistent so future operations can be
effectively performed.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the logical boards and physical boards are consistent.
l If yes, go to the next step.
l If no, check as follows:
If the number of logical boards is less than the number of physical boards, verify that
the physical boards are correctly inserted and add the logical boards.
NOTE
If add the CRPC or ROP board, you should click to display the slots.
1. In the NE Explorer, select Slot Layout.
2. Verify that the physical boards are correctly inserted. On the Slot Layout pane,
right-click the corresponding logical slot, and select the required board type from
the shortcut menu.
.
If the logical board types are inconsistent with the physical board types, delete and re-
add the logical boards.
1. In the NE Explorer, select Slot Layout.
2. Then right-click the board and choose Delete from the shortcut menu.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
392
3. Right-click the target logical slot and select the required board type from the
shortcut menu.
Step 2 Check whether the physical boards and the boards specified in the network plan are consistent.
l If yes, you do not need to perform any other operations.
l If no, replace the physical boards, and delete and re-add the logical boards on the panel
layout.
----End
6.5.1 Working Mode and Signal Flow
Set the working mode for the TN11TOM board according to the network plan and configuration
scenarios.
Table 6-2 lists the available working modes of the TN11TOM board and the service mapping
path for each scenario.
Table 6-2 Mappings between the working modes and the service mapping paths
Board
Working
Mode
Scenario
No.
Port
Working
Mode
Mapping Path Configuration
Scenario
Cascading Scenario 1 N/A OTU1/Any->ODU1 6.5.2 Scenario 1: ODU1
tributary mode
(cascading)
Scenario 2 N/A OTU1/Any-
>ODU1->OTU1
6.5.3 Scenario 2: ODU1
tributary-line mode
(cascading)
Non-
cascading
Scenario 3 N/A OTU1/Any->ODU1 6.5.4 Scenario 3: ODU1
tributary mode (non-
cascading)
Scenario 4 N/A Any->ODU1-
>OTU1
tributary-line mode
(non-cascading)
Scenario 5 N/A OTU1->ODU1-
>OTU1
tributary-line mode
(electrical regeneration
board)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
393
6.5.2 Scenario 1: ODU1 tributary mode (cascading)
The application scenario in which the TN11TOM board works in cascading mode with its ports
working in ODU1 tributary mode is defined as scenario 1: cascading ODU1 tributary mode.
When the TN11TOM board works in cascading ODU1 tributary mode, intra-board client-side
OTU1 cross-connections must be configured so that an ESC channel is available between the
NE equipped with the TN11TOM board and its connected NEs.
Application Diagram
Figure 6-3 shows the position of the TN11TOM board in a WDM system where the TN11TOM
board works in cascading ODU1 tributary mode.
Figure 6-3 Position of the TN11TOM board in a WDM system (scenario 1: ODU1 tributary
mode (cascading))
1
8
TOM
1xODU1 1xOTU2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
S
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
S
2
1xOTU2
8
A
n
y
1xODU1
ODU1 Any
FE, GE, FDDI,
STM-1, OC-3,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
STM-16, OC-
48, ESCON,
STM-4, OC-12,
FC100, FICON,
FC200, FICON
Express, HD-
SDI, OTU1
1
O
D
U
1
FE, GE, FDDI,
STM-1, OC-3,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
STM-16, OC-
48, ESCON,
STM-4, OC-12,
FC100, FICON,
FC200, FICON
Express, HD-
SDI, OTU1
1
8
TOM
8
A
n
y
ODU1 Any
1
O
D
U
1
OptiX OSN 6800: From/To paired slot
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
OptiX OSN 3800: From/To non-paired slots of the mesh group

Cross-Connection Diagram
Create a cross-connection between the internal client-side and ClientLP ports on the TN11TOM
board, which is marked (1) in Figure 6-4.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
394
Figure 6-4 Cross-connection diagram for the TN11TOM board (scenario 1: cascading ODU1
tributary mode)
Client side
The internal cross-connection of the board, which needs to be configured on the NMS
The client side of the TOM board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards,
which needs to be configured on the NMS
WDM side
10(TX8/RX8)-1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
TOM
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
2
1
WDM side
Other board
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect module Cross-connect module

NOTE
A cross-connection can be configured between any client-side port and any ClientLP port.
Procedure
Step 1 Configure the working mode for the TN11TOM board.
Set Board Mode to Cascading mode.
1. In the NE Explorer, select the TN11TOM board and choose Configuration > WDM
Interface in the navigation tree.
2. Click By Board/Port (Channel) and choose Board from the drop-down list.
3. Double-click the Board Mode field and set it to Cascading mode.
4. Click Apply.
5. Click Query. Confirm that the query results are the same as the preset values.
Step 2 Configure a service mode for the client-side ports on the TN11TOM board. It is recommended
to select the port that is carrying the service channel specified in the network plan.
Because the service type is OTU1, Service Mode must be set to OTN Mode for the ports.
1. Click By Board/Port (Channel) and choose Channel from the drop-down list. Click the
Basic Attributes tab in the WDM Interface pane.
2. Select a client-side port. Double-click the Service Mode field and set it to OTN Mode.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
395
3. Click Apply.
Step 3 Set the service type to OTU-1 for ClientLP the ports. It is recommended to select the ClientLP
port that is carrying the service channel specified in the network plan.
1. Click the Basic Attributes tab in the WDM Interface pane.
2. Select a ClientLP port. Double-click the Service Type field and set it to OTU-1.
3. Click Apply.
Step 4 Configure an intra-board client-side cross-connection.
Configure an intra-board bidirectional OTU1 cross-connection between a client-side port and a
ClientLP port. Ensure that the client-side and ClientLP ports are identical to those configured
at steps 3 and 4.
1. In the NE Explorer, select the NE and choose Configuration > Electrical Cross-
Connection Service Management in the navigation tree.
2. In the Electrical Cross-Connection Configuration pane, click New. The Create Cross-
Connection Service dialog box is displayed.
3. Set Service Level to OTU1, and set other parameters as required. The following figure
shows an example of configuring a bidirectional OTU1 cross-connection between the 3
(RX1/TX1) port and the 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1) port.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
396
4. Click OK. The newly created cross-connection is displayed.
----End
6.5.3 Scenario 2: ODU1 tributary-line mode (cascading)
working in ODU1 tributary-line mode is defined as scenario 2: cascading ODU1 tributary-line
mode. When the TN11TOM board works in cascading ODU1 tributary-line mode, it can receive
OTU1 signals on the client side and transmit OTU1 signals on the WDM side. To provide an
ESC channel between the local and remote NEs, configure an intra-board client-side OTU1
cross-connection. In other cases, either a WDM-side or a client-side intra-board cross-
connection is required to provide an ESC channel.
Application Diagram
Figure 6-5 shows two scenarios in which the TN11TOM board works in cascading ODU1
tributary-line mode. Configure the TN11TOM board according to the network plan.
l Dual-fed and selectively receiving on the WDM side: The TN11TOM board receives a
maximum of six services on the client side and the other two client-side ports work as
WDM-side ports, which selectively receive services.
l Single transmitting and single receiving on the WDM side: The TN11TOM board receives
a maximum of seven services on the client side and the other client-side port works as a
WDM-side port, which also receives services.
Figure 6-5 Position of the TN11TOM board in a WDM system (scenario 2: ODU1 tributary-
line mode (cascading))
Dual-fed and selectively receiving on the WDM side:
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
397
1
6
TOM
Any
1
O
D
U
1
1
6
TOM
Any
1
O
D
U
1
6
A
n
y
6
A
n
y
1
O
T
U
1
1
O
T
U
1
1xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
1xOTU1
FE, GE, FDDI, STM-
1, OC-3, STM-4, OC-
12, STM-16, OC-
48,ESCON,
FC100, FICON,
FC200, FICON
Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI, OTU1
FE, GE, FDDI, STM-
1, OC-3, STM-4, OC-
12, STM-16, OC-
48,ESCON,
FC100, FICON,
FC200, FICON
Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI, OTU1
Single transmitting and single receiving on the WDM side:
1
7
TOM
Any
1
O
D
U
1
1
7
TOM
Any
1
O
D
U
1
7
A
n
y
1
O
T
U
1
1
O
T
U
1
1xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
1xOTU1
7
A
n
y
FE, GE, FDDI, STM-
1, OC-3, STM-4, OC-
12, STM-16, OC-
48,ESCON,
FC100, FICON,
FC200, FICON
Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI, OTU1
FE, GE, FDDI, STM-
1, OC-3, STM-4, OC-
12, STM-16, OC-
48,ESCON,
FC100, FICON,
FC200, FICON
Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI, OTU1

Create an OTU1 cross-connection between the internal 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1) and WDM-
side ports on the TN11TOM board, which is marked (2) in Figure 6-6.
Figure 6-6 Cross-connection diagram for the TN11TOM board (scenario 2: ODU1 tributary-
line mode (cascading))
Client side
WDM side
9(TX7/RX7)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
2
1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
3
TOM
Cross-connect module Cross-connect module Cross-connect module
Client side
WDM side
9(TX7/RX7)-1
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1 10(TX8/RX8)-1
2
1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
3
TOM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
398
NOTE
l Only the RX7/TX7 and RX8/TX8 optical ports can be used as WDM-side optical ports.
l A cross-connection can be configured between any client-side port and any ClientLP port.
Configuration Process
The configuration process for providing a client-side ESC channel differs from that for providing
a WDM-side ESC channel. Table 6-3 lists the configuration process.
Table 6-3 Configuration process
No. Task To Provide a Client-
Side ESC Channel
To Provide a WDM-
Side ESC Channel
1 Set the state of the TOM
board.
Yes Yes
2 Configure the working
mode for the TOM board.
Yes Yes
3 Set the port type. No Yes
4 Set the service mode. Yes No
5 Configure the service
type.
Yes No
6 Configure an intra-board
cross-connection.
Yes Yes
board.
Yes Yes
Remarks:
l Yes: This task is required.
l No: This task is not required.

Procedure
Set Board Mode to Cascading mode.
3. Double-click the Board Mode field and set it to Cascading mode.
4. Click Apply.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
399
Step 2 Optional: Set the port type.
NOTE
This operation is required to provide a WDM-side ESC channel.
Set an RX/TX port as a WDM-side port according to the network plan. It is recommended to
set the type for the port that is carrying the service channel specified in the network plan. For
the application of "dual-fed and selectively receiving on the WDM side", set the type for the
port planned to carry the working channel.
1. Right-click the board in the Slot Layout pane and choose Path View from the shortcut
menu.
2. Right-click the port and choose Delete Port.
3. Right-click the blank area and choose Add Port. The Add Port dialog box is displayed.
4. Set Type according to the network plan. Click OK to apply the configuration.
Step 3 Optional: Configure a service mode for client-side ports on the TN11TOM board. It is
recommended to set a service mode for the client-side port that is carrying the service channel
specified in the network plan.
NOTE
This operation is required to provide a client-side ESC channel.
3. Select a client-side port. Double-click the Service Mode field and set it to OTN Mode as
shown in the following figure.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
400
Step 4 Optional: Set the service type to OTU-1 for the ClientLP ports. It is recommended to set a
service type for the ClientLP port that is carrying the service channel specified in the network
plan.
NOTE
2. Select a ClientLP port. Double-click the Service Type field and set it to OTU-1 as shown
in the following figure.
Step 5 Configure an intra-board cross-connection.
3. Set Service Level to OTU1, and set other parameters as required.
l To configure a client-side cross-connection, configure a cross-connection between a
client-side port and a ClientLP port. Ensure that the client-side and ClientLP ports are
identical to those configured in steps 4 and 5. The following figure shows an example
of configuring such a cross-connection.
l To configure a WDM-side cross-connection, configure the cross-connection between
an ODU1LP port and the WDM-side port that is specified in step 3. The following figure
shows an example of configuring such a cross-connection.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
401
----End
6.5.4 Scenario 3: ODU1 tributary mode (non-cascading)
The application scenario in which the TN11TOM board works in non-cascading mode with its
ports working in ODU1 tributary mode is defined as scenario 3: non-cascading ODU1 tributary
mode. When the TN11TOM board works in non-cascading ODU1 tributary mode, intra-board
client-side OTU1 cross-connections must be configured so an ESC channel is available between
the NE equipped with the TN11TOM board and its connected NEs.
Application Diagram
board works in non-cascading ODU1 tributary mode.
Figure 6-7 Position of the TN11TOM board in a WDM system (scenario 3: ODU1 tributary
mode (non-cascading))
NS2
1
4
1
8
1
8
TOM
1xOTU2
MUX/
DMUX
8
A
n
y
1xOTU2
MUX/
DMUX
FC100, FICON, FE,
GE, STM-1, OC-3,
STM-4, OC-12,
STM-16, OC-48
, FC200, FICON
Express, DVB-ASI,
ESCON, FDDI, SDI,
HD-SDI, OTU1
NS2
1
4
Any Any
TOM
4
O
D
U
1
8
A
n
y
4
O
D
U
1
ODU1 ODU1
4xODU1
4xODU1
FC100, FICON, FE,
GE, STM-1, OC-3,
STM-4, OC-12,
STM-16, OC-48
, FC200, FICON
Express, DVB-ASI,
ESCON, FDDI, SDI,
HD-SDI, OTU1
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
402
Figure 6-8 Cross-connection diagram for the TN11TOM board (scenario 3: ODU1 tributary
mode (non-cascading))
WDM side
WDM side
10(TX8/RX8)-1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
TOM
2 1
Other board
Client side
Cross-connect
module

NOTE
Procedure
Set Board Mode to Non-cascading mode.
3. In the Board Mode pane, double-click the Board Mode field and set it to Non-cascading
mode.
4. Click Apply.
Step 2 Configure a service mode for the client-side ports on the TN11TOM board. It is recommended
to set a service mode for the client-side port that is carrying the service channel specified in the
network plan.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
403
Step 3 Set the service type to OTU-1 for the ClientLP ports. It is recommended to set a service type
for the ClientLP port that is carrying the service channel specified in the network plan.
Configure an intra-board bidirectional OTU1 cross-connection between a client-side and a
in steps 3 and 4.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
404
4. Click OK. The created cross-connection is displayed.
----End
6.5.5 Scenario 4: ODU1 tributary-line mode (non-cascading)
ports working in ODU1 tributary-line mode is defined as scenario 4: non-cascading ODU1
tributary-line mode. When the TN11TOM board works in non-cascading ODU1 tributary-line
mode, an intra-board WDM-side OTU1 cross-connection must be configured to provide an ESC
channel.
Application Diagram
board works in non-cascading ODU1 tributary-line mode.
line mode (non-cascading))
1
4
TOM
4xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
4
A
n
y
MUX/
DMUX
FC100, FICON, FE,
GE, STM-1, OC-3
, STM-4, OC-12,
DVB-ASI, ESCON,
FDDI, FC200,
FICON Express,
SDI, HD-SDI, STM-
16, OC-48
Any
4
O
D
U
1
4
O
T
U
1
1
4
1
4
4xOTU1
1
4
FC100, FICON, FE,
GE, STM-1, OC-3
, STM-4, OC-12,
DVB-ASI, ESCON,
FDDI, FC200,
FICON Express,
SDI, HD-SDI, STM-
16, OC-48
TOM
4
A
n
y
Any
4
O
D
U
1
4
O
T
U
1
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
405

Create an OTU1 cross-connection between the internal ODU1LP and WDM-side ports on the
TN11TOM board, which is marked (2) in Figure 6-10.
line mode (non-cascading))
Client side
9(TX7/RX7)-1
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)
WDM side
10(TX8/RX8)-1
2
1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)
3
TOM
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1 52(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)
53(ODU1LP3/ODU1LP3)
54(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module

NOTE
l All RX/TX optical ports can be used as WDM-side optical ports.
l A cross-connection can be configured between any ODU1LP port and any WDM-side port.
Procedure
mode.
4. Click Apply.
Step 2 Set the port type.
set the type for the port that is carrying the service channel specified in the network plan.
1. Right-click the board in the Slot Layout pane, and choose Path View from the shortcut
menu.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
406
Step 3 Configure an intra-board WDM-side cross-connection.
Configure a cross-connection between an ODU1LP port and the WDM-side port that is specified
in step 3.
----End
6.5.6 Scenario 5: ODU1 tributary-line mode (electrical regeneration
board)
When the TN11TOM board works as an electrical regeneration board with its ports working in
ODU1 tributary-line mode, it can receive OTU1 signals on the client side and transmit OTU1
signals on the WDM side. To provide an ESC channel between the local and remote NEs,
configure an intra-board client-side OTU1 cross-connection. In other cases, either a WDM-side
or a client-side intra-board cross-connection is required to provide an ESC channel.
Application Diagram
board works as an electrical regeneration board in ODU1 tributary-line mode.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
407
line mode (electrical regeneration board))
TOM
4xOTU1
4
O
T
U
1
4
O
D
U
1
4
O
T
U
1
MUX DMUX
MUX
DMUX
TOM
4
O
T
U
1
4
O
D
U
1
4
O
T
U
1
4xOTU1
4xOTU1 4xOTU1

l Create a cross-connection between the internal client-side and ClientLP ports on the
l Create an OTU1 cross-connection between the internal ODU1LP and WDM-side ports on
the TN11TOM board, which is marked (2) in Figure 6-12.
line mode (electrical regeneration board))
Client side
9(TX7/RX7)-1
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)
WDM side
10(TX8/RX8)-1
2
1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
3
TOM
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1 52(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)
53(ODU1LP3/ODU1LP3)
54(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
408
NOTE

Side ESC Channel
To Provide a WDM-
Side ESC Channel
board.
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
type.
Yes No
cross-connection.
Yes Yes
board.
Yes Yes
Remarks:

Procedure
mode.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
409
4. Click Apply.
NOTE
set the type for the port that is carrying the service channel specified in the network plan.
menu.
Step 3 Optional: Configure a service mode for the client-side ports on the TN11TOM board. It is
recommended to set a service mode for the port that is carrying the service channel specified in
the network plan.
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
410
Step 4 Optional: Set the service type to OTU-1 for the ClientLP ports. It is recommended to set a
service type for the ClientLP port that is carrying the service channel specified in the network
plan.
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
411
shows an example of configuring such a cross-connection..
----End
6.6.1 Working Mode and Signal Flow
Set the working mode for the TN52TOM board according to the network plan and configuration
scenarios.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
412
Table 6-5 lists the available working modes of the TN52TOM board and the service mapping
path for each scenario.
Table 6-5 Mapping between the working modes and the service mapping paths
Board
Workin
g Mode
Scenar
io No.
Port Working
Mode
Scenario
Cascadin
g
Scenari
o 1
ODU0 mode Any->ODU0[-
>ODU1]
In this mode, the
TN52TOM board
cannot receive OTU1
signals, and an ESC
channel cannot be
provided. No
configuration is
required in this mode.
Scenari
o 2
ODU0 Tributary-
Line mode
Any->ODU0-
>ODU1->OTU1
6.6.2 Scenario 2:
ODU0 tributary-
line mode
(cascading)
Scenari
o 3
ODU1 mode Any->ODU1 In this mode, the
TN52TOM board
cannot receive OTU1
signals, and an ESC
channel cannot be
provided. No
configuration is
Scenari
o 4
ODU1 Tributary-
Line mode
OTU1/Any->ODU1-
>OTU1
6.6.3 Scenario 4:
ODU1 tributary-
line mode
(cascading)
Non-
cascadin
g
Scenari
o 5
ODU0 mode Any->ODU0[-
>ODU1]
In this mode, the
TN52TOM board
cannot receive OTU1
signals, and an ESC
channel cannot be
provided. No
configuration is
Scenari
o 6
ODU0 Tributary-
Line Mode
Any->ODU0-
>ODU1->OTU1
6.6.4 Scenario 6:
ODU0 tributary-
line mode (non-
cascading)
Scenari
o 7
ODU1 mode OTU1/Any->ODU1 6.6.5 Scenario 7:
ODU1 mode (non-
cascading)
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
413
Board
Workin
g Mode
Scenar
io No.
Port Working
Mode
Scenario
Scenari
o 8
ODU1_ANY_ODU0
_ODU1 re-
encapsulation mode
OTU1->ODU1-
>Any->ODU0-
>ODU1
6.6.6 Scenario 8:
ODU1_ANY_ODU
0_ODU1 re-
encapsulation mode
(non-cascading)
Scenari
o 9
ODU1_ANY_ODU0
_ODU1 re-
encapsulation
tributary-line mode
OTU1->ODU1-
>Any->ODU0-
>ODU1->OTU1
6.6.7 Scenario 9:
ODU1_ANY_ODU
0_ODU1 re-
encapsulation
tributary-line mode
(non-cascading)
Scenari
o 10
ODU1 tributary-line
mode
OTU1/Any->ODU1-
>OTU1
6.6.8 Scenario 10:
ODU1 tributary-
line mode (non-
cascading)
Scenari
o 11
ODU1_ODU0 mode OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0
6.6.9 Scenario 11:
ODU1_ODU0 mode
(non-cascading)
Scenari
o 12
ODU1_ANY_ODU0
re-encapsulation
mode
OTU1->ODU1-
>Any->ODU0
6.6.10 Scenario 12:
ODU1_ANY_ODU
0 re-encapsulation
mode (non-
cascading)

NOTE
[->ODU1]: indicates that "ODU1" is optional. For example, in non-cascading ODU0 tributary mode, there
are two service signal mapping paths: Any->ODU0 and Any->ODU0->ODU1.
mode.When the TN52TOM board works in cascading ODU0 tributary-line mode, an intra-board
WDM-side OTU1 cross-connection must be configured to provide an ESC channel.
Application Diagram
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
414
Figure 6-13 Position of the TN52TOM board in a WDM system (scenario 2: Any->ODU0-
>ODU1->OTU1)
1
6
TOM
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
1xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
2
O
D
U
0
1
O
D
U
1
1
O
T
U
1
6
A
n
y
1xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
Any
1
6
TOM
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
2
O
D
U
0
1
O
D
U
1
1
O
T
U
1
6
A
n
y
Any
1
7
1
7
TOM
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
1xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
2
O
D
U
0
1
O
D
U
1
TOM
2
O
D
U
0
1
O
D
U
1
7
A
n
y
1
O
T
U
1
7
A
n
y
1
O
T
U
1
1xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
Any Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

Figure 6-14 Cross-connection diagram for the TN52TOM board (scenario 2: Any->ODU0-
>ODU1->OTU1)
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
415
Client side
10(TX8/RX8)-1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
TOM
1
161(ODU0LP1
/ODU0LP1)-1
161(ODU0LP1
/ODU0LP1)-2
51(ODU1LP1/
ODU1LP1)-1
WDM side
2 3 3
The straight-through of the board, which does not need to be configured on the NMS
Cross-connect module Cross-connect module Cross-connect module Cross-connect module
Client side
10(TX8/RX8)-1 3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
TOM
1
161(ODU0LP1
/ODU0LP1)-1
161(ODU0LP1
/ODU0LP1)-2
51(ODU1LP1/
ODU1LP1)-1
WDM side
2
3 3

NOTE
Procedure
Set Board Working Mode to Cascading and Port Working Mode to ODU0 tributary-line
mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1).
1. In the NE Explorer, select the TN52TOM board and choose Configuration > Working
Mode in the navigation tree.
2. In the Board Working Mode pane, double-click the Board Working Mode field and set
it to Cascading.
3. Click Apply.
4. In the Port Working Mode pane, set Port Working Mode for the 201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1) port. Double-click the Port Working Mode field and choose ODU0 tributary-
line mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1).
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
416
5. Click Apply.
menu.
Configure a bidirectional OTU1 cross-connection between an ODU1LP port and a WDM-side
port. Ensure that the WDM-side port the one for which the port type is changed in step 3.
----End
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
417
mode. When the TN52TOM board works in cascading ODU1 tributary-line mode, an intra-board
WDM-side OTU1 cross-connection must be configured to provide an ESC channel.
Application Diagram
Figure 6-15 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (scenario 4: OTU1/Any->ODU1-
>OTU1)
1
6
1xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
1xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
1
6
1
O
T
U
1
TOM
FE, GE, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16,
OC-3, OC-12, OC-
48, FC100, FC200,
FICON, FICON
Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
FE, GE, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16,
OC-3, OC-12, OC-
48, FC100, FC200,
FICON, FICON
Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
1
O
D
U
1
1
O
T
U
1
TOM
6
A
n
y
1
O
D
U
1
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
Any Any
6
A
n
y
6
A
n
y
6
A
n
y
1
7
1
7
TOM
1xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
1
O
D
U
1
TOM
1
O
D
U
1
7
A
n
y
1
O
T
U
1
7
A
n
y
1
O
T
U
1
1xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
FE, GE, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16,
OC-3, OC-12, OC-
48, FC100, FC200,
FICON, FICON
Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
FE, GE, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16,
OC-3, OC-12, OC-
48, FC100, FC200,
FICON, FICON
Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
Any Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
418
Figure 6-16 Cross-connection diagram for the TN52TOM board (scenario 4: OTU1/Any-
>ODU1->OTU1)
Client side
WDM side
9(TX7/RX7)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
2
1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
3
TOM
Client side
WDM side
9(TX7/RX7)-1
2
1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
3
TOM

NOTE
Procedure
Set Board Working Mode to Cascading, and Port Working Mode to ODU1 tributary-line
mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1).
it to Cascading.
3. Click Apply.
4. In the Port Working Mode pane, set Port Working Mode for the 201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1) port. Double-click the Port Working Mode field and set it to ODU1 tributary-
line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1).
5. Click Apply.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
419
select the port that is carrying the service channel specified in the network plan. For the
application of "dual-fed and selectively receiving on the WDM side", set the type for the port
planned to carry the working channel.
menu.
Configure a bidirectional OTU1 cross-connection between an ODU1LP port and a WDM-side
port. Ensure that the WDM-side port is the one for which the port type is changed in step 3.
Connection Service dialog box is displayed. Set the parameters.
----End
ports working in ODU0 tributary-line mode is defined as scenario 6: non-cascading ODU0
tributary-line mode. When the TN52TOM board works in non-cascading ODU0 tributary-line
mode, an intra-board WDM-side OTU1 cross-connection must be configured to provide an ESC
channel.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
420
Application Diagram
Figure 6-17 shows two scenarios in which the TN52TOM board works in non-cascading ODU0
maximum of four services on the client side and the other two client-side ports work as
a maximum of six services on the client side and the other client-side port works as a WDM-
side port, which also receives services.
>ODU1->OTU1)
1
4
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
2xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
2
O
D
U
1
2
O
T
U
1
4
A
n
y
2xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
TOM
4
O
D
U
0
Any
1
4
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
2
O
D
U
1
2
O
T
U
1
4
A
n
y
TOM
4
O
D
U
0
Any
1
6
1
6
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
2xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
2
O
D
U
1
2
O
T
U
1
6
A
n
y
2xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
TOM
2
O
D
U
1
2
O
T
U
1
6
A
n
y
TOM
Any Any
4
O
D
U
0
4
O
D
U
0
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

Create an OTU1 cross-connection between the internal ODU1LP and WDM-side ports on the
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
421
>ODU1->OTU1)
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
TOM
161(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2
161(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-2
162(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-1
162(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-2
51(ODU1LP1/
ODU1LP1)-1
52(ODU1LP2/
ODU1LP2)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1 1
3
2
3
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
TOM
161(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2
161(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-2
162(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-1
162(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-2
51(ODU1LP1/
ODU1LP1)-1
52(ODU1LP2/
ODU1LP2)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
1
3
2
3

NOTE
Procedure
Set Board Working Mode to Non-Cascading, and Port Working Mode to ODU0 tributary-
line mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1).
it to Non-Cascading.
3. Click Apply.
4. In the Port Working Mode pane, double-click the Port Working Mode field and set the
205 (or 207) port to None (not for ports) first. Then set the 201 (or 203) port to ODU0
tributary-line Mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1).
It is recommended to set a working mode for the port that is carrying the service channel
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
422
5. Click Apply.
menu.
2. Right-click the port and choose Modify Port from the shortcut menu. The Modify Port
dialog box is displayed. Set Type according to the network plan.
3. Click OK to apply the configuration.
Select an internal port from (3) in Figure 6-18. The internal port that is identical to the service
port specified in the network plan is recommended. Then configure an intra-board cross-
connection between the internal port and a WDM-side port. Ensure that the WDM-side port is
the one for which the port type is changed in step 3.
3. Set Service Level and Service Type, and set other parameters as required.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
423
----End
6.6.5 Scenario 7: ODU1 mode (non-cascading)
ports working in ODU1 tributary mode (OTU1->ODU1) is defined as scenario 7: application 1
of non-cascading ODU1 tributary mode. When the TN52TOM board works in non-cascading
ODU1 tributary mode, an intra-board OTU1 client-side cross-connection must be configured so
an ESC channel is available between the NE equipped with the TN52TOM board and its
connected NEs.
Application Diagram
Figure 6-19 Position of the TN52TOM board in a WDM system (scenario 7: OTU1->ODU1)
1
4
1xOTU2
MUX/
DMUX
1xOTU2
MUX/
DMUX
TOM
OTU1
NS2
1
4
OTU1
1
4
NS2
4
O
D
U
1
4xODU1
1
4
4xODU1
TOM
4
O
D
U
1
ODU1 ODU1
4
O
T
U
1
4
O
T
U
1
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
424
NOTE
In this working mode, configurations for the TN52TOM board to receive Any services differ from those
for the board to receive OTU1 services. If the TN52TOM board is configured to receive Any services, it
cannot carry an ESC channel. In this case, no configuration is required.
Create an OTU1 cross-connection between the internal client-side and ClientLP ports on the
Figure 6-20 Cross-connection diagram for the TN52TOM board (scenario 7: OTU1->ODU1)
WDM side
WDM side
10(TX8/RX8)-1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
TOM
2 1
Other board
Client side
Cross-connect
module

NOTE
Procedure
Set Board Working Mode to Non-Cascading and Port Working Mode to ODU1 mode
(OTU1/Any->ODU1).
3. Click Apply.
4. In the Port Working Mode pane, set Port Working Mode for a ClientLP port. The port
that is carrying the channel specified in the network plan is recommended. Double-click
the Port Working Mode field and set it to ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1).
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
425
5. Click Apply.
Step 2 Configure the working mode for the client-side ports on the TN52TOM board as OTN Mode.
Because the service type is OTU1, set Service Mode to OTN Mode for the port. It is
recommended to select the port that is carrying the service channel specified in the network plan.
2. Click By Board/Port (Channel) and choose Channel from the drop-down list.
3. Click the Basic Attributes tab and select a client-side port. Double-click the Service
Mode field and choose OTN Mode.
4. Click Apply.
Step 3 Set the service type to OTU-1 for the ClientLP ports. It is recommended to select the ClientLP
1. Click the Basic Attributes tab and select a ClientLP port.
2. Double-click the Service Type field and set it to OTU-1.
3. Click Apply.
in steps 3 and 4.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
426
----End
6.6.6 Scenario 8: ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation
mode (non-cascading)
ports working in ODU1 tributary mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1) is defined as
scenario 8: application 4 of non-cascading ODU1 tributary mode. When the TN52TOM board
works in non-cascading ODU1 tributary mode, an intra-board OTU1 client-side cross-
connection must be configured so an ESC channel is available between the NE equipped with
the TN52TOM board and its connected NEs.
Application Diagram
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
427
Figure 6-21 Position of the TN52TOM board in a WDM system (scenario 8: OTU1->ODU1-
>Any->ODU0->ODU1)
1
4
OTU1
4
O
T
U
1
3
2
A
n
y
Any
4
O
D
U
1
8
A
n
y
TOM
6
4
A
n
y
8
A
n
y
8
O
D
U
0
4
O
D
U
1
4xODU1 1xOTU2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
S
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
S
2
1xOTU2
1
4
1
4
4xODU1
1
4
1
4
1
4
OTU1
Any ODU1 ODU1
4
O
T
U
1
3
2
A
n
y
4
O
D
U
1
8
A
n
y
TOM
6
4
A
n
y 8
A
n
y
8
O
D
U
0
4
O
D
U
1
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A

Figure 6-22 Cross-connection diagram for the TN52TOM board (scenario 8: OTU1->ODU1-
>Any->ODU0->ODU1)
Client
side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
WDM
side
TOM
Other board
201(ClientLP1
/ClientLP1)-1
203(ClientLP3
/ClientLP3)-1
161(ODU0LP1
/ODU0LP1)-1
162(ODU0LP2
/ODU0LP2)-1
233(AnyLP1/AnyLP1)-1
236(AnyLP4/AnyLP4)-8 244(AnyLP12/AnyLP12)-8
WDM
side
2 1
2
205(ClientLP5
/ClientLP5)-1
207(ClientLP7
/ClientLP7)-1
163(ODU0LP3
/ODU0LP3)-1
164(ODU0LP4
/ODU0LP4)-1
4
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
3
244(AnyLP12/AnyLP12)1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
428
NOTE
Procedure
Set Board Working Mode to Non-Cascading, and Port Working Mode to
ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0-
>ODU1).
3. Click Apply.
4. In the Port Working Mode pane, set Port Working Mode for a ClientLP port. The port
that is carrying the channel specified in the network plan is recommended. Double-click
the Port Working Mode field and choose ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation
mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1).
5. Click Apply.
Step 2 Configure the service mode for the client-side ports on the TN52TOM board as OTN Mode.
Because the service type is OTU1, Service Mode must be set to OTN Mode for the ports. It is
3. Click the Basic Attributes tab and select a client-side port.
4. Double-click the Service Mode field and set it to OTN Mode.
5. Click Apply.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
429
3. Click Apply.
Step 4 Configure intra-board client-side cross-connections.
in steps 3 and 4.
----End
6.6.7 Scenario 9: ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation
tributary-line mode (non-cascading)
ports working in ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1)
is defined as scenario 9: application 1 of non-cascading ODU1 tributary-line mode. When the
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
430
TN52TOM board works in non-cascading ODU1 tributary-line mode, it can receive OTU1
services on the client side and also transmit OTU1 services on the WDM side. To provide an
ESC channel between the local and remote NEs, configure an intra-board client-side OTU1
cross-connection. In other cases, either a WDM-side or a client-side intra-board cross-
connection is required to provide an ESC channel.
Application Diagram
board works in non-cascading ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0-
>ODU1->OTU1).
>Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1)
1
2
OTU1
TOM
2
O
T
U
1
2
O
D
U
1
1
6
A
n
y
3
2
A
n
y
4
O
D
U
0
2
O
T
U
1
2
O
D
U
1
1
2
OTU1
TOM
2
O
T
U
1
2
O
D
U
1
1
6
A
n
y
3
2
A
n
y
4
O
D
U
0
2
O
T
U
1
2
O
D
U
1
2xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
2xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX

the TN52TOM board, which is marked (4) in Figure 6-24.
>Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1)
Client side WDM side
TOM
201(ClientLP1
/ClientLP1)-1
203(ClientLP3
/ClientLP3)-1
161(ODU0LP1
/ODU0LP1)-1
162(ODU0LP2
/ODU0LP2)-1
2 1
2
205(ClientLP5
/ClientLP5)-1
207(ClientLP7
/ClientLP7)-1
2
51(ODU1LP1
/ODU1LP1)-1
52(ODU1LP2
/ODU1LP2)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
4
8(TX6/RX6)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
3
3(TX1/RX1)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
431
NOTE
Side ESC Channel
To Provide a WDM-
Side ESC Channel
board.
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
type.
Yes No
cross-connection.
Yes Yes
board.
Yes Yes
Remarks:

Procedure
Set Board Working Mode to Non-Cascading, and Port Working Mode to
ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation tributary-line mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any-
>ODU0->ODU1->OTU1).
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
432
3. Click Apply.
4. In the Port Working Mode pane, double-click the Port Working Mode field and set the
205 (or 207) port to None (not for ports) first. Then set the 201 (or 203) port to
ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation tributary-line mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1).
It is recommended to set a working mode for the port that is carrying the service channel
5. Click Apply.
NOTE
set a service type for the port that is carrying the service channel specified in the network plan.
menu.
dialog box is displayed.
3. Set Type according to the network plan.
Step 3 Optional: Configure a service mode for the client-side ports on the TN52TOM board. It is
recommended to set a service type for the port that is carrying the service channel specified in
the network plan.
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
433
3. Click Apply.
Step 4 Optional: Set the service type to OTU-1 for the ClientLP ports. It is recommended to select the
ClientLP port that is carrying the service channel specified in the network plan.
NOTE
1. Click the Basic Attributes tab in the WDM Interface pane. Select a port, double-click the
Service Type field, and set it to OTU-1 as shown in the following figure..
2. Click Apply.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
434
l To configure a WDM-side cross-connection, configure a cross-connection between an
ODU1LP port and the WDM-side port that is specified in step 3. The following figure
----End
ports working in ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1) is defined as
scenario 10: application 2 of non-cascading ODU1 tributary-line mode. When the TN52TOM
board works in non-cascading ODU1 tributary-line mode, it can receive OTU1 services on the
client side and also transmit OTU1 services on the WDM side. To provide an ESC channel
between the local and remote NEs, configure an intra-board client-side OTU1 cross-connection.
In other cases, either a WDM-side or a client-side intra-board cross-connection is required to
provide an ESC channel.
Application Diagram
Figure 6-25 and Figure 6-26 show the position of the TN52TOM board in a WDM system
where the TN52TOM board works in non-cascading ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any-
>ODU1->OTU1). Configure the TN52TOM board according to the network plan.
l Figure 6-25 shows a scenario in which OTU1 signals are electrically regenerated.
l Figure 6-26 shows a scenario in which the TN52TOM board works in tributary-line mode
and receives Any signals.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
435
Dual-fed and selectively receiving on the WDM side: The TN52TOM board receives a
maximum of four services on the client side, and the other four client-side ports work
as WDM-side ports, two of which selectively receive services.
Single transmitting and single receiving on the WDM side: The TN52TOM board
receives a maximum of six services on the client side, and the other two client-side ports
work as WDM-side ports, which also receive services.
>OTU1)
4xOTU1
4
TOM
4
TOM
4 4
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
4xOTU1
4
O
T
U
1
4
O
D
U
1
4
O
T
U
1
4
O
T
U
1
4
O
D
U
1
4
O
T
U
1

>OTU1)
2xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
2xOTU1
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
1
4
Any
2
O
D
U
1
2
O
T
U
1 4
A
n
y
TOM
FE, GE, FC100,
FICON, STM-4,
OC-12, DVB-
ASI, ESCON,
FDDI, SDI,
STM-1, OC-3
, FC200,
FICON
Express, HD-
SDI, STM-16,
OC-48
1
4
Any
2
O
D
U
1
2
O
T
U
1 4
A
n
y
TOM
FE, GE, FC100,
FICON, STM-4,
OC-12, DVB-
ASI, ESCON,
FDDI, SDI,
STM-1, OC-3
, FC200,
FICON
Express, HD-
SDI, STM-16,
OC-48
1
6
FE, GE, FC100,
FICON, STM-4,
OC-12, DVB-
ASI, ESCON,
FDDI, SDI,
STM-1, OC-3
, FC200,
FICON
Express, HD-
SDI, STM-16,
OC-48
2xOTU1
2xOTU1
2
O
D
U
1
2
O
T
U
1
6
A
n
y
TOM
Any
FE, GE, FC100,
FICON, STM-4,
OC-12, DVB-
ASI, ESCON,
FDDI, SDI,
STM-1, OC-3
, FC200,
FICON
Express, HD-
SDI, STM-16,
OC-48
2
O
D
U
1
2
O
T
U
1
6
A
n
y
TOM
1
6
Any
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
436
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

TN52TOM board, which is marked (1) in Figure 6-27 and Figure 6-28.
the TN52TOM board, which is marked (3) in Figure 6-27 and Figure 6-28.
>OTU1)
WDM side Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
TOM
1
3 2

>OTU1)
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
TOM
1 3 2
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
Cross-connect module
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
TOM
1
3 2
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
437
NOTE
Side ESC Channel
To Provide a WDM-
Side ESC Channel
board.
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
type.
Yes No
cross-connection.
Yes Yes
board.
Yes Yes
Remarks:

Procedure
Set Board Working Mode to Non-Cascading, and Port Working Mode to ODU1 tributary-
line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1).
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
438
3. Click Apply.
4. In the Port Working Mode pane, double-click the Port Working Mode field and set Port
Working Mode for each Optical Port.
l For the 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-207(ClientLP7/ClientLP7) ports, set Port Working
Mode to ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1).
5. Click Apply.
NOTE
This operation is required to provide an ESC channel.
Set the port as a WDM-side port according to the network plan. It is recommended to select the
menu.
dialog box is displayed. Set Type to Line Side Colorless Optical Port.
Step 3 Optional: Configure a service mode for the ports on the TN52TOM board.
NOTE
1. Click the Basic Attributes tab in the WDM Interface pane. Select a client-side port,
double-click the Service Mode field and set it to OTN Mode.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
439
2. Click Apply.
Step 4 Optional: Set the service type to OTU-1 for the ClientLP ports. It is recommended to select the
ClientLP port that is carrying the service channel specified in the network plan.
NOTE
2. Select a ClientLP port, double-click the Service Type field, and set it to OTU-1.
3. Click Apply.
Configure bidirectional OTU1 cross-connections between the 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-54
(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4) optical ports and 7(RX5/TX5)-10(RX8/TX8) optical ports based on
Figure 6-27 and Figure 6-28.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
440
----End
6.6.9 Scenario 11: ODU1_ODU0 mode (non-cascading)
ports working in ODU1 tributary mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0) is defined as scenario 11:
application 2 of non-cascading ODU1 tributary mode. When the TN52TOM board works in
non-cascading ODU1 tributary mode, an intra-board OTU1 client-side cross-connection must
be configured so an ESC channel is available between the NE equipped with the TN52TOM
board and its connected NEs.
Application Diagram
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
441
>ODU0)
8xODU0 1xOTU2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
S
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
S
2
1xOTU2
1
8
1
8
8xODU0
1
8
1
8
1
4
OTU1
8
A
n
y
TOM
1
4
OTU1
8
A
n
y
TOM
4
O
D
U
1
8
O
D
U
0
4
O
T
U
1
4
O
D
U
1
8
O
D
U
0
4
O
T
U
1

>ODU0)
WDM
side
Other board
WDM
side
Client
side
1
3
TOM
2
205(ClientLP5/ClientLP5)-1 163(ODU0LP3/ODU0LP3)-1
Cross-connect
module
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1

NOTE
Procedure
Set Board Working Mode to Non-Cascading, and Port Working Mode to ODU1_ODU0
mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0).
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
442
3. Click Apply.
4. In the Port Working Mode pane, set Port Working Mode for a ClientLP port. It is
recommended to select the port that is carrying the service channel specified in the network
plan. Double-click the Port Working Mode field and set it to ODU1_ODU0 mode
(OTU1->ODU1->ODU0).
5. Click Apply.
Step 2 Configure the working mode for the ports on the TN52TOM board as OTN.
Mode field and set it to OTN Mode.
4. Click Apply.
2. Double-click the Service Type field and choose OTU-1.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
443
3. Click Apply.
in steps 3 and 4.
4. Click OK. The newly created cross-connection is displayed in the user interface.
----End
6.6.10 Scenario 12: ODU1_ANY_ODU0 re-encapsulation mode
(non-cascading)
ports working in ODU1 tributary mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0) is defined as scenario
12: application 3 of non-cascading ODU1 tributary mode. When the TN52TOM board works
in non-cascading ODU1 tributary mode, an intra-board OTU1 client-side cross-connection must
be configured so an ESC channel is available between the NE equipped with the TN52TOM
board and its connected NEs.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
444
Application Diagram
>Any->ODU0)
8xODU0 1xOTU2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
S
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
S
2
1xOTU2
1
8
1
8
8xODU0
1
8
1
8
1
4
OTU1
8
A
n
y
TOM
1
4
OTU1
8
A
n
y
TOM
8
O
D
U
0
3
2
A
n
y
4
O
T
U
1
4
O
D
U
1
6
4
A
n
y
8
O
D
U
0
3
2
A
n
y
4
O
T
U
1
4
O
D
U
1
6
4
A
n
y

board, as marked (1) in Figure 6-32.
>Any->ODU0)
TOM
1 2
WDM
side
Client
side
WDM
side
Other board
4
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
3
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
445
NOTE
Procedure
Set Board Working Mode to Non-Cascading and Port Working Mode to
ODU1_ANY_ODU0 re-encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0).
3. Click Apply.
4. In the Port Working Mode pane, set Port Working Mode for a ClientLP port. It is
recommended to set a working mode for the port that is carrying the service channel
specified in the network plan. Double-click the Port Working Mode field and set it to
ODU1_ANY_ODU0 re-encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0).
5. Click Apply.
Step 2 Configure the service mode for the ports on the TN52TOM board as OTN Mode.
Mode field and choose OTN Mode.
4. Click Apply.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
446
3. Click Apply.
in steps 3 and 4.
----End
6.7 Configuring the OA Boards
Set optical attenuation and nominal gain for optical amplifier boards, with assistance from the
engineers in the network management center (NMC).
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
447
Setting Optical Attenuation
1. Right-click the board and choose WDM Interface. The WDM Interface window is
displayed.
2. Click By Board/Port(Channel), and select Channel from the drop-down list.
3. On the Basic Attributes tab page, double-click the Optical Interface Attenuation
Ratio field, and enter the data provided by the engineers in the NMC, and click Apply.
NOTE
The adjustable range of the built-in attenuator for a board depends on the board type.
Setting Nominal Gain
1. Right-click the board and choose WDM Interface. The WDM Interface window is
displayed.
2. In the WDM Interface window, click By Function and choose Nominal Gain from the
drop-down list.
3. Double-click the Nominal Gain field, enter the data provided by the engineers in the NMC,
and click Apply.
6.8 Checking NE Communication Status
Correct configuration of each NE is the basis for the entire network to operate properly. This
section describes how to check whether the configuration of each NE is correct.
Context
After the initial network configuration of an NE is completed, check the NE communication
status to determine whether the configuration is correct. You can determine that the NE
communication status is normal if information about the NMS or other NEs is displayed in the
IP Route Management area.
Procedure
Step 1 In the NE Explorer, choose Communication > IP Protocol Stack Management from the
Function Tree.
Step 2 Click Query.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
If no information about the NMS or other NEs is displayed in the IP Route Management area,
perform the following checks on NE:
l Check the fiber connections against the fiber connection diagram in the network design.
Correct fiber connections if there are incorrect ones.
l Test the transmit and receive optical power on the line. Handle the line fault if the line
attenuation is abnormal.
l Check the network cable connections against the network cable connection diagram in the
network design. Correct network cable connections if there are incorrect ones.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
448
l Test the transmit and receive optical power of the OSC board or the DAS1 board if OSC
communication is used. Do as follows if the transmit or receive optical power is abnormal:
Check the fiber connections between the OSC and FIU boards.
Check the fiber connections between TM and RX ports, and the fiber connections
between RM and TX ports for the DAS1 board.
If the OSC or DAS1 board receive optical power queried on the Web LCT is remarkably
lower than the IN port input optical power measured using an optical power meter, clean
the fiber connected to the IN port. If the fault persists, replace the board. If the OSC or
DAS1 board receive optical power exceeds the permitted range, add fixed optical
attenuators (FOAs) with reference to OSC commissioning requirements. If the OSC or
DAS1 board transmit optical power exceeds the permitted range, replace the board.
l Check the status of the DCC channels to be used if ESC communication is used. Choose
Communication > DCC Management. In the displayed window, check the value of
Communication State for the DCC channels to be used. If Receiving failed, Transmitting
failed, or Receiving/transmitting failed is displayed for any channel, perform the following
checks:
Check the WDM-side transmit and receive optical power of the OTU board.
Check whether electrical cross-connections have been correctly configured for boards
requiring cross-connections to implement ESC communication. An example of such
boards is the TOM board.
Check whether the configuration of the remote NE is completed.
6.9 Backing Up the NE Database to the SCC Board
By backing up an NE database to an SCC board, you can ensure that the NE automatically
restores to the normal state in case a power failure occurs. When you back up an NE database
to an SCC board, you actually back up the NE data to the flash memory of the SCC board. After
a power-off reset occurs on the NE, the SCC board automatically reads the configuration data
from the flash memory and applies the data to the boards on this NE.
Prerequisites
You must have logged in to an NE.
The NE must be configured properly.
Precautions
NOTE
After backing up an NE database to an SCC board, you can restore the NE database from the SCC board
by performing a warm or cold reset on the SCC board.
Procedure
1. Select one or more NEs in the NE list. Click Back Up NE Database > Back Up to SCC.
NOTE
The Web LCT takes a few minutes to back up the NE database. Do not perform any operation in the
process of backup.
2. Click OK in the confirmation dialog box.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
449
3. Click Close in the Operation Result dialog box is displayed.
6.10 Exiting the Web LCT
After performing initial NE commissioning using the Web LCT, log out of the commissioned
NE, reconnect the network cables to the NE, and exit the Web LCT.
Procedure
Step 1 Highlight the NE that you are logged in to, and click the NE Logout at the bottom of the screen.
Step 2 Physically disconnect the Web LCT from the NE
Step 3 Close the browser.
Step 4 Double-click the stopweblct.bat file at "WebLCT\WebLCT\Tomcat" to stop the Web LCT
application.
----End
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
450
7 Routine Operation On-site
About This Chapter
7.1 Getting to Know Indicators
This section introduces the indicators of equipment.
7.2 Testing Optical Power by Using an Optical Power Meter
This section describes the basic method for testing optical power by using an optical power meter
during the detection of faults and the commissioning.
7.3 Checking Fiber Jumpers by Using an Optical Power Meter
This section describes the basic method for checking a fiber jumper by using an optical power
meter during the detection of faults or the commissioning.
7.4 Inserting and Removing Fiber Jumpers
This section describes the basic method for replacing a fiber jumper when the fiber jumper is
damaged.
7.5 Inspecting and Cleaning the Optical Fiber Connectors
Cleaning optical components is to remove dust or other dirt to avoid performance degradation
of optical transmission systems. Inspecting and cleaning fiber connectors used in fiber optic
connections are described here.
7.6 Performing Hardware Loopback
Manually perform loopback to a physical port (optical port) with a fiber.
7.7 Reset a Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Field Engineer) 7 Routine Operation On-site
451
7.1 Getting to Know Indicators
This section introduces the indicators of equipment.
7.1.1 Cabinet Indicators
There are altogether four indicators in different colors on each cabinet: green, red, orange and
yellow.
The corresponding messages of each indicator are listed in Table 7-1.
Table 7-1 Meanings of cabinet indicators
Indicator Name Status Meaning
power Power indicator On (green) The cabinet is powered
on.
Off The cabinet is not
powered on.
critical Critical alarm
indicator
On (red) There is a critical alarm.
Off There is no critical alarm.
major Major alarm
indicator
On (Orange) There is a major alarm.
Off There is no major alarm.
minor Minor alarm
indicator
On (Yellow) There is a minor alarm.
Off There is no minor alarm.

7.1.2 Subrack Indicator
There are four subrack indicators for the OptiX OSN 6800 and OptiX OSN 8800. Indicators are
in the following colors: red, yellow and green.
NOTE
The OptiX OSN 8800 subrack indicators are on the panel of the fan tray assembly.
Table 7-2 Meanings of subrack indicators
PWR Power indicator On (Green) The subrack works
normally.
Off The subrack does not
work.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
452
OptiX OSN
6800: CRI
OptiX OSN
8800: CRIT
Critical alarm
indicator
On (Red) There is a critical alarm.
MAJ Major alarm
indicator
On (Red) There is a major alarm.
MIN Minor alarm
indicator
On (Yellow) There is a minor alarm.
Blinking slowly (Yellow) The MIN indicator is in
the maintenance blinking
mode.

7.1.3 Chassis Indicators
There are four chassis indicators in the following colors: green, yellow, orange and red.
Table 7-3 Meanings of chassis indicators
PWR Chassis power supply
indicator
On (green) The chassis is powered
on.
Off The chassis is not
powered on.
MIN Minor alarm indicator On (yellow) There is a minor alarm.
MAJ Major alarm indicator On (orange) There is a major alarm.
CRI Critical alarm indicator On (red) There is a critical alarm.

7.1.4 Board Indicators
On the front panel of each board, there are indicators, indicating the alarm status and running
status of the board.
The meanings of the board indicators are listed in Table 7-4, Table 7-5, and Table 7-6.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
453
Table 7-4 Meanings of board indicators
Indicato
r
Name Status Meaning
STAT Board hardware
indicator
On (green) The board works normally.
Blinking slowly
(green)
a
The STAT indicator is in the
maintenance blinking mode.
On (red) A critical/major alarm occurs on
the board.
On (yellow) A minor alarm occurs on the
board.
Off The board is not powered on.
PROG Board software
indicator
On (red) The memory check fails.
Loading the board software fails.
The FPGA file is lost.
The board software is lost.
Blinking quickly
(red)
On for 100 ms and off for 100 ms:
The BOOTROM check fails.
Blinking quickly
(green)
Writing the flash memory is in
progress.
Blinking slowly
(green)
The BIOS booting is in progress.
On (green) The board software or FPGA is
uploaded successfully, or the
board software is initialized
successfully.
SRV Service alarm
indicator
On (green) The service is normal with any
service alarm.
On (red) A critical or major service alarm
occurs.
On (yellow) A minor or remote service alarm
occurs.
Off No service is configured.
ACT
b
Service activation
indicator
On (green) The board is in the working mode.
The board is in the active mode.
Off The board is not in the working
mode.
The board is in the standby mode.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
454
Indicato
r
Name Status Meaning
Blinking quickly
(green)
Backing up the system database in
batches is in progress.
LINK/
ACTn
Data port
connection/data
transceive indicator
On (green) The data port connection is
normal.
Off The data port connection is
abnormal.
Blinking quickly
(yellow)
Data ports are receiving and
transmitting data.
LAS Laser emission
status indicator
On (green) The Raman laser is in the working
mode.
Off The Raman laser is ont in the
working mode.
NOTE
a: When the STAT indicator on a board is in maintenance blinking mode, the board can be removed. Most
of the boards support this function except the following boards:
ACS, APIU, ATE, BMD4, BMD8, CMR1, CMR2, CMR4, CRPC, DCM, DCU, DMR1, DFIU, EFI, FAN,
TN21FIU, TN13FIU, GFU, TN11ITL, TN11L4G, MB2, MR2, MR4, MR8, PIU, SBM2, SCS, SFIU, STI,
TBE, TN11XCS.
b: During the testing of the indicators on the TN51AUX board, the ACT indicator is lit orange.

Table 7-5 Meanings of the indicators on the PQ2 sub-board
Indicato
r
Name Status Meaning
STAT Board hardware
indicator
On (green) The PQ2 sub-board works
normally.
On (red) The PQ2 sub-board is abnormal.
On (yellow) Logical sub-board is not
configured.
Off The PQ2 sub-board is not powered
on.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
455
Table 7-6 Meanings of the indicators on the SCC board
Indicato
r
Name Status Meaning
STAT Board hardware
indicator
On (green) The board is working normally.
Blinking slowly
(green)
a
The STAT indicator is in the
maintenance blinking mode.
On (red) A critical alarm occurs on the
board.
On (yellow) A minor alarm occurs on the board.
Off The board is not powered on.
PROG Board software
indicator
On (red) The memory check fails.
Loading the board software fails.
The FPGA file is lost.
The NE software is lost.
Blinking quickly
(red)
The BOOTROM check fails.
Blinking quickly
(green)
Writing the flash memory is in
progress.
Blinking slowly
(green)
The BIOS booting is in progress.
On (green) The board software or FPGA is
uploaded successfully, or the
board software is initialized
successfully.
SRV Service alarm
indicator
On (green) The service is normal with any
service alarm.
On (red) A critical or major service alarm
occurs.
On (yellow) A minor alarm occurs.
ACT Service activation
indicator
On (green) The board is in the working mode.
The board is in the active mode.
Off The board is not in the working
mode.
The board is in the standby mode.
Blinking quickly
(green)
Backing up the system database in
batches is in progress.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
456
Indicato
r
Name Status Meaning
PWRA Indicator for system
power supply
On (green) -48 V power supply A is normal.
On (red) -48 V power supply A is faulty
(lost or failed).
Off No power is input.
PWRB Indicator for system
power supply
On (green) -48 V power supply B is normal.
On (red) -48 V power supply B is faulty (lost
or failed).
Off No power is input.
PWRC Indicator for
protection power
supply
On (green) The +3.3 V protection power is
normal.
On (red) The +3.3 V protection power is
lost.
ALMC Alarm cut-off
indicator
On (yellow) There is no audible or visual
warning in case of an alarm.
Off Audible warning is generated in
case of an alarm.
NOTE
a: When the STAT indicator on a board is in maintenance blinking mode, the board can be removed. The
boards that support this function include: TN11SCC, TN16SCC, TN51SCC, TN52SCC, and TNK2SCC.

7.1.5 Fan Indicator
There is one indicator on the FAN, indicating the status of the FAN.
The corresponding meanings of the Fan indicator are listed in Table 7-7.
Table 7-7 Meanings of the FAN indicator
OptiX OSN
6800/OptiX
OSN 3800:
STAT
OptiX OSN
8800: FAN
Fan indicator On (green) The fan is normal.
On (red) A major alarm occurs or two or
more fans are faulty.
On (yellow) A minor alarm occurs or one fan is
faulty.
Off The fan is not powered on, is
absent, or the software is not
loaded.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
457
7.1.6 PIU Indicator
There is one indicator on the PIU, indicating power access status.
Table 7-8 Meanings of the PIU indicator
OptiX OSN
6800/OptiX
OSN 3800:
RUN
OptiX OSN
8800: PWR
Running status
indicator
On (green) Indicates that the power is
accessed normally.
Off Indicates that the power is
not accessed.

7.2 Testing Optical Power by Using an Optical Power Meter
This section describes the basic method for testing optical power by using an optical power meter
during the detection of faults and the commissioning.
Prerequisites
Before the test, make sure that the laser is closed. After the fiber jumper is connected to the
board, open the laser.
Impact on System
The services on the tested board are interrupted.
Tools, Equipment, and Materials
Fiber jumper, optical power meter, optical fiber extractor
Precaution
DANGER
Laser is dangerous. The light is not visible to the eyes with or without laser protective glasses.
Do not look into optical connectors or ports. Failure to follow this warning can cause damage
to the eyes, or even blindness.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
458
WARNING
Wear a well-grounded ESD wrist strap whenever you touch any equipment. Make sure that the
wrist strap fully touches your skin. Insert the connector of the ESD strap into the ESD socket in
the subrack.
CAUTION
Keep the optical connector and end face clean. Cover the fiber immediately after the fiber is
removed.
Procedure
Step 1 Turn on the optical power meter, set the unit of the optical power to dBm, and set the operating
wavelength of the meter to 1550 nm.
Step 2 The test of optical power consists of the following two parts:
l Testing the receive optical power: In this test, remove the fiber jumper that is connected to
the receive optical port and connect the fiber jumper to the optical power meter.
l Testing the transmit optical power: In this test, remove the fiber jumper that is connected
to the transmit optical port. Connect one end of a known-good fiber jumper to the transmit
optical port and the other end to the optical power meter.
Step 3 Open the laser, after the optical power value displayed on the meter is stable, record the value.
Step 4 Close the laser, connect the removed fiber jumper back to the optical port, and then open the
laser.
----End
7.3 Checking Fiber Jumpers by Using an Optical Power
Meter
This section describes the basic method for checking a fiber jumper by using an optical power
meter during the detection of faults or the commissioning.
Prerequisites
The light source must exist and the transmit optical power must be stable.
The checked fiber does not have services or services are interrupted.
Impact on System
During the test, the services in the tested fiber are interrupted.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
459
Fiber jumper, optical power meter, optical fiber extractor, light source
Precaution
DANGER
WARNING
the subrack.
CAUTION
removed.
Procedure
Step 1 Turn on the optical power meter, set the unit of the optical power to dBm, and set the operating
wavelength of the meter to 1550 nm.
Step 2 Connect one end of a known-good fiber jumper to the light source.
Step 3 Connect the other end of the known-good fiber jumper to the optical power meter.
Step 4 Enable the laser of the light source that is connected to the fiber jumper.
Step 5 Measure the transmit optical power P1 of the light source by using the optical power meter.
Step 6 Disconnect the two ends of the fiber jumper.
Step 7 Connect one end of the tested fiber jumper to the light source.
Step 8 Connect the other end of the tested fiber jumper to the optical power meter.
Step 9 Measure the transmit optical power P2 of the light source by using the optical power meter.
l If the difference between P1 and P2 is less than 1 dB, it indicates that the fiber connection
is normal.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
460
l If the difference between P1 and P2 is greater than 1 dB, it indicates that the fiber connection
is faulty.
----End
7.4 Inserting and Removing Fiber Jumpers
This section describes the basic method for replacing a fiber jumper when the fiber jumper is
damaged.
Prerequisites
The laser that is connected to the fiber jumper must be disabled before the replacement.
Impact on System
The services on the fiber jumper where the fiber jumper is replaced are interrupted.
New fiber jumper, optical fiber extractor
Precaution
DANGER
WARNING
the subrack.
CAUTION
Before installing a fiber jumper, attach temporary labels to the two ends for distinguishing.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
461
CAUTION
When replacing the fiber jumper that leads out the cabinet, make sure that the new fiber jumper
is routed along the route for the original fiber jumper. In addition, the open corrugated pipe is
used to protect the new fiber jumper.
CAUTION
removed.
NOTE
The type of the fiber jumper before and after the replacement must be the same.
Procedure
Step 1 Disconnect the two ends of the fiber jumper to be replaced.
Step 2 Insert the new fiber connectors into the corresponding optical ports on the board.
Step 3 Lead the optical fibers out from the subrack through the holder at the subrack bottom and the
hole at the subrack side.
Step 4 Pass the optical fibers to the corresponding subrack side along the space at both sides of the
cabinet.
Step 5 Make the optical fibers pass through the hole at the subrack side and the holder at the subrack
bottom.
Step 6 Insert the fiber connectors into corresponding optical ports on the board.
Step 7 Coil the redundant optical fibers around the fiber spool at the side of the subrack.
Step 8 After the fiber installation, insert fiber plugs in idle ports and cover idle fibers with fiber caps.
Step 9 Label the new fiber jumper according to the methods and specifications of labeling for the
original fiber jumper.
Step 10 Bind the new fiber jumper.
NOTE
After replacing the fiber jumper, you should recover the laser status to the status before the replacement.
----End
7.4.1 Inserting the LC/PC Fiber Connector
This section describes how to insert LC/PC fiber connectors.
Prerequisites
The end face of the fiber must be clean.
Wear an ESD wrist strap before carrying out this operation.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
462
None
Precautions
DANGER
to eyes, or even blindness.
CAUTION
Wear a well-grounded ESD wrist strap whenever you touch any equipment or board. Make sure
that the wrist strap fully touches your skin. Insert the connector of the ESD strap into the ESD
socket in the subrack.
Procedure
Step 1 Remove protective cap on the LC/PC connector.
Step 2 Align the LC/PC connector to the optical port on the board.
Step 3 Push the connector gently in along the guide rail until it clicks.
Figure 7-1 LC/PC fiber connector
LC/PC connector
Protective cap

----End
7.4.2 Removing the LC/PC Fiber Connector
This section describes how to remove LC/PC fiber connectors.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
463
Prerequisites
Optical fiber extractor, protective cap
Precautions
DANGER
CAUTION
Procedure
Step 1 Clamp the fiber connector from the up and down sides by hand or with optical fiber extractor.
Press down the hook switch.
NOTE
The LC/PC fiber connector can be directly pulled out by hand. However, if the optical fibers are arranged
densely, a dedicated optical fiber extractor shall be used. Figure 7-2 shows the tweezers-like optical fiber
extractor.
Figure 7-2 Tweezers-like optical fiber extractor
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
464

Step 2 Pull out the optical fiber gently.
Step 3 Cover the fiber connector with the protective cap.
Figure 7-3 LC/PC fiber connector
LC/PC connector
Protective cap

----End
7.4.3 Inserting the LSH/APC Fiber Connector
This section describes how to insert LSH/APC fiber connectors.
Prerequisites
None
Precautions
DANGER
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
465
DANGER
Raman amplifier emits strong light. Do not insert or remove the fiber connector when the laser
is working, to avoid damage to human body.
CAUTION
Procedure
Step 1 Remove dust-proof protection cover on the LSH/APC fiber connector.
Step 2 Align the connector on optical fiber with the optical port of the board.
Step 3 Push the connector gently in along the guide rail.
Figure 7-4 LSH/APC fiber connector
Protective
slidding cover
LSH/APC
connector

----End
7.4.4 Removing the LSH/APC Fiber Connector
This section describes how to remove LSH/APC fiber connectors.
Prerequisites
Optical fiber extractor
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
466
Precautions
DANGER
DANGER
Raman amplifier emits strong light. Do not insert or remove the fiber connector when the laser
is working, to avoid damage to human body.
CAUTION
Procedure
Step 1 Clamp the connector by hand.
Step 2 Pull it out gently when it gets loose.
NOTE
The LSH/APC fiber connector has a dust-proof protection cover. When the connector is pulled out from
the optical port, the protection cover will be closed automatically so as to protect against dust and intense
light signals output.
Figure 7-5 LSH/APC fiber connector
Protective
slidding cover
LSH/APC
connector

----End
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
467
7.4.5 Inserting the FC/PC Fiber Connector
This section describes how to insert FC/PC fiber connectors.
Prerequisites
None
Precautions
DANGER
CAUTION
Procedure
Step 1 Remove protective cap on the FC/PC connector.
Step 2 Align the keyed ridge on the FC/PC fiber connector with the concave slot of the optical port.
Step 3 Push in the connector with proper force not to damage the fiber connector. After the connector
is seated properly, the keyed ridge shall match the concave slot and the optical connector cannot
be turned around.
Step 4 When the optical fiber connector is pushed to the bottom, turn the outer ring of the optical
connector clockwise to secure the optical fiber connector.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
468
Figure 7-6 FC/PC fiber connector
Protective cap
FC/PC connector

----End
7.4.6 Removing the FC/PC Fiber Connector
This section describes how to remove FC/PC fiber connectors.
Prerequisites
None
Precautions
DANGER
CAUTION
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
469
Procedure
Step 1 Turn the outer ring of the fiber connector anticlockwise.
Step 2 Pull it out gently when it gets loose.
Figure 7-7 FC/PC fiber connector
Protective cap
FC/PC connector

----End
7.4.7 Inserting the SC/PC Fiber Connector
This section describes how to insert SC/PC fiber connectors.
Prerequisites
None
Precautions
DANGER
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
470
CAUTION
Procedure
Step 1 Remove protective cap on the SC/PC connector.
Step 2 Align the keyed ridge on the SC/PC fiber connector with the concave slot of the optical port.
Step 3 Push the connector in with proper force. After the connector is seated properly, the keyed ridge
shall match the concave slot.
Step 4 The fiber is not seated properly until it clicks.
Figure 7-8 SC/PC fiber connector
SC/PC connector
Protective cap

----End
7.4.8 Removing the SC/PC Fiber Connector
This section describes how to remove SC/PC fiber connectors.
Prerequisites
Optical fiber extractor
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
471
Precautions
DANGER
CAUTION
Procedure
Step 1 Clamp the SC/PC fiber connector from the up and down sides with the optical fiber extractor.
Step 2 Pull out the connector slowly from the optical port with force.
Figure 7-9 SC/PC fiber connector
SC/PC connector
Protective cap

----End
7.5 Inspecting and Cleaning the Optical Fiber Connectors
of optical transmission systems. Inspecting and cleaning fiber connectors used in fiber optic
connections are described here.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
472
7.5.1 Overview
Overview of the purpose and procedure of cleaning optical fiber connectors, the items that may
cause pollution to optical connectors are also described here.
of optical transmission systems. Here describes how to inspect and clean fiber connectors used
in fiber optic connections.
Figure 7-10 shows the optical fiber connector.
Figure 7-10 Optical fiber connector

The following items should be removed because they pollute optical connectors that are
extensively adopted in optical transmission systems:
l Dust
l Oils (frequently from human hands)
l Film residues (condensed from vapors in the air)
l Powdery coatings (left after water or other solvents evaporate)
Dust is the most common dirt in optical connectors. Even small dust that can be seen only under
a microscope can affect the quality of optical signals, degrade the system performance and cause
potential instability in network operation.
A one-micrometer dust granule on an optical connector of a single mode fiber can block 1%
light and cause 0.05 dB lost. A nine-micrometer dust granule that cannot be seen by human eyes
can block an entire fiber core. Therefore, small dirt even that cannot be seen by human eyes
should be removed.
NOTE
Before you connect any optical component, make sure that you have inspected and cleaned the component.
General Procedure
Table 7-9 below describes the general procedure of how to inspect and clean the optical fiber
connectors.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
473
Table 7-9 General procedure of inspecting and cleaning the optical fiber connectors
Operation Details
Cleaning Optical Fiber Connectors Using
Cartridge Cleaners
See "7.5.5 Cleaning Optical Fiber Connectors
Using Cartridge Cleaners"
Cleaning Optical Fiber Connectors Using
Lens Tissue
See "7.5.6 Cleaning Optical Fiber Connectors
Using Lens Tissue"
Cleaning Optical Adapters Using Optical
Cleaning Sticks
See "7.5.7 Cleaning Optical Adapters Using
Optical Cleaning Sticks"

7.5.2 Protection of Optical Connectors
The requirements of optical connector protection are listed here.
The requirements of optical connector protection are:
l All optical port boards must be transported and stored in reliable packing. This serves to
avoid mechanical and electrostatic damages and to reduce vibrations.
l Store the protective caps in an ESD bag.
l Cover the optical ports of the replaced boards with protective caps in time. Store them in
proper packages to keep the optical ports clean.
l The protective caps recommended are shown in Figure 7-11, and the protective caps not
recommended are shown in Figure 7-12.
Figure 7-11 Protective caps recommended

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
474
Figure 7-12 Protective caps not recommended

NOTE
The air filter caps made of soft rubber are not recommended, which tends to collect dust and sundries. This
type of caps provides poor dustproof function.
7.5.3 Tools, Equipment, and Materials
The recommended tools, equipment and materials used in cleaning the optical connector are
listed here.
The recommended tools, equipment and materials are listed below:
l Optical power meter
l Optical fiberscope with 400x magnification (a video fiberscope is recommended)
l CLETOP cassette cleaner, see Figure 7-13
l Clean solvent (Isoamylol is preferred, propyl can be used, alcohol or formalin is never used)
l Non-woven lens tissue, lint-free wipes or fiber cleaning tissue (Non-woven lens tissue is
recommended)
l Compressed air
l Optical cleaning sticks used for optical connectors or cotton swabs (medical cotton or long
fiber cotton) See Figure 7-14 and Figure 7-15
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
475
Figure 7-13 CLETOP cassette cleaner

Figure 7-14 Cleaning stick for the SC and FC optical ports (for reference only)

Figure 7-15 Cleaning stick for the LC optical port

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
476
7.5.4 Inspecting Optical Connectors
The following describes how to inspect the optical connectors and check the status of the fiber
surface.
The tools, equipment and materials are listed below:
Precautions
WARNING
Use a fiberscope equipped with a safety device or a desktop video fiberscope when you inspect
the optical connectors. If one is not available, turn off the lasers and disconnect both ends of the
fiber before you inspect the optical connectors
CAUTION
Electro static discharge (ESD) is hazardous to the electronic equipment. Use proper handlings
to prevent damage to the electronic equipment. Failure to follow this caution can cause
equipment damage and/or loss of traffic
Procedure
Step 1 Turn off the lasers before the inspection. Disconnect both ends of the fiber to be inspected.
Step 2 Test the optical power using a power meter. Ensure that the laser is turned off.
Step 3 Use a fiberscope to inspect the fiber to check if there is any dirt or damage. See the examples
shown below.
l For an image of the intact fiber optic surface through a fiberscope that can be used
successfully in the equipment, see Figure 7-16.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
477
Figure 7-16 An intact fiber

l For images of fibers through a fiberscope with imperfections that can impair the function of
the assembly, see Figure 7-17. The image on the left shows clearly a damaged fiber. Severely
damaged fibers must not be used in the system equipment. Otherwise, permanent and severe
damage to the assembly can occur. The image on the right shows a fiber that is suspect. If
the output power is within an acceptable range, the fiber might not cause any damage to the
assembly. If the output power is unstable or falls outside the acceptable range, however, the
fiber can cause damage to the assembly and must not be used.
Figure 7-17 Damaged or suspect fibers
NOTE
The views shown do not represent the entire surface of the fiber optic. Much of the surface is the metal
connector and only the 800-micron core is the actual fiber.

l For details on acceptable and unacceptable fibers, see Figure 7-18, Figure 7-19 and Figure
7-20.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
478
Figure 7-18 An intact fiber

Figure 7-19 Acceptable fibers with imperfections

Figure 7-20 Unacceptable fibers with imperfections

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
479
Step 4 If any dirt is detected, clean the optical connector. For details, see "7.5.5 Cleaning Optical Fiber
Connectors Using Cartridge Cleaners" and "7.5.6 Cleaning Optical Fiber Connectors Using
Lens Tissue".
Step 5 If any damage is detected, replace the fiber or board.
----End
7.5.5 Cleaning Optical Fiber Connectors Using Cartridge Cleaners
Clean the fiber optic only in the case that there are flaws on it. The following describes how to
clean the fiber optic with a type of CLETOP cassette cleaner.
Prerequisites
Before cleaning, inspect the fiber optic surface with a fiberscope or a magnifier to determine the
extent to which the fiber optic might be damaged or dirty. Clean the fiber optic only in the case
that there are flaws on it. If there are not, do not clean it. That is because the cleaning itself might
introduce dust, dirt, or cause potential damage to the fiber optic.
The following procedure provides the steps to clean the fiber connectors using cartridge type
cleaners. There are several types of cartridge cleaners. The following describes a type of
CLETOP cassette cleaner.
l CLETOP cassette cleaner
Precautions
WARNING
CAUTION
ESD is hazardous to the electronic equipment. Use proper handlings to prevent damage to the
electronic equipment. Failure to follow this caution can cause equipment damage and/or loss of
traffic.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
480
Procedure
Step 2 Use a power meter to measure and ensure that there is no laser light on the optical connector.
Step 3 Press down and hold the lever of the cassette cleaner, and the shutter slides back and exposes a
new cleaning area. See Figure 7-21.
Figure 7-21 Using the CLETOP cassette cleaner

Step 4 Place the fiber tip lightly against the cleaning area so that the end face is flat on the cleaning
area
Step 5 Drag the fiber tip lightly on one cleaning area in the direction of the arrow once. See Figure
7-22. Do it again on the other cleaning area in the same direction as the first time once. See
Figure 7-23.
CAUTION
Do not scrub the fiber against fabric or clean over the same cleaning area more than once.
Otherwise, the connector can be dirtied or damaged.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
481
Figure 7-22 Dragging the fiber tip lightly on one cleaning area

Figure 7-23 Dragging the fiber tip lightly on the other cleaning area

Step 6 Release the lever of the cassette cleaner to close the cleaning area.
Step 7 Use a fiberscope to inspect the adapter to check if there is any dirt. For details see the examples
shown in 7.5.4 Inspecting Optical Connectors. If the optical adapter is still dirty, repeat the
Step 1 to Step 6.
Step 8 Connect the fiber connector to the board.
Step 9 Turn on the lasers after you connect the fiber to the board.
----End
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
482
7.5.6 Cleaning Optical Fiber Connectors Using Lens Tissue
Clean the fiber optic only in the case that there are flaws on it. The following procedure provides
the steps to clean the fiber connectors using lens tissue.
Prerequisites
Before cleaning, inspect the fiber optic surface with a fiberscope or a magnifier to determine the
extent to which the fiber optic might be damaged or dirty. Clean the fiber optic only in the case
that there are flaws on it. If there are not, do not clean it. That is because the cleaning itself might
introduce dust, dirt, or cause potential damage to the fiber optic.
The following procedure provides the steps to clean the fiber connectors using lens tissue. Use
only the special materials for cleaning the fiber connectors. See the local site practices.
l Clean solvent. (Isoamylol is preferred, propyl can be used. Alcohol or formalin is never
used)
l Non-woven lens tissue, lint-free wipes or fiber cleaning tissue (Non-woven lens tissue is
recommended)
l Compressed air
Precautions
WARNING
CAUTION
traffic.
Procedure
Step 2 Use a power meter to measure and ensure that there is no laser light on the optical connector.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
483
Step 3 Place a small amount of cleaning solvent on the lens tissue.
Step 4 Clean the fiber tip on the lens tissue. See Figure 7-24 and Figure 7-25.
CAUTION
Do not scrub the fiber against fabric or clean over the same cleaning area more than once. Failure
to comply can result in connector dirt or damage.
CAUTION
Move the fiber connector in the same direction when you wipe the fiber connector on the lens
tissue.
Figure 7-24 Cleaning the fiber tip with the lens tissue on the desk

Figure 7-25 Cleaning the fiber tip with the lens tissue on the hand
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
484

Step 5 Repeat Step 4 several times on the areas of the lens tissue that have not been used.
Step 6 Use the compressed air to blow off the fiber tip.
NOTE
l When you use the compressed air, keep the injector nozzle as close as possible to the fiber connector
surface without touching it.
l When you use the compressed air, first spray it into the air as the initial spray of compressed air can
contain some condensation or propellant. Such condensation leaves behind a filmy deposit.
l If the compressed air is not available, a clean roll can be used.
Step 7 Use a fiberscope to inspect the adapter to check if there is any dirt. For details, see the examples
shown in 7.5.4 Inspecting Optical Connectors. If the optical adapter is still dirty, repeat the
Step 1 to Step 6.
Step 8 Do not touch the fiber connector after you clean it. Connect it to the optical port board at once.
If it is not used for the time being, put a protective cap on it.
NOTE
A piece of lens tissue can be used for only one time.
----End
7.5.7 Cleaning Optical Adapters Using Optical Cleaning Sticks
Optical adapters must be cleaned with special cleaning tools and materials. The following
procedure provides the steps to clean optical adapters using optical cleaning sticks.
Prerequisites
There are several types of optical cleaning sticks and cotton swabs that can be used. See the local
site practices. You can obtain these tools and materials from a fiber cable and connector
manufacturer.
l Clean solvent. (Isoamylol is preferred, propyl can be used. Alcohol or formalin is never
used)
l Compressed air
l Optical cleaning sticks used for optical connectors or cotton swabs (medical cotton or long
fiber cotton)
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
485
Precautions
WARNING
CAUTION
traffic.
Procedure
Step 2 Test the optical power using a power meter. Ensure that the laser is turned off.
Step 3 Select the cleaning stick with a proper diameter for a certain type of the adapter.
NOTE
For the SC and FC optical port, use the cleaning stick with a diameter of 2.5 mm( 0.1 in.); for the LC optical
port, use the cleaning stick with a diameter of 1.25 mm( 0.05 in.). See Figure 7-14 and Figure 7-15.
Step 4 Place a small amount of cleaning solvent on the optical cleaning stick.
Step 5 Place the optical cleaning stick lightly on the optical adapters so that cleaning solvent is against
the fiber tip. Hold the stick straight out from the adapter and turn the stick clockwise one circuit.
Make sure that there is direct contact between the stick tip and fiber tip.
Step 6 Use the compressed air to blow off the fiber tip.
NOTE
l When you use the compressed air, keep the injector nozzle close to the connector surface without
touching it.
l When you use the compressed air, first spray it into the air as the initial spray of compressed air can
contain some condensation or propellant. Such condensation leaves behind a filmy deposit.
Step 7 Use a fiberscope to inspect the adapter to check if there is any dirt. For details, see the examples
shown in "7.5.4 Inspecting Optical Connectors". If the optical adapter is still dirty, repeat the
Step 1 to Step 6.
Step 8 Connect the fiber to the board, or put a protective cap on the port.
----End
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
486
7.6 Performing Hardware Loopback
Manually perform loopback to a physical port (optical port) with a fiber.
Optical power meter, fixed attenuator, fiber jumper
Figure 7-26 shows the difference between software loopback and hardware loopback. Based on
the loopback position, hardware loopbacks on the SDH ports are classified into the self-loop at
the same board and the cross-connect self-loop at the same site, as shown in Table 7-11.
Figure 7-26 Differences between hardware loopback and software loopback
Software
loopback
Hardware
loopback
Transmitting module
Receiving module

Table 7-10 Hardware loopback on the WDM port
Category
Description
Diagram
Category
Description
Diagram
Category Description Diagram
Hardware loopback
on OTU boards
Client-side
loopback
OTU
Tx
Rx IN
OUT
Optical
attenuator
WDM-side
loopback
Tx
Rx IN
OUT
Optical
attenuator
OTU
Hardware loopback
on tributary boards
Client-side
loopback
Client side
Tributary
unit
Tx
Rx
Optical
attenuator
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
487
Category
Description
Diagram
Category
Description
Diagram
Category Description Diagram
Hardware loopback
on line boards
WDM-side
loopback
WDM side
Line unit
IN
OUT
Optical
attenuator

Table 7-11 Hardware loopback on the SDH port
Category Description
Diagram
Diagram
Diagram
Self-loop at the same board Using one fiber jumper or
cable to connect the transmit
port to the receive port of the
same port board.
Optical
Interface
Board
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
Optical
Interface
Board
Cross-connect self-loop at
the same site
Using the fiber jumpers or
cables to connect the transmit
port of the west port board to
the receive port of the east
interface board, and to
connect the transmit port of
the east interface board to the
receive port of the west
interface board.
West optical
interface
board
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
Eest optical
interface
board

Precautions
CAUTION
When you perform hardware loopback, add an optical attenuator according to the range of the
optical power received by different boards.
Procedure
Step 1 Before a hardware loopback, use an optical power meter to measure the optical power of the
output optical port (OUT).
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
488
Step 2 Based on the received optical power range of boards, select a proper fixed attenuator. For details
about the range of each board, see the Hardware Description.
Step 3 Use fiber jumper to connect the output optical port to the input port on the board, to perform a
loopback.
----End
7.7 Reset a Board
7.7.1 Performing a Warm Reset on the Board
When a board works abnormally, you might need to perform a warm reset of the board.
Prerequisites
You must be an NM user with "NE maintainer" authority or higher.
Impact on System
In the case of the SCC board, the impacts of resetting the board are as follows:
l The communication between the U2000 and the SCC board and between the SCC board
and other boards stops.
A warm reset of boards does not affect the running services.
U2000
Warm reset of the SCC board:
l After a warm reset of the SCC board, FPGA of the board is not updated, and the
configuration data in the memory of the board remains the same. When a fault is detected,
a warm reset is preferred.
l A warm reset can be performed in any of the following methods:
By using the U2000: It is applicable to remote maintenance. In this method, the
communication between the U2000 and the SCC board must be normal.
By pressing the RESET button on the SCC board: It is applicable to field maintenance
or the situation where the communication between the U2000 and the SCC board stops.
Warm reset of the other boards:
l After a warm reset of other boards, FPGA of the boards is not updated, and the configuration
data in the memory of the board remains the same.
l A warm reset can be performed in the following method:
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
489
communication between the U2000 and the SCC board and between the SCC board and
other boards must be normal.
Performing a Warm Reset of a Board
1. Right-click the desired board in the NE panel window.
2. Select Warm Reset from the shortcut menu. The warm reset maybe service-affecting.
Then, the Warning dialog box is displayed. Click OK.
NOTE
If Cold Reset is not present in the shortcut menu, then board does not support the cold reset function.
3. Click Close on the Result dialog box displayed.
7.7.2 Performing a Cold Reset on the Board
When a board works abnormally, you might need to perform a cold reset of the board.
Prerequisites
You must be an NM user with "NE maintainer" authority or higher.
Impact on System
If you perform a cold reset of the SCC board, the U2000 stops communicating with the SCC
board, and the SCC board stops communicating with the other boards.
If you perform a cold reset of the TN16XCH board, the U2000 stops communicating with the
TN16XCH board, and the TN16XCH board stops communicating with the other boards.
A cold reset of other boards affects the running services. If a reset of such a board is failing, it
affects the communication between the board and the system control board, or even interrupts
services.
A cold reset on boards other than the SCC board affects the running services. A reset failure on
these boards affects the communication between the board and the system control board, or even
interrupts services.
U2000
Cold reset of the SCC board:
l When the SCC board is faulty, perform a warm reset of the SCC board. If the fault persists
after a warm reset, perform a cold reset.
l The methods of performing a cold reset of the SCC board are as follows:
Perform a cold reset by removing and then inserting the SCC board. This method applies
to field maintenance or scenarios where the SCC board fails to communicate with the
U2000.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
490
Perform a cold reset on the U2000. This method applies to remote maintenance where
the communication between the SCC board and the U2000 is normal.
Cold reset of the TN16XCH board:
l When the TN16XCH board is faulty, perform a warm reset of the TN16XCH board. If the
fault persists after a warm reset, perform a cold reset.
l The methods of performing a cold reset of the TN16XCH board are as follows:
Perform a cold reset by removing and then inserting the TN16XCH board. This method
applies to field maintenance or scenarios where the TN16XCH board fails to
communicate with the U2000.
Perform a cold reset on the U2000. This method applies to remote maintenance where
the communication between the TN16XCH board and the U2000 is normal.
Cold reset of the other boards:
l After a cold reset of other boards, FPGA of the boards is updated, which is service-affecting.
Perform a warm reset of the board, if the fault persists after a warm reset, perform a cold
reset.
l A cold reset can be performed in any of the following methods:
communication between the U2000 and the system control board must be normal, and
the communication between the board and the system control board must be normal.
By removing and then inserting the board: It is applicable to field maintenance or the
situation where the communication between the board and the system control board
stops. If you perform a cold reset of the board by reseating the board, see the procedure
in Replacing a Board.
Performing a Cold Reset of a Board on the U2000
1. Right-click the desired board in the NE panel window.
2. Choose Cold Reset from the shortcut menu. The cold reset may be service-affecting. Then,
the Warning dialog box is displayed. Click OK.
NOTE
If Cold Reset is not present in the shortcut menu, then board does not support the cold reset function.
3. Click Close on the Result dialog box displayed.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
491
8 Parts Replacement
About This Chapter
8.1 General Guide for Replacing a Board
Most boards are replaced in similar fashion, and this section provides guidance for replacing a
common board.
8.2 Replacing an SCC Board with One of the Same TNxx Version
This section describes the procedure for replacing an SCC board with one of the same TNxx
version.
8.3 Replacing the SCC Board with One of a Different TNxx Version
This section describes how to replace an SCC board with an SCC board of a later TNxx version.
The replacement mainly involves the SCC boards for the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 and OptiX OSN
6800.
8.4 Replacing the TN16XCH Board
This section describes how to replace TN16XCH board.
8.5 Replacing the Cross-Connect Board
This section describes how to replace the Cross-Connect boards.
8.6 Replacing the Raman Amplifier Board
This section describes how to replace the Raman amplifier board.
8.7 Replacing the PID Board
This section describes how to replace the PID board.
8.8 Replacing the AUX Board
This section describes how to replace the AUX board.
8.9 Replacing the DCM
This section describes how to replace the DCM.
8.10 Replacing the Pluggable Optical Module
This section describes how to replace the pluggable optical module (eSFP/XFP).
8.11 Replacing the EFI Frame
This section describes how to replace the EFI frame in the OptiX OSN 6800.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Field Engineer) 8 Parts Replacement
492
8.12 Replacing the EFI Board
This section describes how to replace the EFI board in the OptiX OSN 8800.
8.13 Replacing the PIU Board
This section describes how to replace the PIU board.
8.14 Replacing the Power Switch on the DC Power Distribution Box
This section describes how to replace a faulty power switch on the DC power distribution box.
8.15 Replacing the Fan Tray Assembly
This section describes how to replace the fan tray assembly.
8.16 Replacing the Air Filter
Replace the air filter periodically to ensure efficient heat dissipation from the equipment.
8.17 Replacing SDI Components
This section describes how to replace a component (such as fan module, power supply module,
and control board) on the digital video O/E conversion chassis and how to replace the SDI-
specific SFP module on the TOM board.
8.18 Replacing the Subrack
If the backplane of a subrack has bent pins or other defects, the subrack must be replaced. This
section describes how to replace the subrack.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
493
8.1 General Guide for Replacing a Board
Most boards are replaced in similar fashion, and this section provides guidance for replacing a
common board.
It applies to the following boards:
l optical transponder boards
l tributary and line boards
l optical multiplexer and demultiplexer boards
l optical add and drop multiplexing boards
l reconfigurable optical add and drop multiplexing boards
l optical amplifier boards
l optical supervisory channel boards
l optical protection boards
l spectrum analyzer boards
l variable optical attenuator boards
l optical power and dispersion equalizing boards
l clock boards
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
494
NOTE
l If the software version of the spare board is V100R004C01 or earlier, perform the following operations
before replacing the board:
l If the board is installed in the OptiX OSN 3800 subrack, no operation is required.
l If the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 functions as the master subrack, you need to take the following actions
on the replacement board before replacing any original board on the NE. Otherwise, the services of the
active boards in other slots may be interrupted.
l a. Install the spare board to any available slot of the OptiX OSN 6800 subrack of version
V100R004C02 or later. Note that the master subrack of the NE where the OptiX OSN 6800 subrack
is located cannot be OptiX OSN 8800 T64.
l b. When the replacement board is in service, review the indicators on the board. If any indicator
flashes abnormally, reset or replace the replacement board. For description of the indicators, see
"Indicator".
l c. Double-click the icon of the optical NE in the Physical View, and the NE Panel is displayed.
Click the NE where the replacement board resides.
l d. Right-click the slot where the replacement board resides. Choose Add Physical Board from the
shortcut menu.
l e. Right-click the slot where the replacement board resides. Choose Version from the shortcut
menu to query the board software version information, and record the displayed version
information.
l f. Right click the slot where the replacement board resides. Choose Delete from the shortcut menu.
l g. Right-click the slot where the board to be replaced or the board with the same type as the board
to be replaced resides. Choose Version from the shortcut menu. If the version is the same as that
recorded in Step e, it indicates that the process of the replacement board is successful. Otherwise,
reset or replace the replacement board, and repeat Steps a to g.
l h. Remove the replacement board, and the process of the replacement board is complete.
l i. Replace the fault board. For more information, refer to "step 4, step 5, and step 6" of Procedure
of Replacing a Board.
l If the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 does not function as the master subrack, and the board to be replaced is
in any slot of the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 or OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack on the NE, you need to
perform the following operations on the replacement board before replacing the original board.
Otherwise, the services of the active boards in other slots may be interrupted. If the board is installed
in the OptiX OSN 6800 subrack, no operation is required.
l a. Install the spare board in any available slot of the OptiX OSN 6800 subrack of version
V100R004C02 or later.
l b. For other operations, see the previous steps b to i.
8.1.1 Prerequisite
For the operations on the NMS, you must be an NMS user with "NE operator and network "
authority or higher.
8.1.2 Impact on the System
This section describes the impact of board replacement on services.
Board Type Impact on System when Replacing a Board
Protection is configured No protection
is configured
Optical Transponder
Board
Client 1+1
protection
Replacing a board has no
impact on services.
Replacing a
board causes all
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
495
is configured
SNCP protection services carried
by the board
interruption
When SNCP protection
is configured, replacing
the OTU where the sink
node is located brings a
service interruption.
Replacing an OTU on
other nodes generally
brings no impact on
services.
ERPS protection Replacing a board causes
service interruption at
the site where the board
is configured but has no
impact on the services on
the whole ring.
Tributary Board Client 1+1
protection
impact on services.
Tributary SNCP
protection
impact on services.
Line Board Client 1+1
protection
Before replacing a line
board, check if the
service from the line to a
tributary board is
provided with the client
1+1 protection on the
tributary board. If the
protection is provided,
replacing the line board
brings no service
interruption upon a
normal switching. If the
protection is not
provided, replacing the
line board brings a
service interruption.
ODUk SNCP
protection
impact on services.
ODUk SPRing
protection
In the case of four-fiber
ring, replacing a line
board brings no service
interruption in case of a
normal switching.
When other protection is configured, replacing a board will cause service interruption.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
496
is configured
Optical Multiplexer and
Demultiplexer Board
Replacing a board causes an interruption on all traditional
services carried by the board.
If ASON services traverse the board to be replaced, optimize the
ASON services traversing the board to other paths (the preset
restoration paths of the services are preferred if they do not
traverse the board to be replaced) before board replacement. For
optical-layer ASON services, the new paths must be
commissioned; otherwise, the services may be interrupted. After
board replacement, preset the insertion loss of the new board and
re-commission the original paths. Then, switch the ASON
services back to the original paths. If no other paths are available
during board replacement, the ASON services will be
interrupted.
Optical Add and Drop
Multiplexing Board
Optical Amplifier Board
Variable Optical
Attenuator Board
Optical Power and
Dispersion Equalizing
Board
Optical Supervisory
Channel Board
Replacing a board causes interruption of the optical supervisory
channel services, but has no impact on services.
Optical Protection Board Replacing a board causes an interruption on all services carried
by the board.
Spectrum Analyzer Board Replacing a board has no impact on services.
Clock Board For OptiX OSN 8800, 1+1 protection is configured for clock
boards. Replacing a clock board will trigger switching on the
active and standby clock boards, therefore, services are not
affected.
During board replacement, the board software takes several minutes to be synchronized. At
this point, the PROG indicator on the board is blinking green quickly. For more information
regarding indicator definitions, refer to "Board Indicators".

8.1.3 Tools, Equipment, and Materials
ESD bag, ESD wrist strap, Phillips screwdriver, flashlight, optical power meter, and U2000
8.1.4 Precautions
This section describes the precautions to be taken before you replace optical transponder boards,
line boards, tributary boards, and clock boards.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
497
Optical Transponder Board
CAUTION
Before connecting a fiber to the input optical port of a board, measure the optical power. You
can directly connect a fiber to the input optical power of the board only when the measured
optical power is within the permitted range of the receive optical power for the optical module
on the board. If the measured optical power is beyond the permitted range, you must add a VOA
before connecting the fiber to prevent the receiver optical module from being burned or damaged.
The overload optical power point of an APD receiver laser is only -9 dBm, which must be
considered with caution to prevent the optical module from being burned or damaged.
l Before replacing the board, ensure that the wavelength of the new board is consistent with
that of the original board.
NOTE
The wavelength of the board is printed on the PCB board.
l Before replacing the board, test the input optical power. Prevent the input optical power
from crossing the overload point; otherwise, the receiver optical module will be burned or
damaged.
l Before replacing the board, query and record the 15-minute BER before FEC at the receive
end of the link.
l If the client 1+1 protection is configured, perform the following steps:
1. Before replacing the board, query the working status of the board to be replaced.
2. If the board to be replaced is the current working board, perform an active/standby
switchover on the U2000.
NOTE
The channel status of the protection board must be normal. Otherwise, replacing the faulty
board causes a service interruption.
At the opposite end of the link, perform a manual switchover on the U2000 at the same time.
3. After replacing the board, query the state of the new board and ensure that it is the
working board.
l If the SNCP protection is configured, perform the following steps:
2. If the board to be replaced is the working board and the service sink does no reside
on the board, perform an active/standby switchover on the U2000.
NOTE
working board.
l After replacing the board, query the wavelength of the new board on the U2000. Make sure
the wavelength is the same as that of the original board.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
498
NOTE
If the replaced board is a tunable OTU, after the board is replaced, the SCC automatically delivers
the wavelength configuration of the original board.
l After replacing the board, query the 15-minute BER before FEC at the receive end of the
link. Make sure that the BER before FEC does not deteriorate greatly from the value before
board replacement.
Line Board
CAUTION
optical power is within the permitted range of the received optical power for the optical module
l Before replacing the board, ensure that the wavelength of the new board is consistent with
that of the original board.
NOTE
The wavelength of the board is printed on the PCB board.
l Before replacing the board, query and record the 15-minute BER before FEC at the receive
end of the link.
damaged.
l If the ODUk SNCP protection or ODUk SPRing protection (four-fiber ring) is configured,
perform the following steps:
NOTE
working board.
l After replacing the board, query the wavelength of the new board on the U2000. Ensure
the wavelength is the same as that of the original board.
l After replacing the board, query the 15-minute BER before FEC at the receive end of the
link. Ensure that the BER before FEC does not deteriorate greatly from the value before
board replacement.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
499
Tributary Board
CAUTION
optical power is within the permitted range of the received optical power for the optical module
damaged.
l If the client 1+1 protection or tributary SNCP protection is configured, perform the
following steps:
NOTE
working board.
Clock Board
Before replacing the board, perform an active/standby switchover on the U2000.
NOTE
For OptiX OSN 8800 T32, assume that the clock board to be replaced is located in slot 42, it is the main
clock board, the clock board in slot 44 works normally and the subrack where it is located has no
BUS_ERR alarm.
For OptiX OSN 8800 T64, assume that the clock board to be replaced is located in slot 75, it is the main
cross-connect board, the clock board in slot 86 works normally and the subrack where it is located has no
BUS_ERR alarm.
8.1.5 Procedure for Replacing a Board
This section provides the common procedure for replacing a board. When replacing a board,
strictly comply with the procedure provided in this section.
Procedure
Step 1 Select a spare board. Ensure the name, TNxx version, and type of the new board are the same
as those of the original board.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
500
NOTE
If the TNxx versions of the new board and the original board are not the same, you need to determine
whether the new board can be substituted for the original board. For more information regarding the
substitution relationships between boards of different versions, refer to "Substitution Relationship".
Step 2 Review and record current NE alarms.
1. In the Main Topology view, choose Fault > Browse Current Alarm from the Main Menu.
2. Click the Basic Setting and Alarm Source tabs in turn on the Filter dialog box to set the
filter conditions for the current alarms.
3. Click OK.
4. Record the current alarms of the NE.
NOTE
You can select the desired alarms and right-click to choose Save > Save Selected Records, or right-
click to choose Save > Save All Records from the shortcut menu to save the current alarms of the
NE.
Step 3 On the NMS, enable the removal indication function for the board to be replaced. For details,
see Enabling the Function of Board Removal Indication.
NOTE
For the boards supporting the removal indication function, see Board Indicators.
NOTE
After the removal indication function is enabled for the board to be replaced, the STAT indicator on the board
and Minor alarm indicator in the subrack slowly blink green so that the onsite maintenance engineer can easily
locate the board to be replaced.
Step 4 Inform the onsite maintenance engineer and remove the fibers and cables on the board to be
replaced.
1. Wear a well-grounded ESD wrist strap. Make sure that the wrist strap fully touches your
skin. Insert the connector of the ESD strap into the ESD socket in the subrack.
2. Record the mapping relationships of the board ports and the fibers.
3. Remove the fiber jumpers connecting to the optical interfaces on the board. Keep the optical
connector and end face clean. Cover the fiber immediately after the fiber is removed. The
cable connector must be sealed to avoid short circuit.
Step 5 Remove the board to be replaced.
1. Optional: If there are screws on the front panel, loosen the captive screws on the front
panel of the board.
2. Grip the ejector levers and apply an outward force until the ejector levers become horizontal
and the connector of the board leave the backplane.
3. Apply force gently outward to pull out the board completely.
4. Put the replaced board in an ESD bag and attach a maintenance label on the bag. The label
should contain the NE name and fault description.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
501
Figure 8-1 Removing a board of OptiX OSN 8800/6800 subrack
2

Figure 8-2 Removing a cross-connect board of OptiX OSN 8800 subrack
2 1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
502
Figure 8-3 Removing a board in the interface area of the OptiX OSN 8800 subrack
3 1 2
4
1
3
2

Figure 8-4 Removing a board of OptiX OSN 3800 chassis

Step 6 Insert the new board.
1. Check the pins on the backplane using a flashlight. Ensure that no pin is bent.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
503
2. Check that the connectors on the board are in good condition.
Figure 8-5 Position of connectors on a board

Figure 8-6 Example of a damaged connector

3. Raise the ejector levers of the board using two hands and align the board with the guide
rail of the slot.
4. Slowly slide the board along the guide rail into the slot until it can no longer move forward.
5. Lower the ejector levers to hold the beam of the subrack.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
504
Figure 8-7 Installing a board of the OptiX OSN 8800/6800 subrack

Figure 8-8 Installing a cross-connect board of the OptiX OSN 8800 subrack
1 2

Figure 8-9 Installing a board in the interface area of the OptiX OSN 8800 Subrack
1 3 2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
505
Figure 8-10 Installing a board of the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis

6. Optional: If there are screws on the front panel, tighten the two captive screws on the panel
of the board.
7. Insert the fibers into the connectors on the board according to the mapping relationship.
NOTE
After the board is replaced, the NE software delivers the configuration of the original board automatically.
Step 7 Review the indicators of the new board. It takes ten minutes for a new board to work normally
after insertion. Ensure that the STAT indicator is steady green. If the indicator gives an abnormal
indication, reinsert the board or replace the board again.
Step 8 Query alarms and performances of the local NE and of the opposite NE. Confirm that the original
alarms or performances issues are cleared.
----End
8.1.6 Substitution Relationships
This section describes the substitution relationships of the boards.
8.1.6.1 Optical Transponder Boards
This section describes the substitution relationships of the optical transponder unit boards.
The following board has substitution relationships.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
506
LOG
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11LOG TN12LOG The TN12LOG can be created as TN11LOG on the NMS. The
former can substitute for the latter, without any software
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12LOG functions as the
TN11LOG.
NOTE
l When both the receive board and transmit board adopt the FEC
code pattern, the substitution applies; when both the receive board
and transmit board adopt the AFEC code pattern, the substitution
does not apply.
l A board with PIN as the receiver type cannot substitute for a board
with APD as the receiver type, because their ranges of receive
optical power are different.
TN12LOG None -

LOM
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11LOM TN12LOM The TN12LOM can be created as TN11LOM on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12LOM functions as the
TN11LOM.
NOTE
does not apply.
TN12LOM None -

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
507
LSX
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11LSX TN12LSX The TN12LSX can be created as TN11LSX on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12LSX functions as the
TN11LSX.
NOTE
A board with PIN as the receiver type cannot substitute for a board with
APD as the receiver type, because their ranges of received optical
power are different.
TN13LSX The TN13LSX can be created as TN11LSX on the NMS. The
TN11LSX.
NOTE
does not apply.
TN12LSX TN13LSX The TN13LSX can be created as TN12LSX on the NMS. The
TN12LSX.
NOTE
does not apply.
TN13LSX None -

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
508
TMX
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11TMX TN12TMX The TN12TMX can be created as TN11TMX on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12TMX functions as the
TN11TMX.
NOTE
does not apply.
TN12TMX None -

8.1.6.2 Tributary and Line Boards
This section describes the substitution relationships of the tributary and line boards.
ND2
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11ND2 TN12ND2 The TN12ND2 can be created as TN11ND2 on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12ND2 functions as the
TN11ND2.
NOTE
When both the receive board and transmit board adopt the FEC code
pattern, the substitution applies; when both the receive board and
transmit board adopt the AFEC code pattern, the substitution does not
apply.
TN12ND2.
NOTE
The TN53ND2 does not support OTU2e services at rate 11.3 Gbit/s on
the WDM side and it cannot substitute for the TN12ND2 in relay mode
at rate 11.3 Gbit/s.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
509
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN52ND2.
NOTE
The TN53ND2 does not support OTU2e services at rate 11.3 Gbit/s on
the WDM side and it cannot substitute for the TN52ND2 in relay mode
at rate 11.3 Gbit/s.
TN53ND2 None -

NQ2
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN51NQ2 TN52NQ2/
TN53NQ2
The TN52NQ2 /TN53NQ2 board can be created as TN51NQ2
on the NMS to function as a TN51NQ2 board. In this scenario,
the TN52NQ2 /TN53NQ2 only provides the functions of the
TN51NQ2 board, and the board software does not need to be
upgraded.
NOTE
When both the receive board and transmit board adopt the FEC code
pattern, the substitution applies; when both the receive board and
transmit board adopt the AFEC code pattern, the substitution does not
apply.
TN52NQ2 TN53NQ2/
TN54NQ2
The TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 can be created as TN52NQ2 on the
NMS. The former can substitute for the latter, without any
software upgrade. After substitution, the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2
functions as the TN52NQ2.
NOTE
Only OptiX OSN 8800 supports the TN54NQ2.
TN54NQ2 TN53NQ2 The TN53NQ2 board can be created as TN54NQ2 on the NMS
to function as a TN54NQ2 board. In this scenario, the
TN53NQ2 board only provides the functions of the TN54NQ2
board, and the board software does not need to be upgraded.
TN53NQ2 None -

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
510
NS2
Table 8-1 Substitution rules of the NS2 board
Origin
al
Board
Substi
tute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11N
S2
None -
TN12N
S2
TN53
NS2
The TN53NS2 can be created as TN12NS2 on the NMS. The former can
substitute for the latter, without any software upgrade. After substitution,
the TN53NS2 functions as the TN12NS2.
NOTE
When both the receive board and transmit board adopt the FEC code pattern, the
substitution applies; when both the receive board and transmit board adopt the
AFEC code pattern, the substitution does not apply.
TN52N
S2
TN53
NS2
The TN53NS2 can be created as TN52NS2 on the NMS. The former can
substitute for the latter, without any software upgrade. After substitution,
the TN53NS2 functions as the TN52NS2.
TN53N
S2
None -

NS3
Table 8-2 Substitution rules of the NS3 board
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11NS3 TN52NS3 The TN52NS3 can be created as TN11NS3 on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN52NS3 functions as the
TN11NS3.
TN52NS3 None -
TN54NS3 None -
TN55NS3 None -

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
511
TDX
Table 8-3 Substitution rules of the TDX board
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11TDX None -
TN12TDX TN53TDX The TN53TDX can be created as TN12TDX on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN53TDX functions as the
TN12TDX.
TN52TDX TN53TDX The TN53TDX can be created as TN52TDX on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN53TDX functions as the
TN52TDX.
TN53TDX None -

TQX
Table 8-4 Substitution rules of the TQX board
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11TQX TN55TQX The TN55TQX can be created as TN11TQX on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN55TQX functions as the
TN11TQX.
TN52TQX.
TN53TQX.
TN55TQX None -

8.1.6.3 Optical Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Boards
This section describes the substitution relationships of the optical multiplexer and demultiplexer
boards.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
512
M40
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11M40 TN12M40 The TN12M40 board can be created as TN11M40 on the NMS.
The former can substitute for the latter without any software
upgrade. After the substitution, the TN12M40 board functions
as the TN11M40 board. The TN12M40 board occupies two
physical slots and three logical slots while the TN11M40 board
occupies three physical slots. After the substitution, the
remaining one physical slot cannot be used to house any other
board.
TN12M40 None -

M40V
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11M40V TN12M40
V
The TN12M40V can be created as TN11M40V on the NMS.
The former can substitute for the latter, without any software
upgrade. After the substitution, the TN12M40V board
functions as the TN11M40V board. The TN12M40V board
occupies two physical slots and three logical slots while the
TN11M40V board occupies three physical slots. After the
substitution, the remaining one physical slot cannot be used to
house any other board.
TN12M40V None -

D40
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11D40 TN12D40 The TN12D40 can be created as TN11D40 on the NMS. The
upgrade. After the substitution, the TN12D40 board functions
as the TN11D40 board. The TN12D40 board occupies two
physical slots and three logical slots while the TN11D40 board
occupies three physical slots. After the substitution, the
remaining one physical slot cannot be used to house any other
board.
TN12D40 None -

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
513
8.1.6.4 Optical Add and Drop Multiplexing Boards
This section describes the substitution relationships of the optical add and drop multiplexing
boards.
This type of boards does not have substitution relationships.
8.1.6.5 Reconfigurable Optical Add and Drop Multiplexing Boards
This section describes the substitution relationships of the reconfigurable optical add and drop
multiplexing boards.
8.1.6.6 Optical Amplifier Boards
This section describes the substitution relationships of the optical amplifier boards.
OAU1
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11OAU1 TN12OAU
1 ,
TN13OAU
1
The TN12OAU1 and TN13OAU1 can be created as
TN11OAU1 on the NMS. The former can substitute for the
latter, without any software upgrade. After substitution, the
TN12OAU1 and TN13OAU1 function as the TN11OAU1.
TN12OAU1 TN13OAU
1
The TN13OAU1 can be created as TN12OAU1 on the NMS.
The former can substitute for the latter at type 01,03,05, without
any software upgrade. After substitution, the TN13OAU1
functions as the TN12OAU1.
TN13OAU1 None -

OBU1
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11OBU1 TN12OBU
1
The TN12OBU1 can be created as TN11OBU1 on the NMS.
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12OBU1 functions as the
TN11OBU1.
TN12OBU1 None -

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
514
OBU2
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11OBU2 TN12OBU
2
The TN12OBU2 can be created as TN11OBU2 on the NMS.
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12OBU2 functions as the
TN11OBU2.
TN12OBU2 None -

8.1.6.7 Optical Supervisory Channel Boards
This section describes the substitution relationships of the optical supervisory channel boards.
8.1.6.8 Optical Protection Boards
This section describes the substitution relationships of the optical protection boards.
8.1.6.9 Spectrum Analyzer Boards
This section describes the substitution relationships of the spectrum analyzer boards.
8.1.6.10 Variable Optical Attenuator Boards
This section describes the substitution relationships of the variable optical attenuator boards.
8.1.6.11 Optical Power and Dispersion Equalizing Boards
This section describes the substitution relationships of the optical power and dispersion
equalizing board.
8.1.6.12 Clock Board
This section describes the substitution relationship of the STG board.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
515
8.2 Replacing an SCC Board with One of the Same TNxx
Version
This section describes the procedure for replacing an SCC board with one of the same TNxx
version.
NOTE
TNxx indicates the board hardware version that is displayed on the PCB board.
l In the OptiX OSN 8800 T16, the SCC board fills one slot in the subrack. The valid slots
for the SCC board are IU9 and IU10. IU9 is the first choice. If there is 1+1 protection for
the SCC board, IU10 is the default slot for the standby SCC.
for the SCC board are IU11 and IU28. IU28 is the first choice. If there is 1+1 protection
for the SCC board, IU11 is the default slot for the standby SCC.
for the SCC board are IU74 and IU85. IU74 is the first choice. If there is 1+1 protection
for the SCC board, IU85 is the default slot for the standby SCC.
l In the OptiX OSN 6800, the SCC board fills one slot in the subrack. The valid slots for the
SCC board are IU17 and IU18. IU18 is the first choice. If there is 1+1 protection for the
SCC board, IU17 is the default slot for the standby SCC.
l In the OptiX OSN 3800, the SCC board fills one slot in the subrack. The valid slots for the
SCC board are IU8 and IU9. IU9 is the first choice. If there is 1+1 protection for the SCC
board, IU8 is the default slot for the standby SCC.
NOTE
If there is SCC 1+1 protection, the data on the active SCC board is synchronized to the standby SCC board
after the standby board is replaced. No manual setting of NE ID is required on the standby board.
When the 1+1 protection is not provided, NE ID must be set. Consult Huawei technical support engineers
before replacing an SCC board.
CAUTION
To help prevent unsynchronized data, do not remove the SCC board during batch data backup.
Do not directly insert a standby SCC board that is removed from an ASON NE in to the master
subrack of another ASON NE so that the SCC board functions as the active SCC board of the
latter NE. Before inserting the SCC board, ensure that the node ID and OSPF IP address that are
saved on the SCC board are unique on the entire ASON network.
You can replace the SCC board on the OptiX OSN 8800/6800 when:
l The SCC board of the master subrack is configured with SCC 1+1 protection.
l There is no protection for the SCC board of the master subrack.
l You are replacing the SCC board of the slave subrack.
You can replace the SCC board on the OptiX OSN 3800 when:
l The SCC board of the master subrack is configured with SCC 1+1 protection.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
516
l There is no protection for the SCC board.
8.2.1 Setting the Jumper on the SCC
This section describes how to set the battery jumpers and BIOS jumpers on the spare SCC board
before replacing the SCC board.
The battery on the SCC helps to ensure that the configuration is kept upon a power failure of
the SCC. If the board is in use, place a jumper cap over the battery jumper to make a short circuit,
which allows the battery to supply power normally. If the board is not in use, use a jumper cap
to disconnect the battery jumper.Figure 8-11 shows the battery jumper.
The BIOS jumper helps clear the system parameter area and database in the flash memory on
the SCC board. Table 8-5 shows the function of the BIOS jumper.
Figure 8-11 battery jumper
1 2 3
Used
Not
used

Table 8-5 Function of the BIOS jumper
Jumper Settings Description
1010 Clear the system parameter area.
1011 Clear the database in the flash memory.
1111 Clear all the data in the flash memory except the board
manufacturing information. The data includes the system data,
system parameter areas, and extended BIOS files. The upper layer
part of BIOS is not started.
1001 Restores the system parameter area, database, and NE software
from the CF card.

Figure 8-12 shows the position of jumpers on the TN11SCC board.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
517
Figure 8-16 shows the jumpers on the TN51SCC board.
Figure 8-17 shows jumpers on the TN52SCC board.
Figure 8-18 shows jumpers on the TNK2SCC board.
Figure 8-12 Position of the jumpers on the TN11SCC board
CPU
Battery
jumper
CF
card
01020304
BIOS running
mode
01 02 03 04
01 02 03 04
01 02 03 04
1
2
3
Battery jumper
BIOS running mode
1010
1011
1111
01 02 03 04
1001

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
518
CF
Card
Battery
Jumper
3 2 1
J1
SW1
OFF
ON
4 3 1 2
BIOS
Running
Mode
BIOS Running Mode
SW1
OFF

ON
4 3 1 2
1010
SW1
OFF

ON
4 3 1 2
1011
SW1
OFF

ON
4 3 1 2
1111
SW1
OFF

ON
4 3 1 2
1001

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
519
CPU
Battery
jumper
1
2
3
Battery jumper
J13J14
BIOS running mode
BIOS running mode
1010
03
04
J14
01
02
J13
1011
03
04
J14
01
02
J13
1111
03
04
J14
01
02
J13
1001
03
04
J14
01
02
J13

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
520
CPU
J11
J13
BIOS running mode
Battery
jumper
1
2
3
Battery jumper
BIOS running mode
1010 1011 1111
03
04
J13
01
02
J11
01
02
J11
03
04
J13
01
02
J11
03
04
J13
1001
01
02
J11
03
04
J13

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
521
U42
J12
J42
3 2 1
CPU
J1
U45
CF card
Battery
jumper
BIOS running mode
04
03
02
01
BIOS running
mode
1010
1011
1111
J42
04
03
02
01
J42
04
03
02
01
J42
04
03
02
01
1001
J42
04
03
02
01

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
522
U33
U18
CF card
jumper
3

2

1
C
P
U
J
1
Battery
J11
01
02
03
04
BIOS running
mode
BIOS running
mode
1010
1011
1111
J11
01
02
03
04
J11
01
02
03
04
J11
01
02
03
04
1001
J11
01
02
03
04

Figure 8-18 Position of the jumpers on the TNK2SCC board
J44
Battery jumper
C
P
U
3
2
1
CF card
J9
01020304
BIOS running mode
BIOS running mode
1010 1011 1111
J9
01 02 0304
J9
0102 03 04
J9
01 02 0304
1001
J9
0102 03 04

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
523
8.2.2 Replacing the Protected SCC in a Master Subrack
This section describes how to replace the SCC board of the master subrack when SCC 1+1
protection is configured.
Prerequisites
l You must be an NM user with "NE and network operator" authority or higher.
l The FTP/TFTP/SFTP server is configured and the FTP/TFTP/SFTP service is started. For
more information, see U2000 User Guide for NE Software Management.
l The SCC replacement board must be the same type as the SCC board being replaced.
Impact on the System
Replacing an SCC board configured with protection does not affect the existing services.
For SCC 1+1 protection, replacing one of the SCC in the protection group does not interrupt
communication between the NE where the SCC board resides and the U2000 after you switch
services from one SCC board to the other SCC board.
l ESD bag
l U2000
l Multimeter
Before replacing an SCC board with a spare SCC board, set the battery jumper on the spare
board according to the procedure described in 8.2.1 Setting the Jumper on the SCC.
Clear the database on the spare SCC board before starting the replacement. Use setting jumpers
on the spare board to configure the BIOS running mode and clear the database. Set the BIOS
jumper on the spare board according to the procedure described in 8.2.1 Setting the Jumper
on the SCC. The four jumpers used for setting the BIOS running mode are arranged in order
from high to low values and are identified as 04, 03, 02, and 01.
The setting for each jumper corresponds to a binary value of either 0 or 1. When a jumper is not
capped, the setting corresponds to binary 0. When the jumper is capped, the setting corresponds
to binary 1. The settings of the four jumpers can be arranged in 16 different combinations,
representing the values 0 to 15 in the decimal system. The default setting of the four jumpers is
0000.
Ignore the alarms that are reported during SCC board replacement.
Procedure
Step 1 Select a spare SCC board as the replacement board. Ensure that the spare SCC board and the
SCC board to be replaced have the same name and are of the same type.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
524
NOTE
The 1X3 battery jumper on the replacement board enables or disables the power supply from the battery.
Ensure that pin 1 and pin 2 of this jumper are capped. Then, remove the cap of pin 1 and cap of pin 3 on
the jumper and use a multimeter to measure the battery voltage. If the voltage is lower than 3 V, the battery
is not working. The selected SCC board cannot be used as a replacement board.
Step 2 Review and record the current alarms on the NE.
Step 3 Back up the NE database to the NMS server. This is to record the NE database for future reference
when the SCC board is replaced.
1. In the Main Topology view, choose Administration > NE Software Management > NE
Data Backup/Restoration from the Main Menu.
2. Right click the device(s) that you want to backup in the NE View table.
NOTE
The Backup Information tab is unavailable when multiple devices are selected.
3. Select Backup... to open the Backup dialog.
4. Select the option NMS Server or NMS Client to backup the selected device information.
NOTE
By default the NMS Server is selected. If the NMS Server is selected, the selected device information
is stored on the NMS server.
5. Optional: If the NMS Client is selected, click to select the location where the device
data are to be backed up.
6. Click Start to start the backup operation for the selected device(s). On the NE View tab
page, the backup progress is displayed.
7. When the backup operation is successful, the NMS creates the dbf.pkg file in the NEName/
yyyymmddhhmmss directory. "NEName" indicates the name of the NE, "yyyymmdd"
indicates the date when the backup is created, and "hhmmss" indicates the time when the
backup is created.
Step 4 Follow the steps below to review the working state of the board to be replaced.
1. In the NE Explorer, click the NE and choose Configuration > Board 1+1 Protection from
the Function Tree.
2. Click Query.
Step 5 If the board to be replaced is the active board, go to Step 6. Otherwise, go to Step 7.
Step 6 If the board to be replaced is the working board, complete the following the steps to perform an
active/standby switching on the U2000.
1. In the Main Topology, right-click the desire NE and click NE Explorer from the shortcut
menu. The NE Explorer window is displayed.
2. Choose Configuration > Board 1+1 Protection from the Function Tree.
3. In Board 1+1 Protection, right-click the desired SCC Board 1+1 Protection. Select
Working/Protection Switching from the shortcut menu. Click OK in the window
displayed.
4. Click Query. If the Active Board is not the board to be replaced, the switching is successful.
5. Query the alarms and performance events on the U2000. Check if services are normal. If
services are normal, there must be no new abnormal alarms or performances. The switching
is successful.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
525
NOTE
NOTE
Step 8 Inform the onsite maintenance engineer and replace the board. For details about how to remove
a board, see "step 4, step 5, and step 6" of Procedure of Replacing a Board.
Step 9 Set the four jumpers on the spare SCC board to set the BIOS running mode. Then insert the SCC
board to the slot housing the original SCC board to format the file system of the new SCC board.
1. Set the BIOS running mode of the spare SCC board to 1111 to clear all the data in the flash
memory except the board manufacturing information. 8.2.1 Setting the Jumper on the
SCC shows the settings of the four jumpers on the SCC board.
2. Insert the spare SCC board in the slot housing the original SCC board. Wait for 15 minutes
to allow the database to be cleared.
Step 10 After the file system of the SCC board is formatted completely, remove the board. Remove the
jumper caps which you set in Step 9. Reinsert this SCC board to the slot.
Step 11 View the indicators on the front panel of the new board. It takes approximately 90 minutes for
a new board to work normally after insertion. Ensure that the STAT indicator is steady green.
If the indicator is not steady green, you need to reinsert the board or select a new replacement
board. For details about the indicators, see Board Indicators.
Step 12 Optional: Follow the steps below to switch the active/standby state of the SCCs back to the
original state.
3. In Board 1+1 Protection, right-click SCC Board 1+1 Protection. Select Restore
Working/Protection from the shortcut menu. Click OK in the window displayed.
NOTE
After you start the new SCC board, the system automatically synchronizes the data between the existing
SCC board and the new SCC board. After data backup completes, perform the preceding step to initiate
active/standby switching.
Step 13 Check and set the other parameters on the U2000 to ensure that the parameter values of the new
board are the same as the original data.
1. Check the software information of the new SCC against the original data.
2. Synchronize the NE time with the NMS server time.
3. Check the NE alarm attribute data against the original data. The data include saving mode,
reversion mode and delayed report.
4. Check the alarm suppression setting data against the original data.
5. Enable the NE performance monitoring.
6. Check whether the switching state is correct. Perform a switching test.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
526
NOTE
For details about how to set these parameters, see iManager U2000 Operator Guide for NG WDM NE
Management.
Step 14 Query the current alarms of the NE using the U2000.
3. Click OK.
NOTE
NE.
NOTE
After replacing the SCC, ensure that the monitoring of the POWER_FAIL alarm is enabled. If the
POWER_FAIL alarm occurs, and the alarm parameter is 0x5 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff, the battery of the SCC
board is abnormal, check whether the jumper cap is correctly placed over the battery jumper. If yes, use a
multimeter to measure the battery voltage. If the voltage is lower than 3 V, the battery is out. The board
must be replaced.
CAUTION
The standard voltage of the battery is 3.6 V. The battery is fixed on the board and cannot be
replaced.
----End
8.2.3 Replacing the Unprotected SCC in a Master Subrack
This section describes how to replace an SCC board in the master subrack when no protection
is configured for the SCC board.
Table 8-6 Modes of replacing the SCC of the master subrack without protection
Scenario Mode Remarks
The NE is reachable on the
U2000.
Replacing the SCC by
Backing Up Database
Data to the NMS
The database of the NE must be
backed up. After replacing the
SCC, restore the database to the
NE.
The first mode is recommended.
If a slot is available for another
SCC, configure the system to
provide 1+1 SCC protection.
Backing Up Database
Data to a CF Card
Replacing the SCC
Board After
Configuring SCC 1+1
Protection
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
527
Scenario Mode Remarks
The NE is
not
reachable
on the
U2000.
A backup
database is
stored on the
U2000.
Backing Up Database
Data from the NMS
The current database of the NE
cannot be backed up. After the
SCC is replaced, the NE can only
read the database on the U2000
or the database on the CF card
saved during the last backup.
No backup
database is
stored on the
U2000.
Backing Up Database
Data from a CF Card
No backup
database is
stored on the
U2000, and the
CF board has
failed.
Manually reconfigure
NE parameters as
required

8.2.3.1 Replacing the SCC by Backing Up Database Data from the NMS (NE Is
Unreachable)
If the NE is unreachable because of SCC damage, you can restore the NE database from the
NMS after replacing the SCC board.
Prerequisites
Replacing the SCC board does not affect traditional services, but ASON services may be affected
for a short time when configurations are restored by downloading the database.
ESD bag, U2000, multimeter, Web LCT
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
528
0000.
Precautions
CAUTION
l If the NE where the SCC to be replaced resides is an ASON NE, the Node ID of the NE
must be set according to the original data after the SCC is replaced. Otherwise, the NE
database and ASON service cannot be restored.
l Operations on the U2000 must be performed in the network management center.
l Operations on the Web LCT must be performed on site.
Procedure
Step 1 Select a spare SCC board. Ensure that the spare SCC board and the SCC board to be replaced
have the same name and are of the same type.
NOTE
The 1X3 jumper on the replacement board enables or disables the power supply from the battery. Ensure
that pin 1 and pin 2 of each jumper are capped. Then, remove the cap of pin 1 and cap pin 3 on the jumper
and use a multimeter to measure the battery voltage. If the voltage is lower than 3 V, the battery is not
working. The selected SCC board cannot be used as a replacement.
NOTE
NOTE
Step 3 Inform the onsite maintenance engineer and remove the board. For details about how to remove
Step 4 Set the four jumpers on the spare SCC board so as to set the BIOS running mode of the board
and then insert it to the slot housing the original SCC board. In this manner, the database on the
new SCC board is cleared.
1. Set the BIOS running mode of the spare SCC board to 1011 to clear the database in the
flash memory. 8.2.1 Setting the Jumper on the SCC shows the settings of the four jumpers
on the SCC board.
until the database on the spare SCC board is cleared. If the spare SCC board is of
V100R006C03 or a later version, the database is being cleared when the STAT indicator
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
529
on the SCC board is quickly blinking and the database clearing is complete when the STAT
indicator is steady green.
3. Set the BIOS running mode of the spare SCC board to 1010 to clear the system parameter
area. For the settings of the four jumpers on the SCC board, see 8.2.1 Setting the Jumper
on the SCC.
Step 5 After the database of the SCC board is cleared completely, remove the board. Remove the jumper
caps which are shown in Step 4. After that, reinsert this SCC board to the slot.
Step 6 After the new SCC board starts, connect the Web LCT to the NE.
1. Disconnect the cables from the NM_ETH1 and NM_ETH2 ports (if connected). That is,
disconnect the NE from the computer where the U2000 (hereinafter the computer is referred
to as U2000) is installed.
2. Connect the Web LCT to NM_ETH1.
3. Set the IP address of the Web LCT to ensure that Web LCT is in the same IP subnet segment
as the NE IP address. If the IP address of the Web LCT and the NE IP address are in different
network segments, the Web LCT cannot be connected to the NE.
NOTE
The new board is initiated at the factory, and the default IP subnet segment of the board is 129.9.*.*.
4. Log in to the Web LCT with the user name admin, and the initial password admin.
Step 7 Create the NE by using the Web LCT.
1. Click NE Search > Advanced Search in the NE List. The Search NE dialog box is
displayed.
2. Click Manage Domain. The Manage Domain Search dialog box is displayed.
3. Click Add. The New Domain dialog box is displayed.
4. Set Domain Type to GNE IP Domain or GNE IP Address. Enter an IP address in the
Domain Address field.
5. Click OK.
NOTE
Repeat step 3 through 5 to add multiple search domains.
6. Close the Manage Domain Search dialog box.
7. Select the appropriate network segment IP addresses within the Domain and click
Search.
NOTE
l The NE search function searches for only the NEs in the specified network segment.
l When the search is in progress, you can click End Search.
8. After the search is complete, select an NE from the list and click Add NE. A prompt
message is displayed, indicating that the NE is successfully added. Click OK.
9. Select the NE that you want to log in and click NE Login in the lower right corner or right-
click the NE and choose NE Login. In the NE Login dialog box that is displayed, enter
lct and password in the User Name and Password fields, and then click OK.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
530
TIP
You can select multiple NEs at a time by concurrently pressing Shift.
If you select the Use same user name and password to login check box, you can log in to multiple
NEs at a time by entering the user name and password only in the first line.
If you select the Use the user name and password that was used last time check box, you do not
need to enter the use name and password and the system automatically uses the user name and
password for login last time.
Step 8 Modify the NE IP, gateway IP and subnet mask based on the original information using the Web
LCT.
1. In the NE Explorer, select Communication > Communication Parameters from the
Function Tree.
2. Enter the NE IP address, gateway IP address and subnet mask, and click Apply.
3. Click OK after the Warning dialog box pops up.
4. Click OK after the Warning dialog box about communication interruption between NEs
pops up.
5. Click Close after the Result dialog box is displayed.
NOTE
If the NE IP addresses before and after the modification are in different network segments, the Web LCT cannot
be connected to the NE. When this occurs, set the IP address of the Web LCT in the same network segment as
the NE IP address.
Step 9 Modify the NE ID and extended ID based on the original information using the Web LCT.
1. In the NE Explorer, choose Configuration > NE Attribute from the Function Tree.
2. Click Modify NE ID. In the Modify NE ID dialog box that is displayed, enter values in
the New ID and New Extended ID fields, and then click OK.
3. A Warning dialog box is displayed, click Yes. A dialog box indicating that the operation
is successful is displayed, click Close to complete changing the NE ID. At this time, the
NE is unreachable.
Step 10 Check the NE communication parameters using the Web LCT.
1. Select the NE you just created and click the NE Explorer.
2. Select Communication > Communication Parameters from the Function Tree.
3. Check that all NE communication parameters are the same as the original ones.
Step 11 Create a user for an NE using the Web LCT.
NOTE
The created NE user must be included in the activated database and the password must match that recorded
in the database. Otherwise, activating the database fails.
1. In the NE Explorer, select the NE and choose Security > NE User Management from the
Function Tree.
2. Click Create and the Add NE User dialog box is displayed.
3. Enter the NE user name in the NE User field.
4. Select the User Level as needed.
5. Enter the password in the New Password field and enter it again in the Confirm
Password field.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
531
NOTE
You also need to set the Whether the password is allowed to be modified immediately parameter.
The password is a string of 6-16 characters. It can consist of letters, symbols and numerals, and must
contain at least one letter and one numeral.
6. Click OK.
7. Click Query, and the Operation Result dialog box is displayed. Click Close. All created
users of the NE are displayed in NE User Management Table.
Step 12 If the NE is an ASON NE, modify the node ID of the NE by using the Web LCT.
1. In the NE Explorer, select an NE and choose ASON > ASON Feature Management from
the Function Tree. Click the Node ID Management tab.
2. Click Query to view the current node ID of the NE.
3. Double-click the Node ID field to enter a node ID for the NE.
4. Click Apply. After you confirm the operation twice, a prompt appears telling you that the
operation was successful.
NOTE
You can also choose Configuration > WDM ASON > ASON Topology Management from the main
menu and set the NE node ID.
Step 13 Recover the network connection of the NE.
1. Remove the network cable which connected the NM_ETH1 port to the Web LCT.
2. Connect the network cable removed in the Step 6.
NOTE
After this procedure, you can use the original user name and password to access the NE by using the
U2000.
Step 14 If the software version of the spare SCC board is different from the software version of the SCC
board to be replaced, go to Step 15; otherwise, go to Step 16.
Step 15 Upgrade or downgrade the software of the spare SCC board. For details, see the Upgrade
Guide. Ensure that the software version of the spare SCC board is consistent with that of the
SCC board to be replaced.
Step 16 Restore the NE database from the NMS server.
2. Right click the devices that you want to recover in the NE View table.
3. Select Recover... to open the Recover dialog.
4. In the File Name drop-down list, select the file to be recovered. If the backup file is listed
in the File Name drop-down list, select the file to be recovered, and turn to 16.7. If the
backup file is not listed in the File Name drop-down list, click Browse... to select the backup
file in the Select File dialog box.
5. Select NMS Server or NMS Client to recover the backup file for the selected devices. By
default NMS Server is selected.
l If NMS Server is selected, select the appropriate backup file from the NMS server. The
selected backup file path is displayed in the Select File field.
l If NMS Client is selected, click to select the backup file from the NMS Client.
The selected backup file path is displayed in the Select File field.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
532
6. Click OK.
NOTE
The selected backup file path from the NMS Server or NMS Client is displayed in the File Name drop-
down list.
7. Click Start, the Operation Confirmation dialog box is displayed.
8. In the Operation Confirmation dialog, click Yes to start the recovery operation. The
recovery operation status is displayed in the NE View table.
NOTE
You must activate the NE database within five minutes after restoring it.
CAUTION
During the process of backing up databases through restoring databases, do not modify the NE
configurations to avoid database inconsistency.
Step 17 Activate the NE database.
2. Select the NE where the SCC that has been replaced resides in the NE View table.
3. Right-click the NE. A pop-up menu is displayed.
4. Select Activate Database..., and the Activate Database dialog box is displayed.
5. Optional: Click the icon in Deliver To Board Activate. This icon is changed to .
Click Start to start the database activation process. The progress of the database activation
is displayed on the NE View tab.
NOTE
The operation on the U2000 may result in a service interruption.
6. Configure the OSPF IP address of the NE if the site complies with the models for separated
optical and electrical NEs and the NE is on an optical-layer ASON network.
NOTE
For details to set these parameters, see iManager U2000 Operator Guide for NG WDM NE Management.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
533
3. Click OK.
NOTE
NE.
NOTE
must be replaced.
CAUTION
replaced.
----End
8.2.3.2 Replacing the SCC by Backing Up Database Data from a CF Card (NE Is
Unreachable)
When the NE is unreachable resulting from a damages SCC board, restore the NE database from
the CF card after replacing the SCC board if there is no backup data on the NMS.
Prerequisites
You must be an NM user with "NE and network operator" authority or higher.
The SCC replacement board must be the same type as the SCC board being replaced.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
534
0000.
Precautions
CAUTION
l If the NE where the SCC to be replaced resides is an ASON NE, the Node ID of the NE must
be set according to the original data after the SCC is replaced. Otherwise, the ASON service
cannot be restored.
l After the database of the NE is restored on the CF card, the restoration must be completed
within two hours after you install the replacement SCC. If you wait more than two hours to
restore the database of the NE on the CF card, the data automatically saved on the NE
overwrites the original data stored on the CF card. If the original data is overwritten, the
original database of the NE cannot be restored.
Procedure
NOTE
The 1X3 jumper (namely, the battery jumper) on the board is used to enable or disable the power supply
from the battery. Make sure that pin 1 and pin 2 of each jumper are capped. Then, cap pin 2 and pin 3 on
the jumper and use a multimeter to measure the battery voltage. If the voltage is lower than 3 V, the battery
is not working. The board must be replaced.
NOTE
NOTE
Step 3 Remove the SCC board to be replaced. For details about how to remove a board, see "step 4,
step 5, and step 6" of Procedure of Replacing a Board.
Step 4 On the SCC board that has been removed, hold the CF card and pull the card out of the CF card
slot. Put the SCC into an ESD bag.
NOTE
Keep the CF card because it is required for NE data restoration.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
535
on the SCC board.
on the SCC.
Step 7 After the new SCC board is started, connect the Web LCT to the NE.
NOTE
The new board is initiated at the factory, and the default IP subnet segment of the board is 129.9.*.*.
4. Log in the Web LCT with the user name admin, and the initial password admin.
Step 8 Create the NE using the Web LCT.
displayed.
5. Click OK.
NOTE
Search.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
536
NOTE
TIP
LCT.
Function Tree.
pops up.
NOTE
the NE IP address.
NE is unreachable.
Step 12 Create a user for an NE using the Web LCT.
NOTE
The created NE user must be included in the activated database and the password must match that recorded
in the database. Otherwise, activating the database fails.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
537
Function Tree.
Password field.
NOTE
6. Click OK.
Step 13 If the NE is an ASON NE, modify the node ID of the NE using the Web LCT.
NOTE
Step 14 Restore the network connection of the NE.
2. Connect the network cable removed.
NOTE
After this procedure, you can use the original user name and password to access the NE using the
U2000.
Step 15 After the SCC board is started, remove the SCC board just inserted. Insert the CF card that has
been removed in Step 4 into the CF card slot on the SCC board. Then insert the SCC.
board to be replaced, go to Step 17;, otherwise, go to Step 18.
Step 18 Restore the initial database of the NE using the U2000.
1. In the Main Topology view, choose Configuration > NE Configuration Data
Management from the Main Menu, and the NE Configuration Data Management
interface is displayed.
2. In the Object Tree on the left, select an NE and click .
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
538
3. In NE Configuration, select an NE or multiple NEs.
4. Click Restore NE Database from CF Card. The Confirm dialog box is displayed,
indicating that the restoration of the NE database may lead to service interruption.
5. Click OK to start to restore the NE database.
NOTE
If the database is performing a scheduled backup task, a message will be displayed on the NMS, indicating
that restoring data from the CF card will fail. In this scenario, you are advised to wait 5 minutes, and restore
data again from the CF card after the database finishes the scheduled backup task.
6. Click Closeafter an Operation Result dialog box is displayed.
NOTE
After the NE databases are restored, the NE software issues the data in the CF card to only the SCC board
but not other boards. To ensure that the configurations in the SCC board and the configurations in other
boards are consistent, you need to perform warm resets on other boards.
CAUTION
During the process from backing up databases to restoring databases, do not modify the NE
NOTE
3. Click OK.
NOTE
NE.
NOTE
must be replaced.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
539
CAUTION
replaced.
----End
8.2.3.3 Replacing the SCC After Configuring SCC 1+1 Protection
If the slot designated for the standby SCC board is vacant and will not house a service board,
you can replace the SCC board by installing the new SCC board in the vacant slot and then
performing an active/standby switchover on the SCC boards.
Prerequisites
l The type of the replacement SCC board is the same as the SCC board to be replaced.
Replacing the SCC does not affect the existing services.
The impact caused by replacing an SCC without protection is as follows:
l For the OptiX OSN 8800 T16, the SCC is housed in IU9 by default. When IU10 is not
occupied by another board, it is available for another SCC to implement 1+1 protection
with the SCC in IU9. In this case, replacing one of the SCC in the protection group does
not interrupt the communication between the NE where the SCC resides and the U2000
after a switching from this SCC to the other SCC is performed.
l For the OptiX OSN 8800 T64, the SCC is housed in IU74 by default. When IU85 is vacant,
it is available for another SCC to implement 1+1 protection with the SCC in IU74. In this
case, replacing one of the SCC in the protection group does not interrupt the communication
between the NE where the SCC resides and the U2000 after a switching from this SCC to
the other SCC is performed.
l For the OptiX OSN 6800, the SCC is housed in IU18 by default. When IU17 is not occupied
by another board, it is available for another SCC to implement 1+1 protection with the SCC
in IU18. In this case, replacing one of the SCC in the protection group does not interrupt
the communication between the NE where the SCC resides and the U2000 after a switching
from this SCC to the other SCC is performed.
in IU9. In this case, replacing one of the SCC in the protection group does not interrupt the
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
540
communication between the NE where the SCC resides and the U2000 after a switching
0000.
Precautions
CAUTION
Procedure
SCC board to be replaced have the same name and type.
NOTE
Ensure that pin 1 and pin 2 of this jumper. Then, remove the cap of pin 1 and cap of pin 3 on the jumper
working. The selected SCC board cannot be used as a replacement board.
Step 2 Back up the NE database to the NMS server. This records the NE database for future reference
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
541
NOTE
NOTE
backup is created.
Step 3 Set the jumpers on the spare SCC board using the following methods and insert it to the specified
slot for a standby SCC board. In this manner, the file system of the new SCC board is formatted.
NOTE
After inserting the spare SCC board to the specified slot for a standby SCC board, you need to add a corresponding
logical board on the U2000. Then, the system automatically configures 1+1 protection for the SCC.
1. Set the BIOS running mode of the spare SCC board to 1111 so as to clear all the data in
the flash memory except the board manufacturing information. 8.2.1 Setting the Jumper
on the SCC shows the settings of the four jumpers on the SCC board.
2. Insert the spare SCC board to the slot housing the original SCC board, and wait for 15
minutes to allow the file system to be formated.
Step 4 After the file system of the SCC board is formated completely, remove the board. Remove the
jumper caps which are shown in Step 3. After that, reinsert this SCC board to the slot.
Step 6 Log in to the U2000 and complete the following steps to perform an active/standby switch
between the SCC boards.
displayed.
is successful.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
542
NOTE
After the new SCC board is started, the system automatically backs up the data on the existing SCC board
to the new SCC board. After the data is backed up, you can perform the preceding step to initiate an active/
standby switching.
NOTE
3. Click OK.
NOTE
NE.
NOTE
must be replaced.
CAUTION
replaced.
Step 9 Remove the physical SCC board and put it in an ESD bag. Then, on the U2000, delete the logical
board of the SCC board to be replaced.
----End
8.2.3.4 Replacing the SCC by Backing Up Database Data to the NMS (NE Is
Reachable)
Before replacing an SCC board, you can back up the NE database to the NMS if the NE is
reachable and the slot for housing the standby SCC board is occupied by a service board. In this
manner, you can restore the NE database from the NMS after replacing the SCC board.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
543
Prerequisites
0000.
Precautions
CAUTION
Procedure
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
544
NOTE
Ensure that pin 1 and pin 2 of this jumper. Remove the cap of pin 1 and cap of pin 3 on the jumper and use
a multimeter to measure the battery voltage. If the voltage is lower than 3 V, the battery is not working.
The selected SCC board cannot be used as a replacement board.
Step 2 Review and record the current NE alarms.
Step 3 Back up the NE database to the NMS server. This records the NE database for future reference
when the SCC board is faulty.
NOTE
NOTE
backup is created.
Step 4 Follow the steps below to query the system to obtain the user data of the NE.
1. In the NE Explorer, select an NE and choose Security > NE User Management from the
Function Tree.
2. Click Query.
3. Record the NE user data returned by the system for future restoration of the NE user data.
NOTE
Also record the password for each user account of the NE.
Step 5 Follow the steps below to query the NE communication parameters.
1. Select the NE you just created, and click the NE Explorer.
2. Select Communication > Communication Parameters from Function Tree.
3. Record NE communication parameters such as the IP address and the subnet mask in case
you need them for parameter restoration.
Step 6 If the NE is an ASON NE, query and record the node ID of the NE.
the Function Tree.
2. Click the Node ID Management tab.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
545
3. Click Query, and record the node ID.
NOTE
NOTE
on the SCC board.
on the SCC.
NOTE
The new board is initiated at factory, and the default IP subnet segment of the board is 129.9.*.*.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
546
displayed.
5. Click OK.
NOTE
Search.
NOTE
TIP
LCT.
Function Tree.
pops up.
NOTE
the NE IP address.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
547
NE is unreachable.
Step 16 According to the NE user data queried in Step 4, create a user for an NE using the Web LCT.
Function Tree.
Password field.
NOTE
6. Click OK.
NOTE
2. Connect the network cable removed in Step 11.
NOTE
U2000.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
548
NOTE
6. Click OK.
NOTE
down list.
CAUTION
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
549
NOTE
NOTE
3. Click OK.
NOTE
NE.
NOTE
must be replaced.
CAUTION
replaced.
----End
8.2.3.5 Replacing the SCC by Backing Up Database Data to a CF Card (NE Is
Reachable)
Before replacing an SCC board, back up the NE database to a CF card if the NE is reachable
and the standby SCC slot is occupied by a service board. If you choose to back up the database,
you can restore the NE database from the CF card after you replace the SCC board is replaced.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
550
Prerequisites
You must be an NM user with "NE and network operator" authority or higher.
0000.
Precautions
CAUTION
cannot be restored.
within two hours after you install the replacement SCC. If you wait more than two hours to
restore the database of the NE on the CF card, the data automatically saved on the NE
overwrites the original data stored on the CF card. If the original data is overwritten, the
original database of the NE cannot be restored.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
551
Procedure
Step 1 Select a spare SCC board as the replacement board. The spare SCC board and the SCC board
to be replaced must have the same name and type.
NOTE
Ensure that pin 1 and pin 2 of this jumper. Then remove the cap of pin 1 and cap of pin 3 on the jumper
working. The selected SCC board cannot be used as a replacement board.
Step 3 Back up the database on the U2000.
Management from the Main Menu, and the NE Configuration interface is displayed.
2. In the Object Tree, select an NE and click .
3. Select one or more NEs in the NE Configuration.
4. Click Back Up NE Data and then choose Manually Back Up Database to CF Card.
5. Click OK in the Confirm dialog box.
6. Click Close in the Result dialog box is displayed.
Step 4 Wait four minutes and query the system to obtain the user data of the NE by following the steps
below.
Function Tree.
2. Click Query.
NOTE
the Function Tree.
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
552
NOTE
NOTE
on the SCC board.
on the SCC.
NOTE
displayed.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
553
5. Click OK.
NOTE
Search.
NOTE
TIP
LCT.
Function Tree.
pops up.
NOTE
the NE IP address.
NE is unreachable.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
554
Step 17 According to the NE user data queried in Step 4, create a user of the NE using the Web LCT.
Function Tree.
Password field.
NOTE
6. Click OK.
NOTE
NOTE
U2000.
Step 20 After the SCC board is started, remove the SCC board just inserted. Insert the CF card that has
been removed in Step 9 into the CF card slot on the SCC board. Then insert the SCC.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
555
NOTE
NOTE
CAUTION
NOTE
3. Click OK.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
556
NOTE
NE.
NOTE
must be replaced.
CAUTION
replaced.
----End
8.2.4 Replacing the SCC Board in a Slave Subrack
This section describes how to replace an SCC board in a slave subrack.
Prerequisites
You must be an NMS user with "NE and network operator" authority or higher.
If the SCC is configured with 1+1 protection, replacing the SCC does not affect the system.
If an SCC is not configured with 1+1 protection, replacing the SCC has the following effects:
l The fan is automatically changed to the "High Speed" mode.
l The ESC and OSC communication of the subrack where the replacement SCC resides fails.
l The POWER_FAIL alarm of the subrack where the replacement SCC resides cannot be
reported.
l The subrack whose ID conflicts with the ID of the subrack where the replacement SCC
resides cannot be detected.
l Certain optical boards in the slave subrack housing the SCC board to be replaced go offline
and cannot be managed. However, the services on these boards are not affected.
ESD bag, U2000, multimeter
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
557
0000.
Procedure
Step 1 Select a spare board. Ensure the name, and the type of the spare board are the same as those of
the original board.
NOTE
The 1X3 jumper inside the board is used to enable or disable the power supply from the battery. Ensure
that pin 1 and pin 2 on the battery jumper are capped. Then, cap pin 2 and pin 3 on the battery jumper and
use a multimeter to measure the battery voltage. If the voltage is lower than 3 V, the battery is not working.
In this case, the SCC board needs to be replaced.
NOTE
NOTE
Step 4 Inform the onsite maintenance engineer and replace the board. For more information regarding
how to replace a board, refer to "step 4, step 5, and step 6" of Procedure of Replacing a
Board.
Step 5 Set the four jumpers on the spare SCC board to set the BIOS running mode, and then insert the
SCC board to the slot housing the original SCC board. In this manner, the file system on the
new SCC board is formated.
2. Insert the spare SCC board in the slot housing the original SCC board.
NOTE
After you set the jumpers and install the new SCC board in the slot, wait 15 minutes to allow the file
system to be formated.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
558
indication, reinsert the board, or replace the board again. For more information regarding
indicator definitions, refer to "Board Indicators".
3. Click OK.
NOTE
NE.
NOTE
must be replaced.
CAUTION
replaced.
----End
8.3 Replacing the SCC Board with One of a Different TNxx
Version
This section describes how to replace an SCC board with an SCC board of a later TNxx version.
The replacement mainly involves the SCC boards for the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 and OptiX OSN
6800.
NOTE
TNxx indicates a board hardware version displayed on the PCB board.
This section describes the substitution relationships of the SCC boards.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
559
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11SCC TN51SCC When the TN51SCC board is installed in a master subrack with
ASON disabled, it can replace the TN11SCC board. But after
the replacement, the board software must be upgraded. When
it is installed in a master subrack with ASON disabled, it cannot
replace the TN11SCC board. When it is installed in a slave
subrack, it can directly replace the TN11SCC board.
TN52SCC Software upgrade is required for the replacement.
TN16SCC None -
TN51SCC TN52SCC Software upgrade is required for the replacement.
TN52SCC None -
TNK2SCC None -
TN21SCC TN22SCC Software upgrade is required for the replacement.
TN22SCC None -
NOTE
If a subrack/chassis uses two SCC boards (one is active and the other is standby), the versions of the two
SCC boards must be the same.

8.3.2 Replacing the Protected SCC Board in a Master Subrack
This section describes how to replace the SCC board in a master subrack when SCC 1+1
Prerequisites
l If the replacement board and the SCC board to be replaced are of different types, the two
SCC boards in the subrack must be replaced to ensure that the active and standby SCC
boards are of the same type.
The replacement does not affect the existing services.
For SCC 1+1 protection, replacing one SCC in the protection group does not interrupt the
communication between the NE where the SCC resides and the U2000 after a switching from
this SCC to the other SCC is performed.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
560
0000.
Procedure
Step 1 Select a spare SCC board as the replacement SCC board by referring to "Substitution
Relationships".
NOTE
The 1X3 jumper (namely, the battery jumper) on the SCC board is used to enable or disable the power
supply from the battery. Make sure that pin 1 and pin 2 of this jumper are capped. Then, cap pin 2 and pin
3 on the jumper and use a multimeter to measure the battery voltage. If the voltage is lower than 3 V, the
battery is out of work. The SCC board needs to be replaced.
NOTE
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
561
backup is created.
Step 4 Follow the steps below to query the working state of the board to be replaced.
the Function Tree.
2. Click Query.
Step 6 If the board to be replaced is the working board, follow the steps below to perform an active/
standby switching on the U2000.
displayed.
is successful.
NOTE
NOTE
Step 8 Set Replace Board Type on the U2000.
1. Double-click the optical NE icon in the Main Topology. Then, the running status of the
optical NE is displayed.
2. Select the desired NE. In the NE Panel tab, right-click the desired SCC board and click
Replace Board Type from the shortcut menu.
3. The dialog box of Replacement Board Type is displayed, select the name of the target
board to be replaced within the Usable Board Type. Click OK.
4. After the replacement, a prompt appears asking you whether to immediately upload the NE
data. Click OK.
NOTE
If you click Cancel, the board is successfully upgraded, but you need to manually upload the NE data
later.
5. Click OK to confirm the uploading of the NE data again.
NOTE
later.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
562
6. Click Close in the displayed Result dialog box.
NOTE
After changing the board type by setting Replace Board Type on the U2000, the WRG_BD_TYPE alarm will
be reported.
Board.
Step 12 Wait ten minutes. If the U2000 reports a SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT alarm, a software upgrade
is required for the replacement. For details, see Upgrade Guide.
NOTE
After the new board works normally, the WRG_BD_TYPE alarm will be cleared on the U2000.
Step 14 Follow the steps below to switch the active/standby state of the SCC boards back to the original
state.
NOTE
SCC board and the new SCC board. After the data backup is complete, you can perform the preceding step
to initiate active/standby switching.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
563
NOTE
Management.
Step 16 Check the indicators of the new board. Ensure that the STAT indicator is steady on green. If the
indicator gives an abnormal indication, reinsert the board, or replace the board again. For the
indicator definitions, see Board Indicators.
3. Click OK.
NOTE
NE.
NOTE
must be replaced.
CAUTION
replaced.
Step 18 Repeat the preceding steps to replace the other SCC board in the protection group and ensure
that the two SCC boards are of the same type after the replacement.
----End
8.3.3 Replacing the Unprotected SCC Board in a Master Subrack
This section describes how to replace an SCC board in a master subrack when no protection is
configured for the SCC board.
8.3.3.1 Replacing the SCC with the Database Backed Up to the NMS
Before replacing an SCC board, you can back up the NE database to the NMS. In this manner,
you can restore the NE database from the NMS after replacing the SCC board.
Prerequisites
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
564
l For the OptiX OSN 8800 T32, the SCC is housed in IU28 by default. If another board is
installed in IU11, SCC 1+1 protection cannot be configured. In this case, replacing the SCC
in an NE interrupts the communication between the NE and the U2000.
l For the OptiX OSN 6800, the SCC is housed in IU18 by default. When IU17 is occupied
by another board, SCC 1+1 protection cannot be configured. In this case, replacing the SCC
0000.
Precautions
CAUTION
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
565
Procedure
Relationships".
NOTE
supply from the battery. Make sure that pin 1 and pin 2 of this jumper are capped. Then, cap pin 2 and of
pin 3 on the jumper and use a multimeter to measure the battery voltage. If the voltage is lower than 3 V,
the battery is out of work. The SCC board needs to be replaced.
when the SCC board is faulty.
NOTE
NOTE
backup is created.
Step 4 Follow the steps below to query the system to obtain the user data of the NE.
Function Tree.
2. Click Query.
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
566
the Function Tree.
NOTE
NOTE
data. Click OK.
NOTE
later.
NOTE
later.
NOTE
be reported.
on the SCC board.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
567
on the SCC.
NOTE
displayed.
5. Click OK.
NOTE
Search.
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
568
TIP
LCT.
Function Tree.
pops up.
NOTE
the NE IP address.
NE is unreachable.
Step 17 According to the NE user data queried in Step 4,create an NE's user using the Web LCT.
Function Tree.
Password field.
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
569
6. Click OK.
NOTE
2. Connect the network cable removed in Step 12.
NOTE
U2000.
NOTE
After recovering the network connection of the NE, the WRG_BD_TYPE alarm is cleared on the
U2000.
6. Click OK.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
570
NOTE
down list.
NOTE
CAUTION
NOTE
NOTE
3. Click OK.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
571
NOTE
NE.
NOTE
must be replaced.
CAUTION
replaced.
----End
8.3.3.2 Replacing the SCC with the Database Backed Up to a CF Card
When replacing an SCC board, you can back up the NE database to a CF card. In this manner,
you can restore the NE database from the CF card after replacing the SCC board.
Prerequisites
l For the OptiX OSN 8800 T32, the SCC is housed in IU28 by default. If another board is
installed in IU11, SCC 1+1 protection cannot be configured. In this case, replacing the SCC
l For the OptiX OSN 6800, the SCC is housed in IU18 by default. When IU17 is occupied
by another board, SCC 1+1 protection cannot be configured. In this case, replacing the SCC
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
572
0000.
Precautions
CAUTION
cannot be restored.
within two hours after you install the replacement SCC is installed. If you wait more than
two hours to restore the database of the NE on the CF card, the data automatically saved on
the NE overwrites the original data stored on the CF card. If the original data is overwritten,
the original database of the NE cannot be restored.
Procedure
Relationships".
NOTE
supply from the battery. Make sure that pin 1 and pin 2 of this jumper are capped. Then, cap pin 2 and pin
3 on the jumper and use a multimeter to measure the battery voltage. If the voltage is lower than 3 V, the
battery is out of work. The SCC board needs to be replaced.
Step 3 Backup the database on the U2000.
Management from the Main Menu, and the NE Configuration interface is displayed.
2. In the Object Tree, select an NE and click .
3. Select one or more NEs in the NE Configuration.
4. Click Back Up NE Data and then choose Manually Back Up Database to CF Card.
5. Click OK in the Confirm dialog box.
6. Click Close in the Result dialog box is displayed.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
573
Step 4 Wait four minutes later, and query the system to obtain the user data of the NE by following the
steps below.
Function Tree.
2. Click Query.
NOTE
the Function Tree.
NOTE
NOTE
data. Click OK.
NOTE
later.
NOTE
later.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
574
NOTE
be reported.
NOTE
on the SCC board.
on the SCC.
NOTE
displayed.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
575
5. Click OK.
NOTE
Search.
NOTE
TIP
LCT.
Function Tree.
pops up.
NOTE
the NE IP address.
NE is unreachable.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
576
Step 18 According to the NE user data queried in Step 4,create an NE's user using the Web LCT.
Function Tree.
Password field.
NOTE
6. Click OK.
NOTE
1. Pull out the network cable which connected the NM_ETH1 port to the Web LCT.
NOTE
U2000.
NOTE
After recovering the network connection of the NE, the WRG_BD_TYPE alarm is cleared on the
U2000.
Step 21 After the SCC board is started, remove the SCC board inserted just now. Insert the CF card that
has been removed in Step 10 into the CF card slot on the SCC board. Then, insert the SCC.
board to be replaced, go to Step 23, otherwise go to Step 24.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
577
NOTE
NOTE
CAUTION
NOTE
3. Click OK.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
578
NOTE
NE.
NOTE
must be replaced.
CAUTION
replaced.
----End
8.3.3.3 Replacing the Board After Configuring SCC 1+1 Protection
If the slot designated for the standby SCC board is vacant and will not house a service board,
you can replace the properly-functioning SCC board by installing the new SCC board in the
vacant slot and then performing an active/standby switchover on the SCC boards.
Prerequisites
The replacement does not affect the existing services.
in IU18. In this case, replacing one of the SCC in the protection group does not interrupt
the communication between the NE where the SCC resides and the U2000 after a switching
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
579
0000.
Precautions
CAUTION
Procedure
Relationships".
NOTE
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
580
NOTE
backup is created.
Step 3 Set the jumpers on the spare SCC board using the following methods and insert it to the specified
slot for a standby SCC board. In this manner, the file system of the new SCC board is formatted.
NOTE
After inserting the spare SCC board to the specified slot for a standby SCC board, you need to add a corresponding
logical board on the U2000. Then, the system automatically configures 1+1 protection for the SCC.
1. Set the BIOS running mode of the spare SCC board to 1111 so as to clear all the data in
the flash memory except the board manufacturing information. 8.2.1 Setting the Jumper
on the SCC shows the settings of the four jumpers on the SCC board.
2. Insert the spare SCC board to the slot housing the original SCC board, and wait for 15
minutes to allow the file system to be formated.
Step 6 Follow the steps below to perform an active/standby switching on the U2000.
displayed.
is successful.
NOTE
SCC board and the new SCC board. After data backup completes, you can perform the preceding step to
initiate active/standby switching.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
581
NOTE
3. Click OK.
NOTE
NE.
NOTE
must be replaced.
CAUTION
replaced.
Step 9 Remove the physical SCC board and put it in an ESD bag. Then, on the U2000, delete the logical
board of the SCC board to be replaced.
----End
8.3.4 Replacing the SCC in a Slave Subrack
This section describes how to replace an SCC board in a slave subrack.
Prerequisites
If the SCC is configured with 1+1 protection, replacing the SCC does not affect the system.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
582
If an SCC is not configured with 1+1 protection, replacing the SCC has the following effects:
l The fan is automatically changed to the "High Speed" mode.
l The ESC and OSC communication of the subrack where the replacement SCC resides fails.
NOTE
For an NE where only one SCC is configured, change the SCC board type on the U2000 before
replacing the SCC.
l The POWER_FAIL alarm of the subrack where the replacement SCC resides cannot be
reported.
l The subrack whose ID conflicts with the ID of the subrack where the replacement SCC
resides cannot be detected.
l Certain optical boards in the slave subrack housing the SCC board to be replaced go offline
and cannot be managed; however, the services on these boards are not affected.
0000.
Procedure
Relationships".
NOTE
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
583
NOTE
data. Click OK.
NOTE
later.
NOTE
later.
NOTE
be reported.
Board.
Step 8 Wait ten minutes. If the U2000 reports a SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT alarm, a software upgrade
is required for the replacement. For details, see Upgrade Guide.
NOTE
After the new board works normally, the WRG_BD_TYPE alarm will be cleared on the U2000.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
584
3. Click OK.
NOTE
NE.
NOTE
must be replaced.
CAUTION
replaced.
----End
8.4 Replacing the TN16XCH Board
This section describes how to replace TN16XCH board.
8.4.1 Setting the Battery Jumper on the TN16XCH Board
This section describes how to set the battery jumper on the spare TN16XCH board before
replacing the TN16XCH board.
The battery on the TN16XCH helps to ensure that the configuration is kept upon a power failure
of the TN16XCH. If the board is in use, place a jumper cap over the battery jumper to make a
short circuit, which allows the battery to supply power normally. If the board is not in use, use
a jumper cap to disconnect the battery jumper.
Figure 8-19 shows the position of battery jumper on the TN16XCH board.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
585
Figure 8-19 Position of the battery jumper on the TN16XCH board
CF Card
Battery
Jumper
3 2 1
CPU
J1

Figure 8-20 shows the power jumper.
Figure 8-20 battery jumper
1 2 3
Used
Not
used

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
586
8.4.2 Replacing the TN16XCH Board in a Master Subrack
This section describes how to replace the TN16XCH board of the master subrack when
TN16XCH 1+1 protection is configured.
Prerequisites
l You must be an NMS user with "NE and network operator" authority or higher.
Replacing an TN16XCH board configured with protection does not affect the existing services.
For TN16XCH 1+1 protection, replacing one of the TN16XCH in the protection group does not
interrupt the communication between the NE where the TN16XCH resides and the U2000 after
a switching from this TN16XCH to the other TN16XCH is performed.
Tools, Equipment and Materials
Before an TN16XCH board is replaced with a spare board, the battery jumper on the spare
TN16XCH board must be set with reference to Setting the Jumper on the TN16XCH Board.
In addition, the file system on the spare TN16XCH board must be formated before the
replacement. This can be achieved by setting the BIOS running mode to 1111 through DIP switch
on the spare TN16XCH board reference to Setting the Jumper on the TN16XCH Board.
Procedure
Step 1 Select a spare TN16XCH board as the replacement board. Ensure that the spare TN16XCH board
and the TN16XCH board to be replaced have the same name and type.
NOTE
The 1 x 3 jumper (namely, the battery jumper) on the TN16XCH board is used to enable or disable the
power supply from the battery. Ensure that pin 1 and pin 2 of this jumper are capped. Then, cap pin 2 and
the battery is not working. The TN16XCH board needs to be replaced.
when the TN16XCH board is replaced.
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
587
NOTE
backup is created.
the Function Tree.
2. Click Query.
displayed.
is successful.
NOTE
how to remove a board, refer to "step 4, step 5, and step 6" of Procedure of Replacing a
Board.
Step 9 Set the DIP switch on the spare TN16XCH board to set the BIOS running mode and then insert
the TN16XCH board to the slot housing the original TN16XCH board. In this manner, the
database on the new TN16XCH board is cleared.
1. Set the BIOS running mode of the spare TN16XCH board to 1111 to format the file system
in the flash memory. Setting the Jumper on the TN16XCH Board shows the settings of the
DIP switch on the TN16XCH board.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
588
2. Insert the spare TN16XCH board to the slot housing the original TN16XCH board. Wait
for 15 minutes to allow the database to be cleared.
Step 10 After the database on the new TN16XCH board is cleared, remove it. In addition, reset the DIP
switch to the 0000 state which is shown in Step 9. Then reinsert this TN16XCH board to the
slot.
Step 11 Review the indicators of the new board. It takes 90 minutes for a board to work normally after
the board is inserted. Ensure that the STAT indicator is steady green. If the indicator gives an
abnormal indication, reinsert the board or replace the board again. For more information
regarding indicator definitions, refer to "Indicators".
Step 12 Optional: Follow the steps below to switch the active/standby state of the SCCs back to the
original state.
NOTE
After the new TN16XCH board is started, the system automatically backs up the data on the existing
TN16XCH board to the new TN16XCH board. After the data is backed up, you can perform the preceding
step to initiate an active/standby switching.
NOTE
Management.
Step 14 Query the current alarms of the NE by using the U2000.
3. Click OK.
NOTE
NE.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
589
NOTE
After the TN16XCH is replaced, ensure that the monitoring of the POWER_FAIL alarm is enabled. If the
POWER_FAIL alarm occurs, and the alarm parameter is 0x5 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff, the battery of the
TN16XCH board is abnormal, determine if the jumper cap is correctly placed over the battery jumper. If
yes, use a multimeter to measure the battery voltage. If the voltage is lower than 3 V, the battery is not
working. The board needs to be replaced.
CAUTION
replaced.
----End
8.4.3 Replacing the TN16XCH Board in a Slave Subrack
This section describes how to replace TN16XCH board in a slave subrack.
Prerequisites
Replacing the TN16XCH does not affect the existing services and system.
Before TN16XCH board is replaced with a spare board, the battery jumper on the spare
TN16XCH board must be set. Reference to Setting the Jumper on the TN16XCH Board for more
information.
Procedure
Step 1 Select a spare TN16XCH board as the replacement board. Ensure that the spare TN16XCH board
and the TN16XCH board to be replaced have the same name and type.
NOTE
The 1 x 3 jumper (namely, the battery jumper) on the TN16XCH board is used to enable or disable the
power supply from the battery. Ensure that pin 1 and pin 2 of this jumper are capped. Then, cap pin 2 and
the battery is not working. The TN16XCH board needs to be replaced.
the Function Tree.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
590
2. Click Query.
displayed.
is successful.
NOTE
how to remove a board, refer to "step 4, step 5, and step 6" of Procedure of Replacing a
Board.
Step 9 Query the current alarms of the NE by using the U2000.
3. Click OK.
NOTE
NE.
NOTE
After the TN16XCH is replaced, ensure that the monitoring of the POWER_FAIL alarm is enabled. If the
POWER_FAIL alarm occurs, and the alarm parameter is 0x5 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff, the battery of the
TN16XCH board is abnormal, determine if the jumper cap is correctly placed over the battery jumper. If
yes, use a multimeter to measure the battery voltage. If the voltage is lower than 3 V, the battery is not
working. The board needs to be replaced.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
591
CAUTION
replaced.
----End
8.5 Replacing the Cross-Connect Board
This section describes how to replace the Cross-Connect boards.
You can replace the Cross-Connect board if:
l The Cross-Connect board 1+1 protection is configured.
l There is no protection for the Cross-Connect board.
This section describes the substitution relationships of the cross-connect board.
SXM
Table 8-7 Substitution rules of the SXM board
Original
Board
Substitute Board Substitution Rules
TNK2SXM TNK4SXM The TNK4SXM can be created as TNK2SXM on
the NMS. The former can substitute for the latter,
without any software upgrade. After substitution,
the TNK4SXM functions as the TNK2SXM.
TNK4SXM None None

XCH
TN52XCH and TN16XCH are the versions of this boards. The description of replacing the
TN16XCH board will be described separately because its functions are different from those of
a common cross-connect board.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
592
XCT
Original
Board
Substitute Board Substitution Rules
TNK2XCT TNK4XCT The TNK4XCT can be created as TNK2XCT on
the NMS. The former can substitute for the latter,
without any software upgrade. After substitution,
the TNK4XCT functions as the TNK2XCT.
TNK4XCT None None

8.5.2 Under Board 1+1 Protection
This section describes how to replace the cross-connect board when cross-connect board 1+1
Prerequisites
Impact on System
When cross-connect 1+1 board protection is configured, replacing the cross-connect board
brings no impact on the services in case of a normal switching.
During board replacement, the board software takes several minutes to be synchronized. At this
point, the PROG indicator on the board is blinking green quickly. For more information
ESD bag, U2000
Procedure
Step 1 Select a spare board. Ensure the name, version and model number of the new board are the same
as those of the original.
NOTE
If the version is inconsistent, determine if the board with different versions can be replaced.
Step 2 Query and record the current alarms on the NE. Check whether the BUS_ERR alarm has occurred
to the subrack where the cross-connect board is located. If it has occurred, clear the alarm before
the replacement. Otherwise, replacing the board causes a service interruption.
Step 3 Perform an active/standby switching on the U2000.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
593
NOTE
For OptiX OSN 8800 T32, assume that the cross-connect board to be replaced in slot 9 is the active cross-
connect board, and that the cross-connect board in slot 10 works normally and no BUS_ERR alarm is
generated on the subrack.
For OptiX OSN 8800 T64, assume that the cross-connect board to be replaced in slot 9 (slot 10) is the
active cross-connect board, and that the cross-connect board in slot 43 (slot 44) works normally and no
BUS_ERR alarm is generated on the subrack.
NOTE
For OptiX OSN 6800, assume that the XCS board to be replaced is located in slot 9 and it is the main XCS
board, and that the XCS board in slot 10 works normally and the subrack where it is located has no
BUS_ERR alarm.
3. In Board 1+1 Protection, right-click the desired Cross-Connect Board 1+1
Protection . Select Working/Protection Switching from the shortcut menu. Click OK in
the window displayed.
is successful.
NOTE
For the boards supporting the removal indication function, see Board Indicators .
NOTE
Step 5 Inform the onsite maintenance engineer and replace the board. For details about how to replace
NOTE
Step 6 Check the indicators of the new board. It takes four or five minutes for a new board to work
normally after insertion. Ensure that the STAT indicator is steady on green. If the indicator is
not steady on green, you need to reinsert the board or select a new replacement board. For details
about the indicators, see "Indicators".
Step 7 Follow the steps below to cancel the switching.
3. In Board 1+1 Protection, right-click the desired Cross-Connect Board 1+1 Protection.
Select Working/Protection Switching from the shortcut menu. Click OK in the window
displayed.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
594
alarms or performances are cleared.
----End
8.5.3 Under No Protection
This section describes how to replace the cross-connect board when no protection is configured.
Prerequisites
Impact on System
When you replace the cross-connect board without protection, that is, the only cross-connect
board (suppose it is in IU9) on an NE.
l For OptiX OSN 6800,
When IU10 is occupied by other boards, cross-connect board protection cannot be
configured. Replacement of the cross-connect board causes interruption of traditional
services.
If the NE whose cross-connect board needs to be replaced is an intermediate NE of
electrical-layer ASON services, optimize the electrical-layer ASON services traversing
the NE to other paths (the preset restoration paths are preferred if the preset restoration
paths of the services do not traverse the NE) before board replacement. Then, switch
the services back to the original paths after board replacement and verify that the services
are running correctly.
If the NE whose cross-connect board needs to be replaced is an NE where electrical-
layer ASON services are added or dropped, the services will be interrupted during board
replacement.
When IU10 is not occupied by other boards, it is available for another cross-connect
board to realize 1+1 protection with the cross-connect board in IU10. When the cross-
connect board has 1+1 protection and when the switching is normal, replacement of the
cross-connect board does not cause service interruption
ESD bag, U2000
Procedure
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
595
Step 3 For OptiX OSN 6800, if IU10 is not occupied by other boards, insert another cross-connect
board in IU10 and add a corresponding logical board on the U2000. Then the system
automatically configures the cross-connect board 1+1 protection. For steps to replace an cross-
connect board that is configured with board 1+1 protection, see 8.5.2 Under Board 1+1
Protection.
NOTE
NOTE
Step 5 Inform the onsite maintenance engineer and replace the board. For details about how to remove
NOTE
Step 6 Check the indicators of the new board. It takes four or five minutes for a new board to work
normally after insertion. Ensure that the STAT indicator is steady on green. If the indicator is
not steady on green, you need to reinsert the board or select a new replacement board. For details
about the indicators, see "Indicators" .
----End
8.6 Replacing the Raman Amplifier Board
This section describes how to replace the Raman amplifier board.
Prerequisites
Be aware of the laser security level, potential injuries and protective precautions.
Confirm the amount of the adopted Raman amplifier board. Be familiar with the fiber connection
between the local Raman amplifier board and the remote board. Be familiar with the location of
the connector. Take the drawings into the room.
Replacement of boards that process services causes interruption of traditional services.
If ASON services traverse the board to be replaced, optimize the ASON services traversing the
board to other paths (the preset restoration paths of the services are preferred if they do not
traverse the board to be replaced) before board replacement. For optical-layer ASON services,
the new paths must be commissioned; otherwise, the services may be interrupted. After board
replacement, switch the ASON services back to the original paths. If no other paths are available
during board replacement, the ASON services will be interrupted.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
596
ESD bag, U2000
Precautions
WARNING
When replacing the Raman amplifier board or before removing or inserting the Raman amplifier
board shut down the pump laser on the CRPC/RAU1. Otherwise, the laser may bring damage
to human body.
Procedure
NOTE
Step 3 Disabling the IPA.
1. In the NE Explorer, select an NE and choose Configuration > IPA Management from
the Function Tree.
2. Click Query to query the created IPA information. The Result dialog box is displayed.
Click Close.
3. Select the IPA that you want to enable or disable, double-click the field of IPA Status, and
set the value to Enabled or Disabled.
4. Click Apply. The Warning dialog box is displayed and click Yes. The Result dialog box
is displayed telling you that the operation was successful. Click Close.
5. In the NE Explorer of the opposite NE, repeat the steps above.
Step 4 Shutting down the Raman laser.
1. Double-click the Optical NE icon on the Main Topology. The NE Panel tab is displayed.
Right-click the NE icon and select NE Explorer.
2. In the NE Explorer, select the desired board and choose Configuration > WDM
interface from the Function Tree.
3. Click By Board/Port(Channel). Select Channel from the drop-down list.
4. In the Basic Attributes tab, double-click the Laser Status field of the port. Then choose
On or Off from the drop-down list to change the laser state.
5. Click Apply.
l After you open the laser, the You are starting up to a high power Optical Fiber
Communications System. You must ensure that the fiber is continuous. Do you
wish to continue and enable this system? dialog box is displayed. Click OK. Then,
click Close on the Operation Result dialog box.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
597
l After you close the laser, the You can turn on a laser again only when the board
belongs to an IPA pair. Continue? dialog box is displayed. Click OK. Then, click
Close on the displayed Operation Result dialog box.
Step 5 Replacing the Raman amplifier board.
1. Disconnect the fibers at the LINE port and the SYS port.
2. Remove the Raman amplifier board and put it into the ESD bag.
3. Insert the new Raman amplifier board.
4. Connect the fibers at the LINE port and the SYS port.
Step 6 View the indicators on the front panel of the new board. It takes approximately three or four
minutes for a new board to work normally after insertion. Ensure that the RUN indicator is green.
If the indicator is not green, reinsert the board or select a new replacement board. For details
about the indicators, see "Indicators".
Step 7 Enable the IPA function and turn on the Raman laser. Check whether the on-off gain of the
Raman amplifier board complies with the specification requirement for the on-off gain of the
board. If not, adjust the on-off gain of the board.
NOTE
On-off gain = Optical power on the SYS interface when the laser is enabled - Optical power on the SYS
interface when the Raman laser is disabled
Step 9 Check and ensure that the traffic is correct.
NOTE
If there are any other problems, contact Huawei.
----End
8.7 Replacing the PID Board
This section describes how to replace the PID board.
Methods of replacing the PID board are described under the following scenarios:
l Replacing the ENQ2/NPO2/NPO2E board.
l Replacing the PQ2 Sub-board
8.7.1 Replacing the ENQ2/NPO2/NPO2E Board
This section describes how to replace the ENQ2/NPO2/NPO2E Board.
Methods of replacing the ENQ2/NPO2/NPO2E board are described under the following
scenarios:
l ODUk SNCP is configured.
l There is no protection for the PID board.
8.7.1.1 Under ODUk SNCP Protection
This section describes how to replace a PID board when ODUk SNCP protection is configured.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
598
Prerequisites
For the operations on the NMS, you must be an NMS user with "NE and network operator"
Impact on System
When ODUk SNCP protection is configured, replacing a PID board generally brings no service
interruption.
ESD wrist strap, ESD bag, U2000, optical power meter
Background
In the following scenarios, when a PID board works with an OBU1P1 board on an NE, check
the optical power of the PID board before you replace the PID board to avoid optical power
overload during board replacement:
l When a TN55NPO2L06 or TN55NPO2L08 board needs to be replaced on a 200 Gbit/s NE
configured with a PID board, ensure received optical power of each channel is lower than
0 dBm.
l When an ENQ2 board needs to be replaced on a 120 Gbit/s NE configured with a PID
board, ensure received optical power of each channel is lower than 1 dBm.
When substituting the TN55NPO2 board for the TN54NPO2 board, you must configure the PQ2
sub-board to support four wavelengths. For details on board substitution relationships, see the
following table.
New Board Original
TN54NPO201 TN55NPO2S01+TN54PQ2
TN54NPO202 TN55NPO2S02/TN55NPO2L02+TN54PQ2

NOTE
When you replace the NPO2/NPO2E board and the ENQ2 board at the same time, it is recommended to
replace the NPO2/NPO2E board first.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
599
Precautions
CAUTION
When you connect a fiber to the input optical port of an NPO2 or NPO2E board, loosely connect
the fiber to prevent the input optical power from crossing the overload point; otherwise, the
receiver optical module will be burned and damaged.
Procedure
1. Select a spare board. Ensure the name, version, and software version of the new board are
the same as those of the original board. If the version is inconsistent, you need to determine
if the board with a different versions can be replaced.
2. Review and record the current alarms on the NE.
NOTE
To replace a board in an upgrade, perform this operation to determine if abnormal alarms are generated
on the NE where the board to be replaced resides and the downstream NE. If there are abnormal alarms,
handle these alarms before replacing the board.
3. Test the input optical power. Prevent the input optical power from crossing the overload
point; otherwise, the receiver optical module will be burned and damaged. For this
procedure, refer to the Testing Optical Power by Using an Optical Power Meter.
4. Query the working status of each channel on the board to be replaced.
a. In the NE Explorer, click the NE and choose Configuration > WDM Service
Management from the Function Tree. Click the SNCP Service Control tab.
b. Click Query to obtain the SNCP protection state of each NE. Then, you can determine
whether the service is working on the active path or working on the standby path.
5. If the board is the current working board, go to 6. If the board is the current protection
board, go to 9.
6. If the board to be replaced is the current working board, follow the steps below to perform
active/standby switching on the U2000.
NOTE
The channel status of the protection board must be normal. Otherwise, replacing the faulty board
causes a service interruption.
NOTE
If an NPO2/NPO2E board needs to be replaced, switch services on the working channels of the PID
boards to protection channels. If an ENQ2 board needs to be replaced, switch services on the working
channel only over the ENQ2 board to the protection channel.
a. In the Main Topology, right-click the desire NE and click NE Explorer from the
shortcut menu. The NE Explorer window is displayed.
b. Choose Configuration > WDM Service Management from the Function Tree.
c. Click SNCP Service Control tab.
d. Click Function on the right-hand interface and select Manual to Protection from the
menu displayed. Click OK on the interface displayed.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
600
e. Click Function on the right-hand interface and select Query Switching Status from
the menu displayed. If Manual(from working to protection) switching state is
displayed in the Status field, the switching succeeds.
f. Query the U2000 for the alarms and performance events. Make sure that there are no
new alarms or performance events and services are normal but only protection
switching alarm.
7. At the opposite end perform manual switching on the U2000 to ensure that the working
channel is at the opposite end and is consistent with that at the local end. For information
about how to perform manual switching, see 6.
8. On the NMS, enable the removal indication function for the board to be replaced. For
details, see Enabling the Function of Board Removal Indication.
NOTE
NOTE
After the removal indication function is enabled for the board to be replaced, the STAT indicator on the
board and Minor alarm indicator in the subrack slowly blink green so that the onsite maintenance engineer
can easily locate the board to be replaced.
9. Inform the onsite maintenance engineer and replace the board.
a. Remove the pigtail connected to the optical port and remove the board to be replaced.
If the PQ2 sub-board also needs to be replaced, go to 9.3. If the PQ2 sub-board does
not need to be replaced, go to 9.2.
b. Loosen the screws on the PQ2 sub-board and remove the board. Install the PQ2 sub-
board on the new board and tighten the screws on the PQ2 sub-board.
c. Insert the new board to the original slot. For details on how to remove and insert a
new board, see "step 4, step 5, and step 6" of Procedure of Replacing a Board.
d. After the board replacement is complete, clean the fiber connector using a fiber
cleaning tissue and reconnect the pigtail to the optical port based on the fiber labels.
NOTE
After the board is replaced, the NE software delivers the configuration of the original board
automatically.
10. Review the indicators of the new board. It takes ten minutes for a new board to work
normally after insertion. Ensure that the STAT indicator of the PID board and the PQ2 sub-
board is green. If the indicator gives an abnormal indication, reinsert the board, or replace
the board again. For more information regarding indicator definitions, refer to "Board
Indicators".
11. Release the switching on the local and opposite NEs.
b. Choose Configuration > WDM Service Management in the Function Tree.
d. Select the switched service, and click Function on the right-hand interface. Select
Clear from the menu displayed.
e. Click Query, and review Status. If the value is Normal State, the switching succeeds.
12. Query the 15-minute BER before FEC at the receive end of the link. Ensure that the BER
before FEC does not deteriorate greatly from the value before board replacement.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
601
a. Choose Performance > Browse WDM Performance from the Main Menu of the
U2000, and then click the Current Performance Data tab.
b. Choose the desired boards in the left pane, and click the double-right-arrow button
(red).
c. Choose the option from the drop-down list next to Monitored Object Filter
Condition.
d. In Monitor Period, select 15-Minute.
e. Click Count option button. Select options under Performance Event Type, and select
Display Zero Data for the Display Options.
f. Click Query to query the performance value for bit error on the NE side.
g. In the Operation Result dialog box, click Close to finish the operation.
h. In the Monitored Object, FEC_BEF_COR_ER represents the BER before FEC.
13. Query alarms and performances of the local NE and of the opposite NE. Confirm that the
original alarms or performances are cleared.
NOTE
The ENQ2 board does not support the PQ2 sub-board. To replace an ENQ2 board, perform steps 1, 2, 4
10, and 12.
For OptiX OSN 8800, when the Restart Mode of PID IPA is set to Manual, a manual restart at two stations
is required after the board is replaced. For more information about the restarting the PID IPA, refer to
Restarting of PID IPA.
8.7.1.2 Under No Protection
This section describes how to replace a PID board when no protection is configured.
Prerequisites
Impact on System
Replacing a PID board without protection will interrupt services. Replacing only a PQ2 sub-
board will interrupt channels 5 to 8 on the NPO2 or NPO2E board.
Background
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
602
0 dBm.
following table.
New Board Original

NOTE
Precautions
CAUTION
receiver optical module will be burned and damaged.
Procedure
1. Select a spare board. Ensure the name, version, and software version of the new board are
the same as those of the original board. If the version is inconsistent, determine if the board
with different versions can be replaced.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
603
NOTE
3. Test the input optical power. Prevent the input optical power from crossing the overload
point; otherwise, the receiver optical module will be burned and damaged. For the
procedure, refer to the Testing Optical Power by Using an Optical Power Meter.
4. On the NMS, enable the removal indication function for the board to be replaced. For
details, see Enabling the Function of Board Removal Indication.
NOTE
NOTE
After the removal indication function is enabled for the board to be replaced, the STAT indicator on the
board and Minor alarm indicator in the subrack slowly blink green so that the onsite maintenance engineer
can easily locate the board to be replaced.
5. Inform the onsite maintenance engineer and replace the board.
a. Remove the pigtail connected to the optical port and remove the board to be replaced.
If the PQ2 sub-board also needs to be replaced, go to 5.3. If the PQ2 sub-board does
not need to be replaced, go to 5.2.
b. Loosen the screws on the PQ2 sub-board and remove the board. Install the PQ2 sub-
board on the new board and tighten the screws on the PQ2 sub-board.
c. Insert the new board to the original slot. For details on how to remove and insert a
new board, see "step 4, step 5, and step 6" of Procedure of Replacing a Board.
d. After board replacement is complete, clean the fiber connector using a fiber cleaning
tissue and reconnect the pigtail to the optical port based on the fiber labels.
NOTE
After the board is replaced, the NE software delivers the configuration of the original board
automatically.
6. Review the indicators of the new board. It takes ten minutes for a new board to work
normally after insertion. Ensure that the STAT indicator of the PID board and the PQ2 sub-
board is green. If the indicator gives an abnormal indication, reinsert the board, or replace
the board again. For more information regarding indicator definitions, refer to "Board
Indicators".
7. Query the 15-minute BER before FEC at the receive end of the link. Ensure that the BER
before FEC does not deteriorate greatly from the value before board replacement.
a. Choose Performance > Browse WDM Performance from the Main Menu of the
U2000, and then click the Current Performance Data tab.
b. Choose the desired boards in the left pane, and click the double-right-arrow button
(red).
c. Choose the option from the drop-down list next to Monitored Object Filter
Condition.
d. In Monitor Period, select 15-Minute.
e. Click Count option button. Select options under Performance Event Type, and select
Display Zero Data for the Display Options.
f. Click Query to query the performance value for bit error on the NE side.
g. In the Operation Result dialog box, click Close to finish the operation.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
604
h. In the Monitored Object, FEC_BEF_COR_ER represents the BER before FEC.
NOTE
is required after the board is replaced. For more information about restarting the PID IPA, refer to Restarting
of PID IPA.
8.7.2 Replacing the PQ2 Sub-board
This section describes how to replace the ENQ2/NPO2/NPO2E Board.
Methods of replacing the PQ2 sub-board are described under the following scenarios:
l ODUk SNCP is configured.
l There is no protection for the PID board.
8.7.2.1 Under ODUk SNCP Protection
This section describes how to replace a PID board when ODUk SNCP protection is configured.
Prerequisites
Impact on System
When ODUk SNCP protection is configured, replacing a PID board generally brings no service
interruption.
Background
0 dBm.
following table.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
605
New Board Original

NOTE
Precautions
CAUTION
receiver optical module is burnt and damaged.
Procedure
NOTE
you need to handle these alarms before replacing the board.
2. Query the working status of the NPO2/NPO2E board where the PQ2 sub-board resides.
a. In the NE Explorer, click the NE and choose Configuration > WDM Service
Management from the Function Tree. Click the SNCP Service Control tab.
b. Click Query to obtain the SNCP protection state of each NE. Then, you can learn the
service is working on active path or working on standby path.
3. If the board is the working NPO2 or NPO2E board, go to 4. If the board is the protection
NPO2 or NPO2E board, go to 6.
4. If the NPO2/NPO2E board where the PQ2 sub-board to be replaced resides is the working
board, perform manual switching on the NPO2/NPO2E board in U2000.
NOTE
In this step, you need to switch services on all working channels of PID boards to protection channels.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
606
NOTE
The channel status of the protection board must be normal. Otherwise, replacing the faulty board
causes a service interruption.
b. Choose Configuration > WDM Service Management from the Function Tree.
d. Click Function on the right-hand interface and select Manual to Protection from the
menu displayed. Click OK on the interface displayed.
e. Click Function on the right-hand interface and select Query Switching Status from
the menu displayed. If Manual(from working to protection) switching state is
displayed in the Status field, the switching succeeds.
f. Query the U2000 for the alarms and performance events. Make sure that there are no
new alarms or performance events and services are normal but only protection
switching alarm.
5. At the opposite end perform manual switching on the U2000 to ensure that the working
channel at the opposite end is consistent with that at the local end. For how to perform
manual switching, see 4.
6. Inform the onsite maintenance engineer and replace the PQ2 sub-board.
a. Loosen the screws on the PQ2 sub-board and remove the board.
b. Install the new PQ2 sub-board on the original board and tighten the screws on the PQ2
sub-board.
7. Review the indicators of the new board. It takes three minutes for a new board to work
normally after insertion. Ensure that the STAT indicator of the PQ2 sub-board is green. If
the indicator gives abnormal indication, reinsert the board, or replace the board again. For
more information regarding indicator definitions, refer to "Board Indicators".
8. Release the switching on the local and opposite NEs.
b. Choose Configuration > WDM Service Management in the Function Tree.
d. Select the switched service, and click Function on the right-hand interface. Select
Clear from the menu displayed.
e. Click Query, and review Status. If the value is Normal State, the switching succeeds.
NOTE
of PID IPA.
8.7.2.2 Under No Protection
This section describes how to replace a PID board when no protection is configured.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
607
Prerequisites
Impact on System
Replacing a PID board without protection will interrupt services. Replacing only a PQ2 sub-
board will interrupt channels 5 to 8 on the NPO2 or NPO2E board.
Background
0 dBm.
following table.
New Board Original

NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
608
Precautions
CAUTION
receiver optical module is burnt and damaged.
Procedure
NOTE
2. Inform the onsite maintenance engineer and replace the PQ2 sub-board.
a. Loosen the screws on the PQ2 sub-board and remove the board.
b. Install the new PQ2 sub-board on the original board and tighten the screws on the PQ2
sub-board.
3. Review the indicators of the new board. It takes three minutes for a new board to work
normally after insertion. Ensure that the STAT indicator of the PQ2 sub-board is green. If
the indicator gives abnormal indication, reinsert the board, or replace the board again. For
more information regarding indicator definitions, refer to "Board Indicators".
4. Query alarms and performances of the local NE and of the opposite NE and confirm that
the original alarms or performances are cleared.
NOTE
of PID IPA.
8.8 Replacing the AUX Board
This section describes how to replace the AUX board.
Prerequisites
Impact on System
Replacing the AUX board does not affect services.
When 1+1 protection is provided, replacing the AUX board does not interrupt the
communication between the NE and the U2000.
When 1+1 protection is not provided, replacing the AUX board interrupts the communication
between the NE and the U2000, or the communication between the subrack where the AUX
board is located and the U2000.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
609
ESD bag, U2000
Background Information (OptiX OSN 8800)
There is no jumper inside the TN51AUX board.
Background Information (OptiX OSN 6800)
The AUX board can be used to set the subrack ID. The setting is realized by jumpers.
The TN11AUX01 board is available in two types. For one type there are three jumpers and for
the other type there are eight jumpers inside the board.
l For the TN11AUX01 board that has three jumpers inside, the jumpers can be set in eight
combinations, representing decimal values 0-7. The default setting of the three jumpers is
000. The value 0 indicates the master subrack, and the other values indicate slave subracks.
Figure 8-21 shows the position of the three jumpers. When the two pins on the right of
each jumper are capped, the setting is 1; when the two pins on the left of each jumper are
capped, the setting is 0. As shown in Figure 8-21, the jumper setting represents the decimal
value of 1, which means that the subrack ID is 1.
l For the TN11AUX01 board that has eight jumpers inside, the J14, J17, and J18 jumpers
are reserved and the two pins on the left of each reserved jumper must be capped. The J16,
J15, J4, J3, and J2 jumpers can be set in 32 combinations, representing decimal values 0-31.
The default setting of the five jumpers is 00000. The value 0 indicates the master subrack
and the other values indicate slave subracks. Figure 8-22 shows the position of the jumpers.
When the two pins on the right of each of the five jumpers are capped, the setting is 1; when
the two pins on the left of each of the five jumpers are capped, the setting is 0. As shown
in Figure 8-22, the jumper setting represents the decimal value of 1, which means that the
subrack ID is 1.
The TN11AUX02 board has eight jumpers, which can be used to implement 32 states that
represent decimal values 0-31. Each jumper represents a binary value: 0 or 1. In the TN11AUX02
board, the J14, J17, and J18 jumpers are reserved. The default value of the five jumpers is 00000.
"0" indicates the master subrack. The other values indicate slave subracks. Figure 8-23 shows
the jumpers on the board.
For the master/slave subrack, the ID of the master subrack is set to 0. Others are slave subracks.
The master/slave subrack cannot be configured by using the U2000.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
610
Figure 8-21 Position of the three jumpers on the TN11AUX01 board
3 2 1
CPU
1 2 3
Junper cap
representing
0
jumpers
representing
0
representing
1

Figure 8-22 Position of the eight jumpers on the TN11AUX01 board
J2 J3 J4
J15 J16 J17
J14 J18
CPU
0 0
J3 J2 J4
J15 J16
J14 J18
J17
Junper cap
representing
jumpers
representing 1 representing
0 0 representing representing 0 representing
0 representing 0 representing

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
611
Figure 8-23 Position of the jumper on the TN11AUX02 board
J2 J3 J4
J15 J16 J17
J14 J18
CPU
0 0
J3 J2 J4
J15 J16
J14 J18
J17
Junper cap
representing
jumpers
representing 1 representing
0 0 representing representing 0 representing
0 representing 0 representing
CAUTION
The J14, J17, and J18 jumpers must be set as specified in Figure 8-22 and Figure 8-23.
interruption.

Precaution(OptiX OSN 3800)
The TN21AUX has threejumpers. Figure 8-24 shows the jumpers.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
612
CPU
Jumper

Procedure
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
Step 4 Inform the on-site maintenance engineer and replace the board. For details about how to replace
NOTE
Before inserting a new AUX board to the original slot, make sure that jumper settings on the new AUX board
are the same as those of the AUX board to be replaced.
NOTE
----End
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
613
8.9 Replacing the DCM
This section describes how to replace the DCM.
Prerequisites
None
Replacement of DCMs causes interruption of traditional services.
If ASON services traverse the DCM to be replaced, optimize the ASON services traversing the
DCM to other paths (the preset restoration paths of the services are preferred if they do not
traverse the DCM to be replaced) before replacement. For optical-layer ASON services, the new
paths must be commissioned; otherwise, the services may be interrupted. After replacement,
switch the ASON services back to the original paths. If no other paths are available during
replacement, the ASON services will be interrupted.
Phillips screwdriver and screw
Procedure
Step 1 Loosen the screws from below on the DCM frame for fixing the DCM with the cross screwdriver.
Remove the DCM from the DCM frame.
NOTE
Each DCM frame can hold up to two DCMs.
Each DCM requires four screws.
Step 2 Put a new DCM on the DCM frame. Tighten the screws to fix the DCM, as shown in Figure
8-25.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
614
Figure 8-25 Replacing the DCM on the DCM frame
1
2
3
4
1. DCM 2. DCM frame 3. Mounting ear 4. Screw

----End
8.10 Replacing the Pluggable Optical Module
This section describes how to replace the pluggable optical module (eSFP/XFP).
Prerequisites
When you replace an eSFP or XFP, query whether the port of the optical module to be replaced
is configured with protection. If it is not, replacement of the optical module causes interruption
of traditional services.
If electrical-layer ASON services traverse the port of the optical module to be replaced and the
port is not configured with protection, optimize the electrical-layer ASON services traversing
the port to other ports or other boards (the preset restoration paths of the services are preferred
if they do not traverse the port of the optical module to be replaced) before module replacement.
Then, switch the services back to the original paths after module replacement.
If the port of the optical module to be replaced is configured with protection, module replacement
does not affect services when the protection switching functions properly.
ESD bag, U2000, optical power meter
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
615
Precautions
CAUTION
Before you connect a fiber to a pluggable optical module, test the input optical power of the
module and confirm that the tested input optical power is within the normal range. Otherwise,
the input optical power might cross the overload point and the receiver optical module will be
burned and damaged.
considered with special caution to prevent the optical module from being burned or damaged.
Procedure
Step 1 Select a spare pluggable optical module. The part number of the new pluggable optical module
must be the same as the part number of the original. For details, see "Querying Optical Module
Information".
NOTE
For boards supporting TXFP modules, you can use a TXFP module when replacing the XFP module on
these boards.
Step 3 Query whether the ports of the optical module to be replaced are configured with protection. For
details, see Replacing the Optical Transponder Board and Replacing the Tributary and Line
Board.
l If the port of the optical module to be replaced is not configured with protection, go to Step
4.
l If the port of the optical module to be replaced is configured with protection:
When you replace the optical module of the protection channel, go to Step 4.
When you replace the optical module of the working channel, perform a protection
switching. For details, see Replacing the Optical Transponder Board and Replacing the
Tributary and Line Board.
Step 4 Remove the fiber on the port of the optical module.
WARNING
Cover the fiber with a protection cap immediately after you remove it.
Step 5 Test the input optical power. Prevent the input optical power from crossing the overload point;
otherwise, the receiver optical module will be burned and damaged.For the procedure, see the
"Testing Optical Power by Using an Optical Power Meter" in Supporting Tasks.
Step 6 Replace the fault optical module. For details, see Figure 8-26.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
616
NOTE
l Before removing an optical module, ensure that the fiber jumpers connected to the ports of the optical
module are removed.
l Before inserting an optical module, ensure that there are no fiber jumpers on the ports of the optical
module.
Figure 8-26 Inserting and removing the eSFP/SFP/XFP
Inserting eSFP/SFP+/XFP
1.Insert the eSFP/SFP+/XFP into the port.
Removing eSFP/SFP+/XFP
1.Pull out fibre connectors first before removing eSFP/SFP+/XFP.
2.Pull the safty latch to pull out eSFP/SFP+/XFP from the port.
3.Cover the optical port with cover.
1
2
port
eSFP/SFP+
XFP latch
Step 7 Check the wavelength of the new optical module on the U2000. Make sure the wavelength is
the same as that of the original.
1. In the NE Explorer, select the desired board and choose Configuration > WDM
Interface from the Function Tree.
2. Select By Function, and select Band Type/Wavelength No./Wavelength(nm)/
Frequency(THz) from the drop-down list.
3. Click Query to view Band Type/Wavelength No./Wavelength(nm)/Frequency(THz)
of each optical port.
NOTE
If the replaced optical module is a tunable optical module, after the optical module is replaced, the SCC
delivers the wavelength configuration of the original optical module automatically.
Step 8 Insert the fiber removed in Step 4.
----End
8.11 Replacing the EFI Frame
This section describes how to replace the EFI frame in the OptiX OSN 6800.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
617
Impact on System
If the ETH3 interface is in use, the communication between the ETH3 interface and the slave
subrack or the CRPC/ROP board connected to the interface is interrupted during replacement
of the EFI frame in the OptiX OSN 6800. If the LAMP1 or LAMP2 interface is in use, the
corresponding alarm indicator on the cabinet does not light up in case of an alarm during the
replacement. If the ALMO or ALMI interface is in use, the alarms generated during the
replacement fail to be output by using the external equipment. The existing services, however,
are not affected.
ESD bag, Philips screwdriver
Procedure
Step 1 Select a new board. The model number of the new board must be the same as that of the original
board.
Step 3 Replace the EFI frame on site. For details, see Figure 8-27.
Figure 8-27 Replacing the EFI frame

1. Unfasten the screws on the plastic panel of the subrack to remove the panel.
2. Record the matching relationship between each interface on the EFI frame and the cable
connected to the interface, and then remove the cables.
3. Unfasten the screws on the EFI frame to remove it gently, and then put it into an ESD bag.
4. Insert the new EFI frame gently, and fasten the screws on it.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
618
5. Connect the removed cables back to the corresponding interfaces according to the recorded
matching relationship.
6. Place the removed plastic panel back to the subrack, and use screws to fasten the plastic
panel.
----End
8.12 Replacing the EFI Board
This section describes how to replace the EFI board in the OptiX OSN 8800.
Prerequisites
Replacement of the EFI interrupts alarm signal input and output, communication among
subracks, and communication between NE and U2000. In addition, services may be interrupted.
ESD bag and U2000
Subrack ID can be set by DIP switch on EFI board.
l For OptiX OSN 8800 T64 and OptiX OSN 8800 T32: The TN51EFI2 board is connected
to the master subrack through the ETH1, ETH2, or ETH3 interface. The ID of each subrack
is set by using two DIP switches on the TN51EFI1 board.
l For OptiX OSN 8800 T16: The TN16EFI board is connected to the master subrack through
the ETH1, ETH2, or ETH3 interface. The ID of each subrack is set by using two DIP
switches on the TN16EFI board.
The value that can be set by using each of the two DIP switches on the TN51EFI1/TN16EFI
board is a binary value 0 or 1. ID1-ID4 correspond to bits 1-4 of SW2, and ID5-ID8
corresponding to bits 1-4 of SW1. Among these ID values, only ID1-ID5 are valid. ID6 -ID8
are reserved. The bits from high to low are ID5-ID1, by which a maximum of 32 states can be
set. The value is 00000 by default. "0" indicates the master subrack. The other values indicate
slave subracks
Figure 8-28 shows the position of the DIP switches on the TN51EFI1 board, Figure 8-29shows
the position of the DIP switches on the TN16EFI board. The value represented by the ID5-ID1
is 00001, which is 1 in decimal system. That is, the subrack ID is 1. When the DIP switch is
toggle to ON, the value of the corresponding bit is set to 0.
NOTE
For details about the principle for configuring the master and slave subracks, see "Master-Slave Subrack" in the
Product Description.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
619
Figure 8-28 Position of the DIP switches on the TN51EFI1 board
ON
SW1
(ID5)
ON
ON
ON
ON
SW2
ON
ON
ON
EFI1
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
CPLD

Figure 8-29 Position of the DIP switches on the TN16EFI board
U8
SERIAL
NM_ETH2
T1
S
W
1
S
W
2
O
N
O
N
O
N
O
N
(
I
D
1
)
(
I
D
2
)
(
I
D
3
)
(
I
D
4
)
O
N
O
N
O
N
O
N
(
I
D
5
)
(
I
D
6
)
(
I
D
7
)
(
I
D
8
)
SW1 SW2
NOTE
The values of ID6 to ID8 are the same as those specified in Figure 8-29.

Figure 8-30 The ID of the subrack: 1-15
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
SW2 Subrack ID SW2 Subrack ID SW2 Subrack ID SW2 Subrack ID SW2 Subrack ID
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
15

NOTE
When the ID of the subrack is from 1 to 15, ID5-ID8 of the SW1 must be toggle to ON.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
620
Figure 8-31 The ID of the subrack: 16-31
SW1 SW2 Subrack ID
16
SW2 Subrack ID
17
SW1 SW2 Subrack ID
18
SW1
19 20 21
22 23 24
25 26 27
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
28 29 30
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
31
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)

Procedure
NOTE
Step 3 Follow the steps below to replace the EFI on site.
1. Record the mapping relationships of the board interfaces and the cables and wires.
2. Remove the cables and wires on the connectors.
3. TN51EFI board: Loosen the screw at the top right corner of the board. TN16EFI board:
Loosen two screws at the top corner of the board.
4. Gently pull out the board and put it into the ESD bag.
5. Before inserting a new EFI board to the original slot, ensure that the DIP switch on the new
EFI board is the same as that of the EFI board to be replaced.
6. Gently insert the new board.
7. View the subrack ID displayed in the LCD screen on the front panel of the board to ensure
that the subrack ID is correct. For OptiX OSN 8800 T64 and OptiX OSN 8800 T32, the
subrack ID is displayed on the SCC board; For OptiX OSN 8800 T16, the subrack ID is
displayed on the AUX board.
8. TN51EFI board: Tighten the captive screw at the top right corner of the board. TN16EFI
board: Tighten two captive screws at the top corner of the board.
9. Connect the cables and wires on the connectors as recorded.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
621
Step 4 Verify that there are no faults on the board. Query the U2000 for alarms on the NE and ensure
that the alarm detected in Step 2 is cleared.
----End
8.13 Replacing the PIU Board
This section describes how to replace the PIU board.
Prerequisite
When 1+1 backup is provided, replacing the standby PIU brings no impact on services.
ESD bag, U2000, Phillips screwdriver, power meter
Precautions
WARNING
Before replacing a PIU board, you must switch off the input power supply on the PIU board.
Procedure (OptiX OSN 6800/3800)
NOTE
Step 3 Switch off the corresponding power output switch on the DC power distribution unit on the top
of the cabinet.
CAUTION
l For OptiX OSN 6800, there are 6 power output switches on each of the right and left sides
of the DC power distribution unit. Do shut down the corresponding switch. For details, refer
to Quick Installation Guide.
Step 4 Remove the power cables on the PIU board to be replaced.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
622
Step 5 Inform the onsite maintenance engineer and replace the board. For details about how to replace
a board, see "step 4, step 5, and step 6" of Procedure of Replacing a Board
Step 6 After the replacement, attach the power cables back to the new PIU board. Switch on the
corresponding power switch on the DC power distribution unit.
----End
Procedure (OptiX OSN 8800)
NOTE
Step 3 Switch off the corresponding power output switch on the DC power distribution unit on the top
of the cabinet.
CAUTION
l For OptiX OSN 8800, there are 4 power output switches on each of the right and left sides
of the DC power distribution unit. Do shut down the corresponding switch. For details, refer
to Quick Installation Guide. You can use a power meter to verify there is no power on the
line.
Step 4 Remove the plastic cover on the power input terminal block on the PIU board by using the cross
screwdrivers.
Step 5 Unfasten the nuts on the power input terminals by using the cross screwdrivers and remove the
power cables.
Step 6 Follow the steps below to replace the PIU:
1. Loosen the screw at the top right corner of the unit.
2. Gently remove the unit, and put it into the ESD bag.
3. Gently, insert the new PIU.
4. Tighten the screw at the top right corner of the unit.
Step 7 After the replacement, attach the power cables back to the new PIU board. Switch on the
corresponding power switch on the DC power distribution unit.
----End
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
623
8.14 Replacing the Power Switch on the DC Power
Distribution Box
This section describes how to replace a faulty power switch on the DC power distribution box.
Prerequisites
None
Impact on System
None
Cross screwdriver, screw
l OptiX OSN 8800 uses the standard -48V/-60V DC power supply. The -48V/-60 DC power
supply is distributed to the working subracks through the power box shown in Figure
8-32 and Figure 8-33 .
l OptiX OSN 6800 uses the standard -48V/-60V DC power supply. The -48V/-60 DC power
supply is distributed to the working subracks through the power box shown in Figure
8-34.
Figure 8-32 Front panel of the DC power distribution box in the OptiX OSN 8800 T64&8800
T32
Power supply
output area
Power supply
output area
Power supply
switch area
Power supply
switch area
Power supply
input area
A B

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
624
Figure 8-33 Front panel of the DC power distribution box in the OptiX OSN 8800 T16
1
+
-
2
+
-
3
+
-
4
+
-
1
+
-
2
+
-
3
+
-
4
+
-
Power supply
output area
Power supply
switch area
Power supply
input area
Power supply
switch area
Power supply
output area

Figure 8-34 Front panel of the DC power distribution box in OptiX OSN 6800
1 2 3 3 2 1
4 4
1. Output cable terminal 2. Grounding cable
3. Input cable terminal 4. Power switch

Procedure (Replacing a DC Power Distribution Box Other Than DPD63-8-8)
1. Set the faulty switch on the DC power distribution box to the OFF position. The power
distribution box can be seen in Figure 8-32. There are 4 power switches in each side.
2. Loosen the captive screw on the front panel of the faulty power switch with the cross
screwdriver as shown in Figure 8-35. Remove the faulty power switch from the DC power
distribution box.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
625
Figure 8-35 Loosen the captive screw

3. Loosen the two screws between the faulty power switch and the plastic protective shell to
separate the power switch from the protective shell. See Figure 8-36.
Figure 8-36 Loosen the two screws between the faulty power switch and the plastic
protective shell

4. Get a new power switch, and ensure the state is OFF.
5. Install the new power switch and the plastic protective shell.
6. Insert the new power switch into the DC power distribution box. Tighten the captive screw
on the front panel of the new power switch with the cross screwdriver.
7. Set the new power switch to the state of ON. Check RUN indicator of the PIU board which
connects to the power distribution box through the new power switch.
l If the RUN indicator is on, it indicates the new power distribution unit works normally.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
626
l If the RUN indicator is off, check if the connection of the input power cables is correct:
if the connection is wrong, reconnect the cables.
if the connection is correct, replace the power switch again.
8.15 Replacing the Fan Tray Assembly
This section describes how to replace the fan tray assembly.
Prerequisites
The equipment can work normally for three minutes when no fans are provided. When there is
a fault in the fan tray assembly, replace it immediately to avoid any damage to the equipment
due to power heat dissipation.
Replacing the fan tray assembly does not interrupt service.
ESD bag and U2000
Procedure
NOTE
Step 3 Follow the steps below to replace the fan tray assembly on site.
1. Remove the faulty fan tray assembly.
2. Insert a spare fan tray assembly immediately.
3. Put the fan tray assembly replaced into an ESD bag.
NOTE
When the subrack is powered on for the first time, the fans rotate at a low or medium speed for the first
20 minutes. After 20 minutes, the fans rotate at the specified speed.
----End
8.16 Replacing the Air Filter
Replace the air filter periodically to ensure efficient heat dissipation from the equipment.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
627
Prerequisite
None
Impact on System
None
None
Precaution
CAUTION
When pulling out the air filter during its replacement, do not pull out the fans.
Gently pull out the air filter to prevent dust disturbance.
NOTE
Air filter replacement It is recommended every six months.
Procedure (OptiX OSN 8800/6800)
Step 1 Hold the grooves on the two sides of the air filter panel with two fingers and pull out the air
filter. Figure 8-37 and Figure 8-38 shows the position of the air filter.
Figure 8-37 Pulling out the air filter (OptiX OSN 8800)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
628
Figure 8-38 Pulling out the air filter (OptiX OSN 6800)

Step 2 Gently slide the new air filter into the original position along the guide rails below the fan tray
assembly.
----End
Procedure (OptiX OSN 3800)
Step 1 Pull out the air filter by the handle. Figure 8-39 shows the position of the air filter.
Figure 8-39 Pulling out the air filter(OptiX OSN 3800)
Air filter
Fan

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
629
Step 2 Gently slide the new air filter into the original position along the guide rails on the left part of
----End
8.17 Replacing SDI Components
This section describes how to replace a component (such as fan module, power supply module,
and control board) on the digital video O/E conversion chassis and how to replace the SDI-
specific SFP module on the TOM board.
Prerequisite
None
Impact on System
l Replacing a fan module has no impact on the existing services.
NOTE
A fan module must be replaced in time after it is damaged. This prevents the SDI from being damaged
due to excessively high working temperature.
l Replacing a power supply module has no impact on the existing services if there are active
and standby power supply modules. Otherwise, the digital video O/E conversion chassis is
powered off during the replacement and thus the existing services are interrupted.
l Replacing a control board has no impact on the existing services if there are active and
standby control boards.
NOTE
The preceding components in the digital video O/E conversion chassis are hot-swappable.
l Replacing an SFP module interrupts the existing services.
NOTE
This SFP module is dedicated for the SDI.
ESD bag, flathead screwdriver
The SDI consists of an O/E conversion chassis and the SFP module on the TOM board. The SFP
module on the TOM board is specific for connecting to the SDI.
Procedure
Replace a fan module, power supply module, or control board according to the following steps.
For the steps of replacing an SFP module, see 8.10 Replacing the Pluggable Optical
Module.
Step 1 Select a spare board. The name and model number of the new board must be the same as those
of the original board.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
630
Step 2 Use a flathead screwdriver to unfasten the fastening screws on the front panel of the module to
be replaced. Then, remove the module from the SDI O/E conversion chassis and put it into an
ESD bag.
2
1 Power Supply
Module
Control Card
Fan Module
Step 3 Insert a new module into the slot that houses the original module.
Step 4 After the new module is positioned properly in the slot, use the flathead screwdriver to tighten
the fastening screws on the front panel.
----End
8.18 Replacing the Subrack
If the backplane of a subrack has bent pins or other defects, the subrack must be replaced. This
section describes how to replace the subrack.
Prerequisites
l Impact on services:
When a subrack is replaced, all services carried by the subrack are interrupted.
NOTE
You are advised to migrate important services or optimize ASON services to other subracks before
you replace a subrack, minimizing impact on services.
l Impact on communication:
When a subrack on a gateway NE (GNE) is replaced, the GNE will be unreachable and
any non-GNEs connected to the GNE may be unreachable. Before replacing a subrack
on a GNE, removing the gateway from this NE and switching it to a different NE is
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
631
recommended. For details on how to switch GNEs, see the U2000 Operator Guide for
NG WDM NE Management.
If you replace the master subrack on a non-GNE, the master subrack and all slave
subracks will be unreachable. If you replace a slave subrack on a non-GNE, the slave
subrack will be unreachable, and other slave subracks that communicate with the master
subrack through the slave subrack will be unavailable.
l Other impact:
All features, such as automatic level control (ALC) and automatic power equilibrium
(APE), that involve multiple NEs will be affected.
ESD wrist strap, ESD gloves, dustproof cap, fiber cleaning tissue, Phillips screwdriver, ESD
bag, U2000
Precautions
l To ensure a safe subrack installation process, two engineers must work together. One holds
the subrack while the other tightens screws that attach it to the rack.
l Before replacing a subrack, prepare backup boards for any boards that are unprotected. If
boards are damaged during subrack replacement, the backup boards can be used to restore
services quickly.
l Before replacing a subrack, ensure that labels with complete and accurate information are
attached to all cables and fibers connected to the subrack.
l During the subrack replacement process, do not power off or perform warm or cold reset
on master or slave subracks related to the subrack being replaced.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
632
Subrack Appearance
1
2
3
4
5
6
3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
633
6
5
1
2
3
4
3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
634
1
2
3
4
6
5

Figure 8-43 OptiX OSN 6800 subrack structure diagram
6
7
1
2
3
4
5

1. Indicator 2. Board area 3. Air filter
4. Fiber cabling area 5. Fan tray 6. Fiber spool
7. Mounting ear
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
635
Figure 8-44 Appearance of an OptiX OSN 3800 chassis
5
4
2
1
3

1. Grounding connector 2. Fiber frame 3. Board area 4. Antistatic jack 5. Fan indicator
Procedure
Step 1 Put on an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
Step 2 Have a new subrack available to replace the target subrack. This new subrack must have the
same name and be the same model as the target subrack.
NOTE
Before replacing the target suback with a new subrack, ensure that there are no bent pins on the backplane
connector of the new subrack.
Figure 8-45 Bent pins on the backplane connector
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
636

Step 3 Query and record information on current alarms for the target subrack.
Step 4 Back up the NE database to the NMS server.
NOTE
NOTE
backup is created.
Step 5 Use the switch on the power distribution unit (PDU) at the top of the rack to power off the target
subrack.
Step 6 Remove all cables and fibers connected to the target subrack.
NOTE
Keep fiber connectors clear by capping them immediately after fibers are disconnected from the subrack.
Also keep disconnected cables clean for later use.
Step 7 Loosen the screws for securing the target subrack using a Phillips screwdriver and remove the
subrack. Place the subrack on an ESD pad.
Step 8 Install the new subrack into the rack and secure it with screws.
Step 9 Take the boards from the subrack that has been removed and install them on the new subrack.
NOTE
Before installing a board on the new subrack, check that the connectors on the board are in good condition.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
637
Figure 8-46 Position of connectors on a board

Figure 8-47 Example of a damaged connector

Step 10 Use the labels to reconnect the cables and fibers to the new subrack. Restore the original network
cable connections between subracks.
NOTE
Clean the fiber connectors with fiber cleaning tissues before reconnecting fibers.
Step 11 Use the switch on the PDU at the top of the rack to power on the new subrack.
Step 12 Wait 20 minutes. Check that there are no new alarms reporting abnormalities in the new subrack.
Step 13 Operate the subrack for 24 consecutive hours. If no alarm reporting abnormalities are generated
during that period, the replacement process is a success and the new subrack is working properly.
----End
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
638
9 Nominal Central Wavelength and Frequency
of the DWDM System
NOTE
C-band 80-wavelength systems consist of even and odd wavelengths. The information about odd and even
wavelengths is provided below:
l C_EVEN: indicates even-numbered wavelengths. In total there are 40 even wavelengths. The center
frequency of the even wavelengths is within the range of 192.100 THz to 196.000 THz (center
wavelength is within the range of 1529.55 nm to 1560.61 nm) and the frequency spacing is 100 GHz.
l C_ODD: indicates odd-numbered wavelengths. In total there are 40 odd wavelengths. The center
frequency of the odd wavelengths is within the range of 192.150 THz to 196.050 THz (center
wavelength is within the range of 1529.16 nm to 1560.20 nm) and the frequency spacing is 100 GHz.
Table 9-1 Wavelengths and frequencies of a C-band 80-channel (spacing of 50 GHz) system
Wavele
ngth
No.
Central
Frequency
(THz)
Central
Wavelength
(nm)
Wavele
ngth
No.
Central
Frequency
(THz)
Central
Wavelength
(nm)
1 196.05 1529.16 41 194.05 1544.92
2 196.00 1529.55 42 194.00 1545.32
3 195.95 1529.94 43 193.95 1545.72
4 195.90 1530.33 44 193.90 1546.12
5 195.85 1530.72 45 193.85 1546.52
6 195.80 1531.12 46 193.80 1546.92
7 195.75 1531.51 47 193.75 1547.32
8 195.70 1531.90 48 193.70 1547.72
9 195.65 1532.29 49 193.65 1548.11
10 195.60 1532.68 50 193.60 1548.51
11 195.55 1533.07 51 193.55 1548.91
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Field Engineer)
9 Nominal Central Wavelength and Frequency of the DWDM
System
639
Wavele
ngth
No.
Central
Frequency
(THz)
Central
Wavelength
(nm)
Wavele
ngth
No.
Central
Frequency
(THz)
Central
Wavelength
(nm)
12 195.50 1533.47 52 193.50 1549.32
13 195.45 1533.86 53 193.45 1549.72
14 195.40 1534.25 54 193.40 1550.12
15 195.35 1534.64 55 193.35 1550.52
16 195.30 1535.04 56 193.30 1550.92
17 195.25 1535.43 57 193.25 1551.32
18 195.20 1535.82 58 193.20 1551.72
19 195.15 1536.22 59 193.15 1552.12
20 195.10 1536.61 60 193.10 1552.52
21 195.05 1537.00 61 193.05 1552.93
22 195.00 1537.40 62 193.00 1553.33
23 194.95 1537.79 63 192.95 1553.73
24 194.90 1538.19 64 192.90 1554.13
25 194.85 1538.58 65 192.85 1554.54
26 194.80 1538.98 66 192.80 1554.94
27 194.75 1539.37 67 192.75 1555.34
28 194.70 1539.77 68 192.70 1555.75
29 194.65 1540.16 69 192.65 1556.15
30 194.60 1540.56 70 192.60 1556.55
31 194.55 1540.95 71 192.55 1556.96
32 194.50 1541.35 72 192.50 1557.36
33 194.45 1541.75 73 192.45 1557.77
34 194.40 1542.14 74 192.40 1558.17
35 194.35 1542.54 75 192.35 1558.58
36 194.30 1542.94 76 192.30 1558.98
37 194.25 1543.33 77 192.25 1559.39
38 194.20 1543.73 78 192.20 1559.79
39 194.15 1544.13 79 192.15 1560.20
40 194.10 1544.53 80 192.10 1560.61
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Field Engineer)
9 Nominal Central Wavelength and Frequency of the DWDM
System
640
10 Nominal Central Wavelengths of the
CWDM System
Table 10-1 Nominal central wavelengths of the CWDM system
Wavelengt
h No.
Wavelength (nm) Wavelength
No.
Wavelength (nm)
11 1471 15 1551
12 1491 16 1571
13 1511 17 1591
14 1531 18 1611

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Field Engineer) 10 Nominal Central Wavelengths of the CWDM System
641

OSN 8800 6800 3800 V100R006C03 Installing, Operating and Maintaining Your Network (For Field Engineer) 01

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

OSN 8800 6800 3800 V100R006C03 Installing, Operating and Maintaining Your Network (For Field Engineer) 01

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

S-ar putea să vă placă și